eons & aoa Bn ae SR ey a ~~ Gt ea atane ; a Pers = 2 =f : Serene Fe s 2 HIN : eae > re co ee ye Ee eee - z Pwr ns . s ms -¥ = f. 7s Sk - = 2: DA SS ihe = ta PS Sa%ee eee . ia mee ong & Ae Fo a EPR : hae ea ee 2 Se ee eee Rares AK <a te ee 2 too, Fi W947 eae a es PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 22 August, 1971 No. | CONTENTS KASAPLIGIL, B., A new species of Fritillaria from northeastern MOE re ets Mar MRR ge wk Bn sees MAO Na sla of Spy bie iac os 1 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LIIT........ 6 NES A oR ISIC PORTOWIS © =) solo be) Seared? eda, Bone) Sylaene tne la le 0 7 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional material toward a monograph of the genus Callicarpa. XIX...... Re NC OTe Ne a AY ea ahs 13 HALE, M. E., Jr., Parmelia squarrosa, a new species in Section Parmelia .. 29 HALE, M. E., Jr., Five new Parmeliae from tropical America.......... 30 HALE, M. E., Jr., & WIRTH, M., Notes on Parmelia Subgenus Evernii- formes with descriptions of six new Species.............. 36 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XLVI. A new genus, Standleyanthus.............-..0+4. 41 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XLVII. A new genus, Steyermarkina..............+..0+4. 43 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). Pe ere SE cep ais. CIPI (MiMi ho i Na 2 aoe ko. Moa ewee 46 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XLIX. A new genus, Critoniadelphus ...............4.4. 52 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). a OM BEMIN MITDHIANIMUS. «sical sory ee eke. Bs ohoke 0 54 RUDD, V. E., New combinations in Machaerium (Leguminosae)........ 56 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 > U.S.A. si= = ARY number, $1; per volume, $7.50, in advance, = HEY, wT PATA or $8, at close of volume SEP 16 197} A NEW SPECIES OF FRITILLARIA FROM NORTHEASTERN TURKEY Baki Kasapligil Biology Department, Mills College Oakland, California Fritillaria erzurumica sp. nove Bulbus globularis vel ovatus, diam. 10-18 m., squamis 3- membranaceis albis vel helvis obtectus, bulbilis abundis instruc- tus. Caulis 8-22 cm. altus, diam. 3-) mm, pars subterranea irregulariter curvata, ea supraterranea erecta, veneta, glauca, glabrata. Folia 3-, oblongo-lanceolata, omnia spiralia, 4-12 cm. longa, 0.5-2 cm. lata glauca, glabrata, apice acuta, basi amplexi- caulia. Flores rosei, solitarii, plus minusve nutantes, perigo-= nium acetabuliforme. Perianthii segmenta subtiliter reticulata, obovata; 22-2); mm. longa, 9-12 mm. lata, margine integerrima vel unilateraliter lobata, apice dorsaliter pubescentia. Nectaria supra basin tepali sita, lunata vel hippocrepiformis, conspicue viridia. Stamina 15-18 mm. longa, filamentis filiformibus, spar- sim ciliatis, ad basem versus dilatatis, antheris oblongis, h-8 mm. longis, apice acutis vel obtusis, basi hastilabiis. Ovarium circa 7 mm. altum, stylus 12 m. longus, filiformis vel clavatus, stigma ut videtur aut trilobulatum aut dilatatum ac tricrenula- tum. Grana pollinis prolata, unisulcata, exina 1.6 micra crassa, subtiliter polygonali-reticulata, axis longitudinalis 60.2(54.h- 44.6) micra longus, axis transversalis 39.1(3.0-l5.9) micra longus. y Holotype: Northeastern Turkey, Erzurum, Palandoken Mts.,alt. te 2900 m, eastern exposure, mountain steppe, June 4,,1970,Sab= ri Ozyurt No.975 (U.C. and Herbarium of Ataturk Univ. in aoe Bulbs spherical or ovate, 10-18 mm. in diameter, covered with 3-) membranous scales which are white or light brown in color, "rice grain" bulbils abundant. Stem 8=22 cm. high, 3-)) mne thick, subterranean portion irregular in shape, but the por= tion above ground straight, erect, glabrate, bluish-green and glaucous. Leaves 3=);, oblong-lanceolate, spirally arranged ,l-12 cme long, 0.5-2 cm. broad, bluish-green, glabrate, pointed at apex and clasping at base. Flowers pink, solitary, more or less nodding, perianth saucer=shaped. Perianth segments finely reti- culate, obovate, 22-2); mm. long, 9-12 mm.wide, with entire mar- gins or unilaterally lobate, apex pubescent on the dorsal side. Nectaries situated above the base of perianth segments,crescent- or horseshoe-shaped, strikingly green. Stamens 15-18 mm. long; filaments filiform, sparsely ciliate, dilated at base; anthers oblong, 4-8 mm. long, pointed or blunt at apex, hastulate at base. Ovaries approximately 7 mm. long; style 12 mm. long,linear or club=shaped; stigma visibly trilobulate or tricrenulate. Pollen grains prolate, unisulcate, exine 1.6 microns thick,fine- ly reticulate owing to polygonal sculpturing, the longitudinal a Vol. 22, no. 1 Pep vor O.L O'G ra 1971 Kasapligil, A new species of Fritillaria 3 axis 60.2 (5l.lj-4).6) microns long, transverse axis 39.1(3).0-h5.9) microns long. Fritillaria erzurumica Kasapligil var. abortivus var. nov. Flores penduli, infundibuliformes, ovarium abortivum, circa 5 mme longum, ovulis deficientibus; stylus brevissimus; stigma cons- picue trilobatum. Grana pollinis 1/3 steriles, deformata,axis lon- gitudinalis 18.2 (l)5.9-51.0) micra longus, axis transversalis 21.8 (20.4-25.5) micra longus. Holotype: Northeastern Turkey, Erzurum, Palandoken Mts. ,alt.ca. 2700 m, northern exposure, mountain steppe, June lh, 1970, Sabri OzyurtNo. 946 (U.C. and Atatiirk University in Erzurum). Flowers pendent, funnel=-shaped, ovary abortive, about 5 mm long, without ovules; style extremely short;stigma conspicuously trilobed. One third of the pollen grains sterile and deformed,the longitudinal axis 8.2 (45.9-51.0) microns long and the trans- verse axis 21.8 (20.)-25.5) microns long. Fritillaria erzurumica belongs to the section Eufritillaria Baker (107) and subsection Olostyleae Boissier (188) according to the classification followed by Krause (1930). This new species is closely related to F. caucasica Adams (Syn. F. tulipifolia Me Bieb.) and F. armena Boiss.both of which are native to Caucasia, Transcaucasia and to northeastern Turkey (cf. Komarov 1935 for their distribution). All three species show a remarkable resem= blance with regard to their vegetative organs, and they are cha- racterized by the lack of checkering on their tepala. However, they can be distinguished sharply from each other by several features as summarized ir the following table: F. erzurumica F. caucasica F. armena Flowers: Saucer- Campanulete-conical, | Campanulate-funnel- ——— ee shaped, semipendulous. Completely pendent. shaped ,compl.pendent Perianth:bright pink |Brownish purple in- | Dark red with gray with dark pink reti- |side,¢laucous=-blue bloom and greenish culum. outside. gold streaks. Tepala: Obovate with |Elliptic lanceolate, | Elliptic lanceolate entire margins or uni+ with entire margins,| with serrulate mar- laterally lobate. apiculate. gins. Nectaries:Crescent- j|Linear oblong,green. | Obscure, greenish shaped, prominently depression. green. Filament: Sparsely Glabrous. Shaggy trichomes. ciliate. Style: Linear or Club-shaped. Linear. club=shaped. 4 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 22; no. 1 F. caucasica F. armena Stigma :Tricrenate Obscurely trilobed.| Entire or obscurely to trilobulate. trilobed. Habitat: Mountain Alpine scrub ve- Alpine meadows. getation. April April The range of variation in stem height is quite similar in F. erzurumica and F. armena although F. caucasica tends to be a tall plant reaching a height up to hO cm. Beck (1953, pe59) des- cribes "lower opposite leaves" for F. armena but the specimens and the classical illustrations (cf. Baker 1878, Stoyanoff 1931) I examined show alternate leaf arrangements only. Turrill (198) distinguishes the genus Fritillaria from the related genus Li- lium on the basis of attachment of filaments to the anthers. _ Although basifixed anthers seem to be a general occurrence among the specimens I examined, this property also shows a consider= able varistion in F. erzurumicae Some of the stamens I studied had more or less dorsifixed anthers resulting in a versatile condition, as in Liliun. F. erzurumica var. abortivus seems to be a member of a po- pulation which is very well established in its habitat. The abortion of its pistil as well as of one third of the pollen grains may be the result of hybridization, polyploidy, fragmen- tation or structural heterozygocity of the chromosomes. Beetle (194) and Cave (1970) reported morphological and cytological diversities among populations of F. lanceolata Pursh and sever- al other California species. Both F. erzurumica var.erzurumica and F. erzurumica var. abortivus need to be studied cytologi- cally to determine the nature and extent of their variability. The perpetuation of sterility has been accomplished by success= ful asexual reproduction by means of bulbils. Grateful acknowledgements are due to Miss Barbara Noah (Mills College 1971) for having prepared the figures A and F from the type specimens; to Dre Rimo Bacigalupi of the Jepson Herbarium (University of Californie, Berkeley) for having read the manuscript and to Mr. Sabri Ozyurt (Assist. Botanist of the Faculty of Sciences, Ataturk University, Erzurum, Tur- key) for having supplied the desiccata. LITERATURE CITED: Baker, J. G. 1874, Revision of the genera and species of Tulipeae. Jour. Linn. Soc. 1: 211-310. Baker, J. G. 1678, Fritilleariea armena Boiss. Curt. Bote Mage tab. 6365. Beck, Ce. 1953, Fritillaries, a gardener's introduction 1971 Kasapligil, A new species of Fritillaria 5 to the genus Fritillaria. Faber & Faber Itd., London. Beetle, D. E- 1944, A monograph of the North American species of Fritillaria. Madrofio 7(5): 133-158. Boissier, E. 188, Flora Orientalis 5: 176-190. Geneva. Cave, M. Se 1970, Chromosomes of the California Liliaceae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. vol.57, Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. Komarov, V. Le 1935, Flora of the U.S.S.R. . Genus 271: Fritillaria. Botanicheskii Inst. Akad. Nauk, U.S.S.R. Leningrad. Israel Program for Scientific Transl., Jerusalem 1968, Krause, K. 1930, in A. Engler und E. Prantl,Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien, 2. Aufl. Bd.l5a: 442=335. Stoyanoff , 1931, Tsarskité priodonauchni institut, Sofia. (Institution royale d'histoire naturelle) : 14%, Sofia. Turrill, W. B. 1948, The generic concept with reference to Fritillaria. The Lily Yearbook, Roy. Hort. Soc. 12: 90-93. _LEGENDS FOR THE PLATE: Fritillaria erzurumica Kasapligil: A. Habit drawing with semi-pendent flower above and several "rice grain" bulbils at bases; B. a pistil with club-shaped style and tricrenulate stig- ma; C. a pistil with linear style and trilobulate stigma; D. a stamen with ciliate filament dilated at base; E. adaxial view of a unilaterally lobate tepal showing the dichotomous branching of three vascular bundles and the nectary situated above the base. Fritillaria erzurumica var. abortivus Kasapligil: F. Habit of the plant with a distinctly pendent flower; G. abaxial view of a stamen with dorsifixed anther; H. abortive pistil. Figures A and F; 1X, all others: 2X. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. LIII Harold N. Moldenke ARGIPHILA CUATRECASASI var. NITIDA Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei foliis supra glaberrimis nitidisque subtus minutissime et perobscure puberulis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its leaf-blades smaller, to 16.5 cm. long and 9 cm. wide, completely glabrous and very shiny above, and extremely obscurely fine-puberulent beneath. The type of the variety was collected by Sigifredo Espinal T. and J. E. Ramos (no. 2897) at 1750 meters altitude at Matarredon- da, Cauca, Colombia, on October 2, 1968, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. CARYOPTERIS ODORATA f. ALBIFLORA (Voigt) Moldenke, comb. nov. Clerodendron odoratum @ albiflorum Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 4,66. 1845. CITHAREXYLUM SULCATUM var. HIRTELLUM Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei foliis majoribus subtus ad reticulum venorum ‘yemlorumque patente hirtellis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having the leaves larger, to 12 cm. long and 6 cm. wide, and the extremely prominent venation on the lower surface spreading- hirtellous. The type of the variety was collected by Sigifredo Espinal T. and J. E. Ramos (no. 3284) at an altitide of 2900 meters between Coconmuco and Paletard, Cauca, Colombia, on November 13, 1968, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. CLERODENDRUM INERME var. MACROCARPUM (Wall.) Moldenke, comb. nov. Clerodendron neriifolium var. macrocarpa Wall. ex C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India ): 589. 1885. CLERODENDRUM PHLOMIDIS f. RUBRUM (Roxb.) Moldenke, comb. nov. Clerodendron phlomoides @ rubrum Roxv. ex Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 465. 185. SYNGONANTHUS GRACILIS f. PROLIFER Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei capitulis distincte prolif- eris recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing its flower-heads distinctly proliferous, producing each from 3 to many erect linear leaf-like growths to 5 mm. in length. The type of the form was collected by George Gardner (no. 5281) somewhere in Brazil and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "POLLEN AND SPORES OF CHILE -- Modern Types of the Pteridophyta, Gymnospermas, and Angiospermae" by Calvin J. Heusser, xiv & 167 pp., illus., University of Arizona Press, Tucson, Arizona 85700. 1971. $15.00. In today's book market this oversized, well-printed and well- bound work with 60 fine fullpage photographic plates is bargain-= priced -- and readers will acquire a scientific bargain, too. The text covers a general vegetational survey, detained descrip- tions of pollen grains and spores, citations, locations, ranges, keys, glossary, and bibliography. In its preparation material has been examined for members of 178 plant families from herbar- ium spécimens preserved in the Museo Nacional de Historia Natural in Santiago and from fresh fielq collections. "THE BIOLOGY OF PARASITIC FLOWERING PLANTS" by Job Kuijt, v & 26 pp., illus., University of California Press, Los Angeles, California, & Berkeley, California 9720. 1969. $15.00. This excellent book garners a wealth of material over a great range of time and place resulting in up-to-date monographs of the parasitic groups within the mistletoes, sandalwoods, dodders, rafflesias, broomrapes and figworts. There is a detailed treat- ment of haustoria that are root-origined, their physiology, evo- lution, and history. "It is my thesis that parasitism has arisen at least eight different times in unrelated groups of dicotyle- dons: (1) Santalales; (2) Scrophulariaceae and Orobanchaceae; (3) Rafflesiaceae and Hydnoraceae; (l) Balanophoraceae; (5) Cus- cuta; (6) Cassytha; (7) Lemnoaceae; (8) Krameria." The book is enriched by many excellent drawings and fine photographs. It is likewise rich in its full bibliography, in- cluding the author's many papers on mistletoes. "GENETICS OF THE EVOLUTIONARY PROCESS" by Theodosius Dobzhansky, x & 505 pp., illus., Columbia university Press, London & New York, N. Y. 10025. 1970 copyright, 1971 actual publi- cation. $10.95. Surely this work by one of the most outstanding geneticists and biological thinkers will prove to be a classic. The chapters cover (1) the unity and diversity of life, (2) genetic continuity and change, (3) mutation and genetic variability, (4) normalizing natural selection, (5) balancing selection and chromosomal poly- morphism, (6) balancing selection and genetic load, (7) direc- tional selection, (8) random drift and founder principle, (9) if 8 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 22, now 1 populations, races and subspecies, (10) reproductive isolation, (11) patterns of species formation, and (12) patterns of evolu- tion. There is an excellent bibliography with well over a thous- and entries, an author index with almost a thousand entries from works cited in the text and page references, and a subject index with most of the scientific names not italicized. This book is a reappraisal, and more, of the author's other classic work entitled "Genetics and the Origin of Species", orig- inally published in 1937, with its second and third editions of 1941 and 1951. This new work emphasizes the "balance model" of genetic population structure as "a greater or lesser proportion of the gene loci being in the heterozygous state, frequently though not invariably for pairs of interacting alleles that give heterosis" rather than the older concept of a largely homozygous population as the normal, "Evolution is a creative process..... The evolution of every phyletic line yields a novelty that never existed before and is a unique, unrepeatable, and irreversible proceeding......An evolutionary history is a unique chain of events. Natural selection has tried out an immense mumber of possibilities and has discovered many wonderful ones. Among which, to date, the most wonderful is man." "CELL BIOLOGY" —- Fifth Edition by E. D. P. De Robertis, W. W. Nowinski & F. A. Saez, xvii & 555 pp., illus., W. B. Saun- ders Company, London WC 1A-1DB, Toronto 7, and Philadelphia, Pa. 19105. 1970. $11.00. This famous text, already in its 2nd Russian, lst Hungarian, lst Polish, 7th Spanish and lst Italian editions, needs no intro- duction to biologists, but this new English edition deserves a hearty welcome. Its text and bibliographies at the close of each chapter are brought up-to-date. Basic principles are still stressed; the explanations are clear, the photographic illustra- tions and many new diagrams are excellent. As in the past editions, the botanical part of cell biology is limited lamen- tably to a few pages on cellulose and chloroplasts, but the rest of the text refers to the plant cell contents and processes that are shared with other living cells. There are a few careless slips in printing, such as the misspellings of alkaline on p. 116 and leucoplast on p. 237 and the omission of 02 on the photo- synthesis formula on p. 2h). "THE BIOLOGY OF FLOWERING" by Frank B. Salisbury, xi & 17) pp., illus., Natural History Press, c/o Doubleday & Company, New York, N, YER 10017. 1971. $5.9 e Aiming this interesting, simple book towards amateur botanists, students and teachers, the author states "There is so much left to learn about flowering that it is not difficult for a student (even junior high level) to devise experiments that have never been performed before. If this book should achieve the goal of starting a student on his way to experiments in flowering, I 1971 Moldenke, Book reviews 9 would certainly like to learn about the results." And so the author describes what flowering involves anatomically and physio- logically by various methods of study including temperature re- sponses, phytochrome, time measurement, biochemistry including especially the flowering hormone and a survey of flowering in natural enviroments. Many of the illustrative diagrams are very helpful. There is provided a useful bibliography and index. "FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS" by Ira L. Wiggins and Duncan L. Porter, xx & 998 pp., illus., Stanford University Press, Stanford, California 94305. 1971. $37.50. A marvelous work like this has been made possible by (1) the inspirational leadership of the senior author who is outstanding for his lifelong scholarship and field work, (2) the cooperation of several specialists, (3) the coordinated diligence of many diverse assistants, and () the considerable and worthwhile fun- ding by N. S. F. for the research that went into the book and by UNESCO for the establishment of the Charles Darwin Foundation Re- search Station on Isla Santa Cruz. For all biologists — student, teacher, researcher, interested amateur -—— there is a glow connected with these mostly Pleisto- cene volcanic islands 500 miles off the coast of Ecuador because of their association with Darwin's "Voyage of the Beagle". This present book perpetuates and validates this feeling with its valuable store of information. The introduction discusses settlement and history, physiography and geology, climate, soil and vegetation zones, fauna, and botanical collecting. The major higher plant groups are keyed and then are treated in careful manual style with descriptions, keys, drawings and geographic distribution maps. There are known to date 62 species with 60 subspecies and varieties in 38 genera in 107 families of which 228 species are endemic and 2 consist of new records for the Galdpagos. In the book there are a glossary of botanical terms, a bib- liography, and index to botanical names, and almost a hundred beautiful color photographs of plants in their natural ecologi- cal settings or in portrait. "PHLOEM TRANSPORT IN PLANTS" by Alden S. Crafts & Carl E. Crisp, mdi & 481 pp., illus., W. H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, California 9410,. 1971. $12.50. "The aim of this book is to collect and interpret the experi- mental information available....not only to support the mechanism of assimilate movement, but to provide detailed analyses of the anatomy of the transport path itself, the phenomenon of phloem plugging, the movement of endogenous as well as xenobiotic con- pounds, the effects of environmental factors, and the complex quantitative aspects of assimilate distribution." 10 PHYTO "LO Ger £ Vol. 22, now. 1 Thanks to much recent careful work in this field checked ina bibliography 3 pages long and thanks to the development of the electron microscope, the authors are able to conclude their text "with the recognition of the existence of open pores in sieve plates, of the composition and nature of phloem exudate, and of common distribution patterns of tracers in plants, pressure flow or mass flow seems to be the inescapable answer to the translo- cation enigma." On p. 69 Castanea is misspelled; also internodes on p. 70. This book provides the only collection of this type of botan- ical knowledge at present in print. "MANUAL OF THE GRASSES OF THE UNITED STATES" by A. S. Hitchcock, facsimile of 2nd edition revised by Agnes Chase, Volumes I & II, 1051 pp., illus., Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N.Y. 1001). 1971. $8.00 paper bound. This unabridged replication of a needed botanical classic is welcome indeed for its excellent descriptions, keys and illustra- tions of 1,398 species in 169 genera of grasses that are native or well established in the United States as well as 120 species of "waifs" in 16 genera. Complete synonymy, uses, a glossary, brief biographical sketches of persons for whom grasses have been named, and an index are included. The publisher prints on the back cover an assurance that the binding is stitched, completely openable and "permanent" — all necessary attributes if this edition is to get the use the for- mer ones did. "MARINE FOOD CHAINS" edited by J. H. Steele, viii & 552 pp., illus., University of California Press, Los Angeles, Cali- fornia, and Berkeley, California 94720. 1970. $13.50. This volume is composed of the proceedings of a l-day syn- posium at the University of Aarhus in Demmark during July 1968 under the aegis of the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. There are 35 worthwhile papers grouped under the following 7 headings: (1) recycling of organic matter and ener- gy, (2) pelagic food chains forming the most intricate webs, (33 feeding mechanisms such as both "skimming" and "swallowing" patterns in baleen whales and the macro-plant detritus feeding of such broad spectrum herbivores as Mugil cephalus telescoping food chains in shallow estuaries, (lh) food requirements for fish production showing how management is increasingly dependent on knowledge of the quantitative interaction among several species, (5) food abundance and availibility in relation to production, (6) theoretical problems in estimating marine biomass production and analysis of trophic processes, and (7) a summary by L. B. Slobodkin stressing that the simplified constant of 10 percent ecological efficiency should not be used without checking for any fisheries' regulation decisions. Many valuable charts and 1971 Moldenke, Book reviews a bs detailed bibliographies are included in each paper. For the whole work there is provided a subject index as well as a systematics index. "THE LYNN INDEX: A Bibliography of Phyto—Chemistry, Monograph VII edited by Norman R. Farnsworth et al., 236 pp., College of Pharmacy, University of Illinois Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois 60680. 1971. $5.00 paper-back. This new volume covers assuredly the bulk of the phytochemical sources published in the period from 1560 to 195) for the follow- ing plant orders: Pandales, Helobiae, Principes, Spathiflorae, Farinosae, Liliiflorae, Piperales, S » Salicales, Garryales, Myricales, Juglandales » Fagales and Urticales. The cumulative index is es- pecially valuable because it includes the orders, families and genera treated in all of the seven monographs published to date. This same group of editors has more current material on the subject included it their mimeographed periodical, PHARMACOGNOSY TITLES. "CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT AND THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM" by S. B. Sut-— ton, xvii & 382 pp., illus., Harvard University Press, Cam- bridge, Mass. 1970. $10.00. Apropos of the impending centennial of the famed Arnold Ar- boretum next year, its present director commissioned this careful interesting account of its founder who served for 55 years as its director and of its growth as the first in history and promin- ence in the United States. The author describes Sargent's early life in a family of in- telligence, industry, prominence and affluence, and his interest in horticulture. When assigned the creation of the Arnold Arbor- etum, "he devoted himself with passionate intensity to institu- tion-building and to his study of trees". "He was happier with trees than with people; he loved trees and shrubs and the beauty of fine plants as most men love children and grandchildren or as they love a fair lady." Yet he knew personally many prominent people, had a wonderfully warm and understanding wife and five children, and cherished his home. At the time of the golden ju- bilee in 1922, the then 81 year old director reported that the Arnold Arboretum had doubled its acreage supporting between 5,000 and 6,000 woody species, labeled and mapped, in 32 genera and 87 plant families, introduced nearly 2,000 species and vari- eties into cultivation in the United States, enlarged the her- barium 200-fold, built up a library of 35,500 bound volumes, 8,000 pamphlets and 10,000 photographs, and planned more and bet— ter prospects for the years” ahead. A few of Sargent's confréres are also well delineated in this book — Wilson, Rehder, Gray. Sargent's monumental work on the forest census, his Silva of North America, as well as his famous (or infamous) treatment of Crataegus with’ 700 species, 22 varie- 12 ParyToLocis Vol. 22, no. 1 ties and 5 forms, are well known botanically. Unfortunately, the page numbers and running titles are cen- tered at the bottom of the pages inefficiently wasting readers! time. On p. xii eastern is misspelled. This book is a deserving and informative tribute to a great man and to a great institution. "PRINCIPLES OF DISPERSAL IN HIGHER PLANTS" by L. van der Pijl, vii & 154 pp., illus., Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1969. 36 DM. or $9.00. This is a companion volume to the author's and K. Faegri's "Principles of Pollination Ecology" of 1966. Both works are so fascinating and excellent in scope and treatment that they should appeal to a broad spectrum of amateur, teaching and professional botanists and biologists of all kinds everywhere. The illustrations are especially valuable since they cover so many more examples than the limited few that get repeated from one botany text to another. Even more would have enhanced the value of the book. The bibliography is comprehensive, including Ridley's classic "Dispersal of Plants throughout the World" of 1930, yet omitting some partial references given in the body of the text itself. The three useful indexes for subject, plant scientific names and animal scientific names are valuable features. The contents include (a) the role of dispersal in the chain of life, (b) elaborate terminology, (c) relationships among flowers, seeds and fruits, (d) ecological dispersal classes based on agents — icthyochory, saurochory, ornithochory, aut— ochory, myrmechory, anemochory, hydrochory, epizoochory, baroch- ory, etc., along with their combinations and limitations, (e) establishment, germination and vivipary, (f) interesting and de- batable evolutionary concepts of dispersal organ development, (g) ecological development in legume fruits, and finally (h) man and his plants — the crops and weeds. This succinct modern treatment stresses the tropics. More careful proof-reading should have checked and caught the "ist" on p. 1h, the repeated "Violaceae" on p. 112, the bibliographic omissions and other slips. Actually, the book is really a gem, with just a few minor flaws, "THE AUSTRALIAN GREAT BARRIER REEF IN COLOUR" by K. Gillett, 112. pp-, illus., Charles E. Tuttle, Tokyo, Japan, & Rutland, Ver- "No other region in the world has been so lavishly endowed as this 1,250-mile strip of coral-built rampart and its adjacent waters", as this attractive little book with its carefully written text, 16 black/white plates and 50 gorgeous full color ones of corals, sea anemones, starfish, turtles, fish, etc., attests. The role of plants, especially algae, is not considered except on p. 91. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL TOWARD A MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS CALLICARPA. XIX Harold N. Moldenke CALLICARPA SIMONDII Dop Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 500. 1971. Continuation of the original description of this species by Dop (1932): "Folia.....supra pilis simplicibus sparsis horrida, subtus molliter pilis stellatis dispersis tomentosa et punctato- glandulosa, 8--10 cm. longa x h—5 cm. lata; nervus vix prominens, valde tomentosus; costae 12—1); tenues, tomentosae, vix recurva- tae; venae subparalleles, vix conspicuae; reticulones inconspicu- ae; petiolum crassum, tomentosum, 8--10 mm. longum. Inflores- centiae: cymae tomentosae, divaricato-dichotomae, multiflorae, 3,5 cm. latae et longae; bracteae lineares, subulatae, 3—) m. longae; pedunculi 15 mm. longi; pedicelli 1 mm. longi; flores 3 mm. longi. — Calyx stellato-tomentosus, 1,2 mm. longus, dentibus minimis, triangularibus. Corolla glabra 2,5 m. longa, lobis rotundatis, 0,5 mm. longis. Stamina longe exserta; filamenta ad basim corollae inserta; antherae glandulosae. Ovarium glabrum; stylus stamina superans; stigma capitatum. — Fructus....? Ton- kin: Long Tschéou (Simond 152). Cette espéce est trés voisine du C. rubella Lindl. Elle s'en distingue par ses feuilles pétiolées, elliptiques ou en peu obovales, membraneuses, et son calice muni simplement de poils étoilés." Nothing is known to me of this taxon except what is stated in the literature listed above. CALLICARPA SIONG-SAIENSIS Metc., Lingnan Sci. Journ. 11: 07—108. 1932. Synonymy: Callicarpa siongsaiensis Metc. ex Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 1): 225. 1967. Bibliography: Metc., Lingnan Sci. Journ. 11: )07--08. 1932; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 58 & 87 (1942) and ed. 2, 135 & 178. 1949; H.-T. Chang, Act. Phytotax. Sin. 1: 270, 308, & 310. 1951; eae Résumé 17 & 5. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia ly: 225 & 246. 1967. The original description of this species reads as follows: "Shrub to 2m. Cymes trichotomous, loose, many-flowered, pedunc- les stellate, as long or longer than petioles. Calyx cup-shaped, entire, glabrous. Fr. dark brown when dry, glabrous (about 3 m. diam.). Leaves obovate to oblanceolate (10--1) cm. long and to 5.5 cm. wide, short acuminate to acute, base cuneate to obtuse, margin subentire to irregularly shallow, serrate, glabrous above, and subglabrous and yellowish glandular beneath. Branchlets, pet- ioles and inflorescence sparsely and minutely stellate pubescent. Siong-Sai, an Island 20 miles seaward from mouth of river Min, 13 14 PHY T0L0G1i2 Vol. 22, mo. 2 [which is 3 miles from Foochow]. Liu, Y. T., FCU 11793; 5 ft., rocky hillside, ex herb. Fukien Christian University (Arnold Ar- boretum, Type). "A rather characteristic species closely related to C. Giral- diana Hesse and C. pedunculata R. Brom (C. formosana Rolfe), but distinguished easily by the glabrous leaves and glabrous calyx. From C. dichotoma (Loureiro) Ramschel and C, japonica Thunberg it is separated by the subentire to shallowly-serrate margins. It will be interesting to see if this species will ever be found on the mainland. P'tei cites this mumber under his C. formosana Rolfe. This however is synonymous with C. pedunculata R. Brown (see Lam & Bakh. l.c.). The citation was incorrectly given as Tai 11793, but the collector's name was Liu, Yu Tai." It should be commented here that the island on which the type specimen of this species was collected is one of the White Dog {or Crocodile] Islands. The Lau 392) & 469, distributed as C. siong-saiensis, are actually C. formosana Rolfe, while Lau 405) is C. integerrima Champ. Nothing is known to me of this species except what is stated in the literature cited above. CALLICARPA SORDIDA Urb., Symb. Ant. 7: 355--356. 1911. Bibliography: Urb., Symb. Ant. 7: 355—-356. 1911; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, hy. 1921; Urb., Arkiv Bot. 22A (17): 108. 1929; Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 39: 299 (1936) and 40: 50, 52--53, 56, 73, 78, 120, & 123. 1936; Moldenke, Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 7. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., ed. 1, 36 & 87. 1942; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 216 & 314 (1946) and h: 1035. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 7 & 178. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 56 & 5. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 2, hh. 1960; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 14: 150. 1966; J. A. Clark, Card. Ind. Gen. Sp. Pl. n.d. Liogier describes this plant as a much-branched shrub, 1 m. tall, growing in thickets in dry areas on dogtooth limestone, at an altitude of 30 meters, flowering in February. Urban (1929), in his discussion of C. selleana Urb. & Ekn., notes that the latter is "Affinis.....C. sordidae Urb., quae pube aliena, foliis oblongis v. elliptico-oblongis basi obtusis v. rotundatis, pedunculis 0,5—0,7 cm longis diversa est". In his 1911 work he says “Altera species domingensis, Callicarpa aculeolata Schauer, ramis manifeste aculeolatis, foliis lineari- lanceolatis 2—l cm. longis, 0,6—-0,8 cm. latis, margine subin- tegris facile distingui potest. Longius distant Callic cubensis Urb. et Callicarpa fulva A. Rich. (e Cuba)". In all, 1 herbarium specimens, including the type, and 1) mounted photographs of C. sordida have been examined by me. Additional & emended citations: HISPANIOLA: Dominican Repub— lic: Fuertes 848 (E--photo of type, F—-385395—-isotype, Lu— 1971 Moldenke, Monograph of Callicarpa 15 isotype, Mi--photo of isotype, S--photo of type, W--698001—iso- type, W—-photo of type); Liogier 1369 (N, Z). CALLICARPA STENOPHYLLA Merr. in Merr. & Merritt, Philip. Journ. Sei Bot. 5: 380-—381. 1910. Bibliography: E. D. Merr. in Merr. & Merritt, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 5: 380—381 & 554. 1910; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pr. 1, 34h. 1913; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 10: 71. 1915; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 47, 61, & 362. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 2h. 1921; E. D. Merr., Emm. Philip. Pl. 3: 388. 1923; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. 30: 87. 1926; Moldenke, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 60: 55. 1932; Moldenke, Alph. List Common Vern. Names 17 & 18. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 62 & 87. 192; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 95. 1945; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 11 & 178. 1949; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pr. 2, 34. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 183 & 45. 1959; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 1h: 143 (1966), 1h: 228 (1967), 15: 2h (1967), and 21: 23h, 332, 452, & hk. 1971. A shrub, 2--l m. tall; trunk about || cm. in diameter; branches Slender, terete, grayish- or reddish-brown, glabrous; young branchlets densely stellate-pubescent or -tomentose; petioles 2— mm. long, densely stellate-pubescent or -tomentose; leaf-blades membranous or chartaceous, lanceolate or narrow-lanceolate, 7—- 15 cm. long, 1--2 cm. wide, straight or somewhat falcate, gradu- ally and slenderly long-acuminate at the apex, denticulate along the margins, acute at the base, subglabrous above or with scat- tered and very short simple hairs, more or less densely stellate- pubescent beneath with simple (not plumose) rather pale or brow- ish hairs and with numerous, very minute, dark-colored or yellow to reddish glands; secondaries about 9 on each side, curvate- ascending, anastomosing; cymes axillary, solitary, about 2 cm. long, 2--2.5 cm. wide, rather dense, densely stellate-tomentose; pedicels very short; bracts subtending the primary branches of the inflorescence linear-lanceolate, 3 mm. long; bractlets sim- ilar, subulate, 1 mm. long; calyx cup-shaped, obscurely quadran- gular, about 1 mm. long, subglabrous, its rim shortly )-toothed; corolla 2 mm. long, the limb subequally l-lobed, the lobes 0.) mm. long, rounded; filaments 3 mm. long, exserted; anthers ellip- soid, 0.3 mm. long; drupes globose, 1.5 mm. in diameter when dry, pink or violet to purple when fresh. This species is based on M. Ramos s.n. {Herb, Philip. Bur. Sci. 5739] from the Sablan River near Baguio, Benguet, Philippine Islands, and was deposited in the herbarium of the Bureau of Sci- ence at Manila, now destroyed. Merrill (1910) cites also Curran, Merritt, & Zschokke 18162, Darling s.n. [Herb. Philip. Forest Bur. 16574), and M. Ramos s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 5790], and comments that the species is "Probably most closely allied to Callicarpa caudata Maxim., differing in its less dense and simply stellate, not plumose-stellate tomentum. It is well distinguish- ed by its narrow leaves which are very long and slenderly acumin- 16 PHYTO L.O:GeEh Vol. 22, now. 1 ate." Lam (1919) comments that "This species seems to have — accor— ding to the description, since we could not examine any specimens of it —- a close affinity with our variety of C. caudata, or even to be identical with it. According to Merrill it has, how- ever, less hairy and narrower and longer leaves." The C. caudata var. glabriuscula H. J. Lam, to which he refers here, is regarded by me as belonging in the synonymy of typical C. dolichophylla Merr. Bakhuizen van den Brink (1921) reduces Cc. stenophylla to synonymy under what he calls C. pedunculata R. Br. Recent collectors have found c.s C. stenophylla growing on fores- ted slopes and in pine regions, at altitudes of 665 to 1800 meters, flowering in February and March, and fruiting in April, August, September, and November to Jamuary . Vernacular names reported for it are "karangit" and "layop". Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria under the name C. cuspidata Roxb. On the other hand, the Ramos & Edafio s.n. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 40505], distributed as ae a stenophylla, is actually C. caudata Maxim., while R. S. Williams 1158 is C. formosana f. angustata Moldenke. In all, 18 herbarium specimens of C. stenophylla have been ex- amined by me. Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Curran, Merritt, & Zschokke s.n. [Herb. Philip. Forest, Bur. 18162] (W711 72h); Fe. We Darling s.: sen. [Herb. Philip. Forest. Bur. 1657) (W--711370) 5 Haenke 7 (Ca—280928) ; M. Ramos s.n. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 5790] (W--629083), sen. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 27388] (W-—- 1376378), sen. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 33012] (N), son. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 40778] (Bz--17516, Ca—239385); Ramos & Edafio sen. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 26312] (W--1294731), s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 37635] (Bz—-17519, W—-1260352), s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 37679] (Bz—-17513, W--1260384), s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 8504] (B, Bz—-1751h, Ca--322116, N, W-—-1551528). CALLICARPA SUBALBIDA Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 1: 337—-338. 1908. Synonymy: Callicarpa erioclona var. subalbida (Elm.) Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 19. 1921. Bibliography: Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 1: 337--338 (1908) and 3: 862. 1910; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pr. 1, 3h. 1913; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 49, 63--6, & 362. "1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, oe 19. 19213; E. D. Merr., Enum. Philip. Flow. Pl. 3: 388. 1923; Eln., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 10: 3860. 1939; Moldenke, Prelim. Alph. List Inval- id Names 10. 19,0; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 62 & 87. 192; Moldenke "alph. List Invalid Names 9. 192; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. fe 1259. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. *Verbenac., ed. 2, 11 & 178. 199; Prain, Ind. Kew. 1971 Moldenke, Monograph of Callicarpa 17 Suppl. 4, pr. 2, 3h. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 183, 22, & 445. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 14: 179 (1966) and 21: 230. 1971. Suberect shrub, 3--l m. tall; trunk to 10 cm. in diameter; wood soft, white; bark light- or ashy-gray; ultimate branchlets slender, more or less tetragonal, minutely gray-tomentose; leaves decussate-opposite, descending, about 5 cm. apart; petioles stout, ashy-gray, 1--1.7 cm. long or on larger leaves 3—l cm. long, subglabrous to slightly scurfy or mimtely gray-tomentose, wrinkled when dry; leaf-blades submembranous or chartaceous, flat, deep- but dull-green above, silvery-white beneath, oblong or el- liptic-oblong to broadly ovate-lanceolate or ovate, 11-25 cm. long, .3--12 cm. wide below the middle, gradually tapering on the upper half, slenderly long-acuminate or acute at the apex, entire along the margins or somewhat denticulate toward the apex, cuneate or subcuneate to somewhat rounded at the base, glabrous above, with a silvery-white covering of minute stellate hairs beneath; secondaries 7--13 on each side of the prominent midrib, ascending-curvate, quite prominent beneath, the connecting ter— tiaries rather numerous; inflorescences ascending; cymes in the axils of the upper leaves, about cm. long and 6 cm. wide, di- chotomously branched, gray and finely scurfy or mimtely gray- tomentose, the branches subtended by linear bracts 5 mm. long; peduncles about 1 cm. long, yellowish-lanate; flowers in little woolly clusters, 3--5 together, sessile, "caducous, on a woolly receptacle surrounded by a subwhorl of unequal lanose persistent involucral bracts", not odorous; calyx strongly turbinate, glandular—dotted, 1—2 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide at the apex, some- what pubescent, its rim subentire or obscurely h-apiculate- toothed; corolla yellowish-white or white, cupuliform, 2 to nearly 3 mm. long, glabrous, the tube only a little longer than the calyx, the lobes each 1 m. long, obtuse at the apex, with little glands on the outer surface; stamens , about 3.5 mm. long, only slightly exserted; filaments slender, 2 mm. long, glabrous, inserted on the corolla, with a strong bend below the middle; anthers oblong, 1.25 mm. long, 0.75 mm. wide, basifixed, the apex emarginate, the base subcordately lobed, glutinous and covered with pale-yellow granules along the connective between the cells on both sides; style | mm. long if straightened out, glabrous, with a conspicuous double loop below the middle; stig- ma peltate or subdisciform, terminal; ovary subglobose, 0.75 mm. wide, densely yellow-glandulose on the upper half with sulphur- yellow granules, the lower half glabrous; drupes globose, 2 mm. in diameter, glabrous, blackish when dry, half enclosed by the fruiting calyx. The type of this species was collected by Adolph Daniel Edward Elmer (no. 918) in humid woods on the road between Lucban and Sampaloc, at an altitude of 500 meters, Lucban, Tayabas, Luzon, Philippine Islands, in May, 1907. Elmer (19085 erroneously re- fers to the fruit as "berries", Bakhuizen van den Brink (1921) distinguishes his variety subalbida from typical C. erioclona Schau. by ascribing to the variety the following characters: 18 Peay TO L/0'Gare Vol. 22, no. 1 "Folia oblonga vel elliptica, basi cuneata vel subrotundata, apice sensim longe acuminata, integerrima, 10-—-20 c.M. longa, 3. nae c.M. lata; petiolus 1=2 c.M.; calyx sparse lanata margine sub- glabrescens; corolla subglabra." Lam (1919) says "This species seems to have a close affinity with the Y¥ -repanda-variety of C. erioclona" and cites McGregor 10269 from Polillo. I regard C. erioclona var. repanda (Warb.) H. J. Lam as a synonym of typical C. erioclona Schau. Callicarpa subalbida has been found growing in woods and by creeks in forests, at altitudes of 10 to 500 meters, flowering in May and June, and. fruiting in May, June, and August In all, 15 herbarium specimens, including the type. collection, and 1 mounted photograph have been examined by me. Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Catanduanes: Ramos & Edafio s.n. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 75602] (Ca--k9391, N). Luzon: Elmer 918, (Bz—-17580--isotype, N--isotype, Vt--isotype); Ramos & & Edafio sen. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 28969] (W--129l196). Mindanao: M. S. S. Clemens 1962 [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 15639] (Ca-—-238908, Ca— 268522, N) N). Mindoro: M. Ramos sen. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 41009] (Bz—17582, W--126176h), sen. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 41059] (Bz--17581, V, PO ~ Polillo: C. B. Robinson s.n. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 6861] (W--62953h); S Salvoza 235 [Herb. Philip. Forest. Bur. 29707] (Ca--256859) . CALLICARPA SUBCANDIDA Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 10: 3797--3798. 1939. Bibliography: Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 10: 3797--3798 & 3860. 1939; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 38. 197; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 83. 198; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- a0o, @dei2s Thi& 173. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 183 & 5. 1959. A lax undershrub; stems single or a few from the same root, ascending, branched. from below the middle, terete, about 3 m. tall and 2.5 cm. in diameter; wood dingy-white, soft, with a large white pith; bark brown, lenticellate, the hypodermis green; main branches ascending, laxly rebranched; twigs terete, 5 mm. in diameter, covered with a grayish-white indumentum; leaves com- paratively few, widely scattered and opposite, horizontal or de- scending; petioles stout, suberect, 2--l} cm. long, yellowish to gray, very short-tomentose, longitudinally canaliculate and ridged on the upper surface; leaf-blades submembranous or sub- chartaceous, green above but turning brown in drying, broadly lanceolate or suboblong, 15--25 cm. long, 6—9 cm. wide, gradu- ally tapering into the acute to acuminate apex, unequally short- dentate along the margins except for the entire subcuneate basal portion, entirely glabrous above, whitish and minutely papillate beneath; midrib prominent and covered with a grayish-white indu- mentum beneath, slightly impressed toward the base above; secon- daries 7--10 per side, ascending-curvate, less prominent than the midrib beneath; veinlet reticulation abundant, not visible above, 1971 Moldenke, Monograph of Callicarpa 19 the interstices mimutely stellate-punctate beneath; inflorescence in the axils of the leaves or of fallen leaves, densely corymbose- ly paniculate from near the base, abundantly rebranched and form- ing a dense mass 5 cm. wide, scurfy brown-pubescent when young, the numerous short and divaricate branchlets, as well as the short pedicels and even the calyx, turning gray when old; corolla creamy-white; drupes globose, 1.5—2 mm. in diameter, azure-blue, glabrate. The type of this species was collected by Adolph Daniel Edward Elmer (no. 1512) in moist stony ground among thickets on a steep incline, at 750 meters altitude, Irosin (Mt. Bulusan), Sorsogon Province, Luzon, Philippine Islands, in November, 1915. Elmer (1939) notes that "Evidently our specimen is best match- ed by Callicarpa nana Linn. [by which he doubtless meant C. cana L.] or Callicarpa bicolor Schauer, but our leaves are larger, longer petioled, more attemate toward the base and with a dif- ferent indumentum on the flowers." Nothing is known to me of this species except what is stated in the bibliography listed above. CALLICARPA SUBINTHGRA Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 12: 299— 300. 1917. Bibliography: E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 12: 299— 300 & 382. 1917; E. D. Merr., Emum. Philip. Flow. Pl. 3: 388. 1923; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 3h. 1926; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 62 & 87 (192) and ed. 2, 11 & 178. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 183 & 45. 1959; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 13: 499 (1966) and 21: 329 & 336. 1971. A small tree, 2—5 m. tall; trunk to 6 cm. in diameter; branches terete, pale-brown, ultimately glabrous; younger branchlets very densely and uniformly stellate-puberulent, the hairs white or brownish-white; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles 1--1.5 cm. long, densely stellate-puberulent; leaf-blades chartaceous, lan- ceolate, 8--1l cm. long, 1.5-—-2 cm. wide, slenderly caudate-acum- inate at the apex, entire or distantly and obscurely denticulate along the margins, acute at the base, olivaceous and shiny above, glabrous above or with the midrib sometimes stellate—pubescent, the lower surface completely covered with a very dense and pale stellate-puberulent indumentum, no glands evident; secondaries a- bout 8 per side, arcuate-ascending, anastomosing, the primary re- ticulations distinct; cymes axillary, solitary, dichotomously branched, to 2.5 cm. long and )} cm. wide, all the parts very densely stellate-puberulent; peduncles to 1 cm. long; bractlets in the primary cyme-branches linear, to 5 mm. long; prophylla on the secondary cyme-branches similar but shorter; flowers densely crowded on the ultimate cyme-branches, sessile or subsessile; calyx 1.5 mm. wide, externally densely pale-puberulent, its rim truncate or minutely and obscurely l-toothed; corolla about 2.5 mm. long, glabrous, its limb l-lobed, the lobes broadly ovate, about 1 mm. long, obtuse at the apex; anthers about 1 mm. long, exserted; style glabrous, about ) mm. long; young drupes ellipsoid or obov- 20 PUY TO Li OrGetek Vol. 22, now 1 oid, 2.5--3 mm. wide, glabrous, black when dry. The type of this species was collected by Maximo Ramos and Gregorio E. Edafio (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 26619) on dry slopes, at about 200 meters altitude, on Mount Dingalan, in Tayabas Pro- vince, Luzon, Philippine Islands, on August 25, 1916, and was de- posited in the herbarium of the Philippine Bureau of Science at Manila, but is now destroyed. A vernacular name for the species is "marataringao". Merrill (1917) comments that "In some respects this species resembles Callicarpa angusta Schauer, from which it is readily distinguished by its denser indumentum, its entire or but slightly toothed leaves, fewer nerves, and longer petioles. Its true al- liance is with Callicarpa longipetiolata Merr., from which it is at once distinguished by its differently shaped, narrow, caudate— acuminate leaves." This plant resembles C. longipetiolata var. glabrescens Mol- denke in its leaf characters, but in that variety the inflores- cences are much longer-pedunculate and more massive. Callicarpa subintegra has been found growing on damp forested slopes, flowering in April, July, and October, and fruiting in July and November. Material has been misidentified and distrib- uted in herbaria under the names C. angusta Schau. and C. pentan- dra var. paloensis f. celebica (Koord.) Bakh. In all, 12 herbarium specimens, including type material, and 2 mounted photographs of C. subintegra have been examined by me. Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Loher 12312 (Ca——2)3062); M. Ramos sen. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 40767] (Bz—18605, W—— 126162) ; Ram Ramos & Edafio s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 26619] (Bz— 1860)—isotype, N--isotype, N—photo of isotype, Z--photo of iso- type), Sn. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 29707] (Bz—-18603, N, W- 1376380), s sen. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 48530] (B, Bz—-18602, Ca— 321340, N). CALLICARPA SUBINTEGRA var. PARVA Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 12: 300. 1917. Bibliography: E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 12: 300 & 382. 1917; E. D. Merr., Enum. Philip. Flower. Pl. 3: 388. 1923; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 62 & 87. 192; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 95. 1945; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbense., ed. 2, 1)1 & 178. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 183 & 5. 1959. Merrill (1917) distinguishes this variety as follows: "A typo differt foliis minoribus, leviter acuminatis, haud caudato-acum- inatis. Foliis 5 ad 7 cm longis, 1 ad 1.5 cm latis", The variety is based on Ramos & Edafio s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 26465] from forested slopes at about 350 meters altitude on Mount Umingan, in Nueva Ecija Province, Luzon, Philippine Islands, collected on August 13, 1916, and originally deposited in the her— barium of the Philippine Bureau of Science at Manila, now unfor- 1971 Moldenke, Monograph of Callicarpa 21 tunately destroyed. A vernacular name recorded for the plant is "maratarifigau". In all, only a single herbarium specimen (but that fortunately being of the type collection) has been examined by me. Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Ramos & Edafio sen. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 26465] (N--isotype). CALLICARPA SUBPUBESCENS Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy. 305. 1838 (not C. subpubescens Maxim., 1918]. Synonymy: Callicarpa boninensis Hayata, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 30 (1): [Mater. Fl. Formos.] 218. 1911. Bibliography: Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy. 305. 1838; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. h: 129. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 66. 187; Maxim., M61. Biol. 12: 504 & 507. 1886; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. 32: 77. 1887; J. Matsum., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 3: 318. 1889; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 386. 1893; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, (3a): 166. 1895; Hayata, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 30 (1): [Ma- ter. Fl. Form.] 218. 1911; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 43. 1912; J. Matsum., Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (2): 529—530. 1912; Koidz., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 32: 56. 1918; P. C. Standl., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 23: 1253. 192); Hosokawa, Journ. Soc. Trop. Agr. Taiwan 6: 205. 1934; Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 0: )O & 118. 1936; Bullock & Marquand, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 399. 1938; Tuyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 16: 376. 1940; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 61, 86, & 87. 192; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 386. 196; Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap. 1: 185. 1948; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 140, 177, & 178. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 296. 1950; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Index 15: 135). 1958; Moldenke, Ré- sumé 182, 2h1, 415, & 445. 1959; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Index 1929- 1956, 59. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 2, 3. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 386. 1960; Molcenke, Résumé Suppl. 4: 8. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 43 (1966), 1h: 167 (1966), and 1h: 235 & 236. 1967; Tuyama, Pl. Bonin Isls. 98. 1968; Hara, Outline Phytogeogr. Jap. 87. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 332, 385, & 386. 1971. Illustrations: Tuyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 16: 376. 190. The original description of this species by Hooker & Arnott (1838) is "foliis oblongo-lanceolatis utrinque attematis petiola- tis serratis glabris adultis sparse stellato-pubescentibus, pedun- culis axillaribus petiolum aequantibus, floribus copiosis cymosis. Leaves, including the petiole, nearly a span long, two inches broad at the widest part, closely serrated." The species is said to be a native of Mexico by Hooker & Arnott (1838), Walpers (1845), Schauer (187), Jackson (1893), and Stand- ley (1924), but is credited to the Bonin Islands by Maximowicz (1886, 1887), Matsumura (1889, 1912), Moldenke (1936, 192, 199, 1959), Bullock & Marquand (1938), and Hara (198). In this regard Bullock & Marquand (1938) have the following very pertinent con- ments: "As stated by Hooker & Arnott in Bot. Beechey Voy. 275 22 rey. TO LO Gri Vol. 22, no. 1 (1839-0), the localities of the Mexican plants listed were some- times doubtful, as the same species was sometimes also found in packets of plants from Bonin and Loo Choo, in the North Pacific. That a wrong locality was given seems to be established beyond doubt in the case of Callicarpa subpubescens (op. cit. 305), which was said to come from Tepic. The Beechey specimens in Herb. Hook. and Herb. Benth. have the locality Bonin written by Bentham himself, and were transferred, apparently by the late Dr. Stapf, to their proper places in the Kew Herbarium, and identified with other Bonin specimens. The species was listed as samewhat doubt- fully Mexican by Standley on page 1253 of his 'Trees and Shrubs of Mexico.'" Maximowicz (1886) says "Species a Hookero et Arnott quidem in- ter mexicanas describitur, sed a Hemsley in Biol. centr. amer. II. haud enumeratur, ex qua re patet, tantum confusione schedularum patriam Mexico indicatam, revera autem plantam e Bonin-sima alla- tam fuisse". He cites a Small s.n. and Yatabe s.n. from "ad col- lium latera" and describes the plant as "frutex dumosus floribus purpureis". The plant has been found growing at altitudes of 75 to 200 feet, flowering in June and July. The common names "shima murasaki", "shima-murasaki", and "softwood" have been recorded for it. The original Hooker & Arnott reference is cited as "181" by Hara (1948) and as "1839-0" by Bullock & Marquand (1938), but pages 289--38) of that work were published in 1838. Matsumura reduces this species to synonymy under C. glabra Koidz., but it is C. subpubescens Maxim. apud Koidz., Bot. Mag. Tdkyo 32: 56, in syn. (1918) that belongs in that synonymy. Material of C. subpubescens has been misidentified and distrib— uted in herbaria under the names C. cana L. and C. dichotoma Juss. On the other hand, the Mexia 1108, distributed as C. subpubescens, is actually C. acuminata H.B.K. In all, 7 herbarium specimens of C. subpubescens have been ex- amined by me. Citations: BONIN ISLANDS: Chichijima: Kondo 18 (Bi), 4h (Bi); A. R. Mead s.n. [Kondo 117] (Bi), s.n. [Kondo 117a] (Bi), s.n. [Kondo 117b] (Bi). Island undetermined: C. Wright s.n. [Bonin Is- lands] (T, W—-9962, W--9971). inausl ; CALLICARPA SUPERPOSITA Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. 30: 86--87. 1926. Bibliography: E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. 30: 86--87. 1926; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 37. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 6 & 87 (191,23 and ed. 2, 145 & 178. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 192 & 5. 1959; Van Steenis, Blumea 15: 149. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 95 (1971) and 21: 39, )0, 109, & 49h. 1971. Merrill's original (1926) description of this species is "Fru- tex circiter 3 m altus plus mimusve ferrugineo-villosus, indumen- to haud stellato; ramis ramulisque teretibus, ramulis circiter 2 mm diametro; foliis chartaceis vel membranaceis, lanceolatis, in LOT ore Moldenke, Monograph of Callicarpa 23 siccitate olivaceis, opacis, 15 ad 20 cm longis, ) ad 5 cm latis, longissime temiter caudato-acuminatis, deorsum angustatis, basi rotundato-truncatis, circiter 1 cm latis, margine perspicue cre- nato-dentatis, dentibus plerumque apiculatis, utrinque plus minus- ve villosis, subtus glandulosis; nervis primariis utrinque 10 ad 12, tenuibus, perspicuis, curvato-adscendentibus; petiolo dense villoso, 5 ad 8 m longo; cymis solitariis, pedunculatis, dichot- omis, perspicue ferrugineo-villosis, 3 ad 5 mm supra axillis in- sertis, circiter 3 cm longis latisque, pedunculo 1 ad 1.5 cm longo; floribus numerosis, calycis 1 ad 1.2 mm longis, obscure }- dentatis, extus leviter pubescentibus; corolla 2.5 mm longa, ex- tus obscure puberula, subaequaliter l-lobata; staminibus 4, fila- mentis 3 mm longis, antheris ellipsoideis, circiter 0.6 mm longis; ovarium glabrum, styli 5 mm longi; fructibus globosis, glabris, circiter 2 mm diametro. BRITISH NORTH BORNEO, Simporna, No. 1227, 1236 (type) D. D. Wood, col. B. Evangelista, July 14, 192), grow- ing at sea level. A species readily distinguishable among the numerous species of this genus through its simple, not at all stellate indumentum, the weak, elongated, jointed hairs being either pale or ferruginous, as well as by its lanceolate, long caudate-acuminate leaves and its solitary cymes being inserted some distance above the axils. In aspect it resembles the Phil- ippine Callicarpa lancifolia Merr. and C. stenophylla Merr., but is remote from both." The type was deposited in the herbarium of the Philippine Bureau of Science at Manila, but is now unfortun- ately destroyed. Van Steenis (1967) says that the species is related to C. bar- bata Ridl., C, fulvohirsuta Merr., C. havilandii (King & Gamble) H. J. Lam, and C, saccata Steen., but to me it appears most close- ly related to C. caudata Maxim. Material of C. superposita has been misidentified and distrib- uted in herbaria as C. longifolia Lam. Thus far only a single herbarium specimen of C. superposita, albeit one cited by Merrill himself, has been examined by me. Citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sabah: Evangelista s.n. [D. D. Wood 1227] (Ca—~239820). aoe SURIGAENSIS Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 3: 362. 1908. Synonymy: Callicarpa longivillosa Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. 17: 313. 1920. Callicarpa pentandra var. cumingiana f. suriga- ensis (Merr.) Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 16—-17. 1921. Callicarpa surigaénsis Merr. ex Molden- ke, Alph. List Common Vern. Names 2 & 7. 1939. Bibliography: E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 3: 262. 1908; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pr. 1, 3h. 1913; H. J. Lam, Ver- benac. Malay. Arch. 50, 79, & 362. 1919; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. 17: 313. 1920; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 16-17. 1921; E. D. Merr., Enum. Philip. 2h PHY, 10 LOG sk Vol. 22, no. 1 Flow. Pl. 3: 386 & 388. 1923; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 36. 1929; Moldenke, Alph. List Common Vern. Names 2 & 7. 1939; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 62 & 87. 192; Moldenke, Alph. List Invalid Names 10. 192; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 95. 1945; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 141, 177, & 178. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia : 268 (1953) and 5: 28. 1954; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pr. 2, 3h. 1958; Moldenke, résumé 183, 245, 2h6, & lS. 1959. A small tree, about 8 m. tall; branches and branchlets densely stellate-tomentose with ferruginous hairs and with numerous long hirsute hairs interspersed; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles about 1 cm. long, densely hirsute and stellate-tomentose with ferruginous hairs; leaf-blades subcoriaceous, oblong-ovate to lanceolate-ovate, 10--15 cm. long, 4-7 cm. wide, gradually nar- rowed above into a long and slender caudate acumen at the apex, minutely denticulate along the margins, acute at the base, rather densely hirsute on the midrib and secondaries above, with scatter— ed hairs on the lamina, paler and densely ferruginous-stellate-— villous beneath and with scattered long hairs on the midrib and secondaries; secondaries about 7 per side, prominent beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation distinct; cymes axillary, peduncu- late, to cm. long, densely ferruginous—-hirsute; calyx about 3 mm. long, externally densely villous, its rim l-toothed; corolla red, about 5 mm, long, glabrous, its limb l-lobed, the lobes about 2 mm.long, obtuse at the apex; stamens |; filaments subequal, a- bout mm. long; anthers about 2 mm. long; style 7 mm. long; stig- ma capitate; ovary glandulose. This species is based on W. B. Allen 168 and Ahern 318, as co- type collections, both from Surigao Province, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, the former collected in July, 1907, and the latter in May, 1901, both originally deposited in the herbarium of the Phil- ippine Bureau of Science at Manila, but unfortunately both now de- stroyed. Merrill (1908) comments that this is "A species well characterized by its dense stellate-tomentose and hirsute, ferrug- inous indumentum." Callicarpa longivillosa is based on Ramos & Pascasio s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 34538], also from Mindanao, Philippine Islands, and also originally deposited in the herbarium of the Philippine Bureau of Science at Manila, now destroyed through the misfortunes of war. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in forests along streams at low altitudes, flowering in April and May. Vernacular names recorded for it are "alingtutifigau" and "buyakan",. Bakhuizen van den Brink (1921), in reducing this species to mere form rank, gives the following distinguishing characters for it: “Ramuli subteretes, tenuisculi; foliorum oppositorum paria singula cum foliis 1--2 alternantia, saepe folia omnia, oblonga vel lanceo- lata-oblonga, basi acuta, raro cuneata apice sensim in acumen caudato-attenuata, minutissime serrato-denticulata, adulta supra dense ferrugineo-hirsuta, subtus subdense, molliter pilis stellatis uniformiter tomentosa, siccando ferruginea 10--15 c.M. longa, 3.5—— 1 c.M. lata; nervis lateralibus utrinque 7--10; petiolus 1--2 c.M. 1971 Moldenke, Monograph of Callicarpa 25 longus; cymae minusculae, 3—l c.M. longae; pedunculus 1.2—5 c.M. longus, calyx breviter )—5-dentatus extus dense ferrugineo- hirsutus. © 0.3 csM. altus fructifer paulo auctus cupuliformis, drupam inferius dimidium amplectens; corolla )—-5-laciniata, extus glabra +o.5 c.M. alta; stamina l\—5, longe exserta+ 0. c.M. longa; antherae lanceolato-oblongae t0.2 c.M. longae drupa sub-— depresse globosa, mediocris, matura (rubra) ()—5-hocularis, loc- ulis bipartitis locellis monospermis; semina (l)—-5--(8)—10." If the characters enumerated by Bakhuizen van den Brink are accurately stated, it would appear that this species should be placed in the genus Geunsia. Material actually has been identi- fied and distributed in herbaria under the names Callicarpa pen- tandra var. pubescens f. cumingiana (Schau.) Bakh. and Geunsia farinosa Blume. In all, 11 herbarium specimens, including type material of all the names involved, and 8 mounted photographs of Callicarpa suri- gaensis have been examined by me. Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Dinagat: Ramos & Convocar s.n. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 83993] (Bz—18607), s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 84082] (Bz—-18606). Mindanao: Ahern 318 (W—L45256— cotype, W—))5257—cotype, W—)l5663—-cotype, Z—-cotype, Z——photo of cotype), 318Q [N. Y. Bot. Gard. Photos Neg. E.4200] (Bz—18211 —cotype, N-—-photo of cotype, N--photo of cotype, Z--photo of cotype); Ramos & Pascasio s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 3379] (W—1263620), s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 3538] (Bz—18210, N— photo, N—photo, Z--photo, Z—-photo), s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 34545] (Ca—-2121)9, W—1263678). CALLICARPA TAKAKUMENSIS Hatusima, Journ. Jap. Bot. 2: 81. 199. Bibliography: Hatusima, Journ. Jap. Bot. 2h: 81. 1949; Molden- ke, Phytologia 3: 306. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 40. 19535; Moldenke, Résumé 172 & 5. 1959; Kitamura & Okamoto Col. Illustr. Trees & Shrubs Jap. 220. 1960; Ohwi, Fl. Jap. 76h & 998. 1965; Okuyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 2: 218. 1967; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 21: 35 & h2. 1971. Hatusima's original (199) description of this plant is "Frutex ramuli subtetragoni glabrati circ. 2 m crassi. Folia oblongo- lanceolata utrinque acuminata in sicco membranacea, circ. 10-18 cm longa 2.5--3.7 cm lata, margine obscure minuteque denticulata, supra costa nervisque cinereo-puberula cetera glabra, subtus glab- rata dense minuteque glandulosa, nervis lateralibus 12--1 arcuato- ascendentibus. Petioli circ 1 cm longi pubescentes. Cymae axil- lares pedunculatae circ. 3 cm latae, pedunculis circ. 1.3 cm lon- gis 0.5 cm crassis breviter pubescens. Calyx circ. 0.6 m latus glaber, corolla circ. 1 mm longa eytus puberula sed eglandulosa, antheris corollam circ. duplo superantibus." The type of the species was collected by T. Kameda on Mount Takakuma, in Ohsumi Province, Kyushu, Japan, in August, 19)2. Hatusima (1949) comments that "This is closely related to C. lon 26 Pe ¥)- 5:0 -L) OpGe Tk Vol. 22, no. 1 gifolia var. longissima Hemsl. from Formosa, but differs from it by its glabrous branchlets and leaves, and its smaller flowers. This is also near to C. shikokiana Mak., but easily distinguishable from it by its longer leaves with obscure serration, its glabrous branchlets, and its much smaller flowers without glands." A com- mon name recorded for it is "Takakuma-murasaki",. Ohwi (1965) refers to the species as "rare" and separates it from two similar taxa as follows (with his nomenclature brought up-to-date) : 1. Leaves caudate, glandular dotted on both sideS...ssscccccscece C. japonica var. luxurians. la. Leaves acuminate to acute, glandular—dotten on the underside only. 2. Cymes supra-axillary; anthers broadly ellipsoidal.....ccssee C. dichotoma. 2a. Cymes axillary. oS Slat mc 3. Corolla 1 mm. long, not glandular—dotted; branches slight- ly l-angled; leaves with 12—1l) pairs of veins.......... C. takakumensis. 3a. Corolla 3—5 mm. long, glandular—dotted; branches terete; leaves with 5--9 pairs of veins.....++ese+eeCe japonica. Callicarpa takakumensis is known to me only from the literature cited above. CALLICARPA TIKUSIKENSIS Masam., Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 30: 64-65. 190. Bibliography: Masam., Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 30: 6— 65. 1940; H.-T. Chang, Act. Phytotax. Sin. 1: 308. 1951; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 0. 1953; Li, Wood. Fl. Taiwan 82) & 9. 1963; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 8: 3. 196). Masamune's original (190) description of this taxon is "Fru- tex ca. 1m altus. Rami validiusculi cinerascentes, juveniles stellato-tomentosi. Folia opposita petiolata, (petiolis ca. 5 mm longis cinerascenteo-stellato-tomentosis) ovato-elliptica, ovato-lanceolata vel rhomboideo-elliptica, chartacea 3 x1, 6 x 2, 7x 2, 8 x 2.5 vel 9 x 2.5 cm magna apice acuminata vel cuspidato- acuminata vel acuta, basi cuneata, obtusa vel vix rotundata mar- gine mimute apiculato-serrata, costis subtus prominente supra lev- iter elevatis, venis primariis utrimque latere 6--9 suboppositis, ad costam venasque stellato-tomentosa et sparse hirsuta, supra pubescentia subtus pallidiora et subglabra. Cymae axillares sub- dense racemosae, ramis divaricatis, stellato-tomentosis, pedicel- lis ca. 1.5 mm longis; bracteis minutis subulatis. Drupa globo- sa purpurea ca. ) mm crasa, pyrenis saepe 3 ellipticis dorso con- vexis ventrali concavis albo-flavis ca 2 mm longis 1.5 mm latis." A common name recorded for the plant by Masamune is "Tikusi- murasakisikibu", and the type is T. Nakamura 3968 from Tikusiki, Sitisei-gun, Taihoku-syu, Formosa, collected on October 7, 1939, and deposited in the herbarium of the University of Tokyo. Also cited by Masamune (19,0) is T. Nakamura 3956 from Formosa. The aly Moldenke, Monograph of Callicarpa 27 species has been collected in fruit in October. Li (1963) refers to the species as "insufficiently known". I know nothing of it beyond what is stated in the bibliography cited above. CALLICARPA TINGWUENSIS Chang, Act. Phytotax. Sin. 1: 273 & 302-- 303, fig. 3—5. 1951. Bibliography: H.-T. Chang, Act. Phytotax. Sin. 1: 273 & 302— 303, fig. 3—5. 1951; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1): 3. 1966; G. Tay- lor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 21. 1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 99. 1971. Tllustrations: H.-T. Chang, Act. Phytotax. Sin. 1: 273, fig. 3—5. 1951. Chang's original (1951) description of this species is "Frutex 1.5 m altus. Ramuli juveniles fulvello-stellato-tomentosi. Folia chartacea elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, 1)—-20 cm longa, 5— 8.5 cm lata, apice acuminata vel breviter acuminata, basi late cuneata vel obtusa, margine in parte 1/2 superiore denticulata, dentibus breviter calloso-apiculatis, supra costis exceptis vir~— idia glabra, subtus pallidiora stellato-pubescentia, nervis utrin- secus 10—-12 supra planis subtus elevatis; petioli 1--1.5 cm longi, stellato-pubescentes. Cymae axillares dense multiflorae, 2—-2.5 cm latae, pedunculatae, pedunculis circ. 5 mm longis, pil- is eis ramlorum similiter obtectis, pedicellis 1—1.5 m longis sparsissime puberulis; bracteae et bracteolae subulatae; calyx 1 mm longus parcissime stellato-puberulus, subtruncatus; corolla alba, tubo 3--l mm longo, lobis late ovatis circ. 1 m longis; stamina prope basin corollae inserta, filamentis corolla subaequi- longis, antheris 1.5 mm longis exsertis; ovarium dense stellato- pubescens, stylo 5--6 mm longo. Fructus globosus 3 mm diametro, parce stellato—puberulus." The species is based on H.-T. Chang 321 from Canton, Kwang- tung, China, deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Insti- tute, Sunyatsen University, Canton. Cited also by Chang (1951) are Gilchrist 30 and Tsiang 10999 from the same province. The species is said to be related to C. brevipes (Benth.) Hance and to C. collina Diels. It is known to me only from the literature cited above. CALLICARPA TOMENTOSA (L.) Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 12 ["13"], 130. 1774 [not C. tomentosa Auct,, 1962, nor Bakh., 1932, nor Hook. & Arn., 1918, nor L. ex Moldenke, 1959, nor L. ex Spreng., 1825, nor Lam & Bakh., 1951, nor Lam., 1783, nor sensu auct. japon., 1965, nor sensu Matsum., 1964, nor sensu Matsum. & Hayata, 1963, nor Thunb., 1959, nor Vahl, 1919, nor Willd., 1809]. Synonymy: Tondi teregam Rheede in Rheede & Mumnicks, Hort. Ind. Malab. ): 123--12),. 1683. Téndi-teregam Rheede in Rheede & Mun- nicks, Hort. Ind. Malab. : pl. 60. 1683. Tondi-teregam Rheede ex Ray, Hist. Pl. 2: 1787. 1693. Illa P. Herm., Mus. Zeyl., ed. 1, ll. 1717. Arbor malabarica Illa dicta Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 26. 1737. 28 PHY T 0 LO GEA Vol. 22, nd»,2 Tomex tomentosa L. ex Dassaw, Nov. Gen. Pl. Zeyl. 5. 1747. Tomex tomentos. L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 2: 897. 1759. Callicarpa lana- ta L., Mant. Pl. Alt. 331. 1767 [not C. lanata Gamble, 1889, nor Hosséus, 1912, nor H. J. Lam, 190, nor Lam., 1821, nor Ridl., 1966, nor Schau., 1870, nor Vahl, 187, nor Walp., 1921, nor Zipp., 1841]. Callicarpa fol. integerrimis lanatis L. ex J. A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 12 ["13"], 130, in syn. 177). Cor- nutia corymbosa Lam., Dict. Encycl. Bot. 1: 5y—-55. 1783 [not Cormitia corymbosa Burm. f., 1768]. Callicarpa integrifolia L. ex [Retz.], Nom. Bot. 35, nom. nud. 1772; Retz., Obx. Bot. 5: 2, in syn. 1789 [not C. integrifolia Champ., 1890, nor Forbes & Hem- sl., 1932, nor Jacq., 1780]. Callicarpa foliis integerrimis lanatis L. ex Gaertn., Fruct. & Sem. Pl. 2: 81, in syn. 1791. Callicarpa foliis ovatis basi rotundatis integerrimis subdenticu- Willd., Linn. Sp. Pl. 1: 620, in syn. 1797. Tondi-caravatti Rheede ex Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 7: 697, in syn. 1806. Callicarpa tomex Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Suppl. 2: 32. 1811. Callicarpa tomentosa Murr. ex Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 1, 137, in syn. 1821. Callicarpa lanata Willd. ex Ainslie, Mat. Ind. 2: 180--182. 1826. Callicarpa farinosa Roxb. ex Wall., Numer, List 87, hyponym. 1831 [not C. farinosa Sieb., 1865, nor Sieb. & Zucc., 1971]. Callicarpa lamata Roxb. ex J. Grah., Cat. Pl. Bombay 156. 1839. Callicarpa wallichiana Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 125. 1845. Callicarpa lanata Wall. ex Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. [Fl. Ind. Bat.] 2: 890, in syn. 1856. Tondi-teregam Poir. ex Hassk., Hort. Malab. Rheed. Clav. 38, in syn. 1867. Calli- carpa arborea Miq. ex C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 567, in syn. 1885 [not C. arborea Merr., 1940, nor Roxb., 181), nor Wall., 1829]. Callicarpa tamentosa L. ex E. Balf., Cyclop. Ind., ed. 3, 1: 550, in syn. 1885. Callicarpa lobata C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India : 566. 1885. Callicarpa sp. n. 27 Hook. f. & Thoms. ex C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 567, in syn. 1885. Callicarpa cana Dalz. & Gibs. ex Watt, Dict. Econ, Prod. India 2: 26, in syn. 1889 [not C. cana Gamble, 1889, nor L., 1771, nor Sprang., 1866, nor Vahl, 1866, nor Wall., 1863]. Callicarpa lanata var. typica H. J. Lam, Verben- ac. Malay, Arch, 81. 1919. Callicarpa wallichiana Miq. ex Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 21, in syn. 1921. Callicarpa tomentosa var. lanata (L.) Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 21--22. 1921. Callicarpa tomentosa var. typica Bakh, in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Bui- tenz., ser. 3, 3: 21. 1921. Tondi teregam Ray apud Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 21, in syn. 1921. Callicarpa tomentosa (L.) Santapau ex Sen & Naskar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 38. 1965. [to be continued] PARMELIA SQUARROSA, A NEW SPECIES IN SECTION PARMELIA Mason E. Hale, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 Parmelia squarrosa Hale, sp. nov. POP RL PPP APPL OL POD APPL PL PL OP OPEL Thallus ut in P. saxatili (L.) Ach. sed differt rhizinis squarrose ramosis atque acidum lobaricum nunquam continente. Holotype: On Quercus alba L., about 300 m south of the Up- per Hawksbill parking area, Shenandoah National Park, Madison Co., Virginia, collected by M. E. Hale, no. 36949 (US; isotypes to be distributed in Fasc. V, Lichenes Americani Exsiccati). The chief morphological feature of P. squarrosa is the rich- ly squarrosely branched rhizines in contrast to the uniformly simple unbranched rhizines of P. saxatilis. This type of rhizine is species-specific in section Parmelia, known so far in P. sul- cata Tayl. and the common Asian P. fertilis Mull. Arg., as well as in twelve other rarer species. Other morphological differences between P. squarrosa and P. saxatilis are less distinctive and may reflect the different ecological conditions under which they grow. Parmelia squarrosa is a temperate species with a light mineral gray, sometimes even white pruinose color and elongate lobes; P. saxatilis, a boreal and arctic species, tends to turn brownish and to have shorter crowded lobes and a shiny cortex. Isidial formation is essen- tially the same except for a tendency toward greater marginal growth in P. squarrosa. Both species produce atranorin in the cortex and salazinic acid in the medulla, but while P. saxatilis often produces lobaric acid in the medulla, especially in Europe and eastern North America, this acid has not been demonstrated in any specimens of P. squarrosa on thin-layer chromatographic plates. Parmelia squarrosa is one of the commonest lichens in the Great Lakes-Appalachian region where it had previously been identified as P. saxatilis. It occurs from southern Maine to northern Alabama and Georgia with two records so far from Arkan- sas and southern Missouri. In the Great Lakes it occurs as far north as the Canadian border and in the southern part of western Ontario. It is extremely rare in northern California, Oregon, and southern Alaska. Outside of North America it is very com- mon in Japan and Korea and is known from Nepal. 29 FIVE NEW PARMELIAE FROM TROPICAL AMERICA Mason E. Hale, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 In continuation of my monographic studies of Parmelia I am describing the following four species and one name as new. Chem- ical constituents were determined with thin-layer chromatography (Brinkmann pre-coated plates in two solvent systems: benzene- dioxane-acetic acid (90:25:4) and hexane-ether-formic acid (9:4: 1), sprayed with 10% H)SO, and heated 10 minutes as 110°C). Parmelia chicitae Hale, sp. nov. SOP PP LLP PPPSII OLD LOL OLD Thallus laxe adnatus, saxicola vel terricola, fragilis, 4-8 cm latus, albidus vel obscurascens, lobis linearibus, 1.5-2.0 mm latis, superne planus, nitidus, sorediis isidiisque destitutis, cortex superior 12-15y crassus, stratum gonidiale 20-30u crassun, medulla alba, 75-85 crassa, cortex inferior 20u crassus, subtus niger, dense rhizinosus, rhizinis sparse vel dense dichotome fur- catis, ab margine projectis. Apothecia rara, adnata, 3-6 mm dia- metro, sporis octonis, 5X6-7u; pycnidia numerosa, usque ad 20Qu diametro. Chemistry: Cortex K+ yellow (atranorin); medulla K-, C+, KC+ rose, P- (evernic acid, lecanoric acid, obtusatic acid, and nor- obtusatic acid). Chemistry of all specimens determined by Dr. Chicita Culberson, for whom the species is named. Holotype: On rock, along the Carretera Inter-Americana at Asuncién (3,335 m), Cerro de la Muerte, Costa Rica, W. L. Culber- son, no. 13210, 28 March 1967 (US; isotypes in DUKE, TNS) (Fig. 1S) Nonsorediate KC+ red Hypotrachynas so common in tropical America Soha contain alectoronic acid (e.g., P. lineariloba Kurok. gigas Kurok.). I had long puzzled over the chemistry of this eee because in spite of the KC+ rose color test it did not contain alectoronic acid. In the meantime Dr. Culberson had an opportunity to analyse some Costan Rican collections and was able to unravel the very complex chemistry. The significance of this species, according to Dr. Culberson, is that it falls mid- way in biogenetic chemical evolution between the species with evernic acid (P. pulvinata Fée, P. rockii Zahlbr.) and those with barbatic and SpEGssEre acids (P. boliviana Nyl. group). Parmelia chicitae is not common and appears to be restricted to higher ele- vations in the American tropics. 30 1972 Hale, Five new Parmeliae 31 Additional specimens examined. Costa Rica: Cerro de la Muerte, Crosby 3932 (DUKE, US). Venezuela: Sierra de Sto. Do- mingo, Merida, Dennis 1940 (BM, US). Peru: Mito, Bryan 364 (F, US). Parmelia commensurata Hale, sp. nov. LL LOLLLLLLLLOLLLOOOOO™ Thallus ut in P. reticulata Tayl. sed differt norlobarido- num continente. Chemistry: Thallus K+ yellow (atranorin); medulla K-, P-, C-, KC+ rose (norlobaridone, neoloxodic acid). Holotype: On Acacia, 9 km E Jalapa on highway 140, elev. 1240 m, M. E. Hale, no. 19405, 13 March 1960 (US; isotypes in TNS, USI (hie. 2). Parmelia commensurata is superficially very close to P. re- ticulata and is classified with it in section Irregulares. The soralia are coarse and rather broad along the margins, and there is a tendency for the lobes to become revolute as in P. _perlata (Huds.) Ach. Rhizines are quite dense, short, and sparsely squarrosely branched. The medulla is negative except for the rather weak KC test but the constituents are easily identified on thin-layer plates. In contrast P. reticulata is strongly K+ red and contains salazinic acid. The nonsorediate counterpart is P. homotoma Nyl. (Type: Brazil, Weddel, in H), which also contains norlobaridone as one would predict from Vainio's report of a KC+ red color test. Both species are quite rare in tropical America. Additional specimens examined. Haiti: Below Furcy, Dept. de 1'OQuest, Wetmore 2683 (MSC, US). Honduras: Siguatepeque, Co- mayagua, Standley & Chac6n 6778 (F, US). Colombia: 4 km W Cali, Queremal, Valle, Flenniken 2055 (US); 6 km S Medellin, Antio- quia, Flenniken 1959 (US). " Parmelia imshaugii Hale, sp. nov. Thallus adnatus, corticola, 4-6 cm latus, cinereo-alba, lobis subirregularibus, 3-5 mm latis, superne planus vel rugulo- sus, aetate rimosus, lamine sorediatus, soraliis orbicularibus vel diffusis, margine bulbato-ciliatus, ciliis brevibus, cortex superior 18-22 crassus, stratum gonidiale 25-30» crassum, med- ulla alba, 120-140u crassa, cortex inferior 18-22 crassus, sub- tus niger, modice vel dense rhizinosus, rhizinis simplicibus. Apothecia ignota. Chemistry: Cortex K+ yellow (atranorin); medulla K+ yellow turning red, Pt orange (salazinic acid). 32 PHY? 0 L-0 Ora Vol. 22, no. 2 Holotype: Near Granizo, Montana Compana, Prov. Valparaiso, Chile, H. A. Imshaug, no. 36670, 21 Nov. 1965 (MSC; isotype in US) (Eile. “Ss This species is characterized by bulbate cilia and diffuse soralia. It is the only sorediate species in section Bicornuta. In general appearance it is close to P. brevirhiza Kurok., a Hypotrachyna species with dichotomously branched rhizines and no marginal cilia. Both species produce salazinic acid. Parmelia imshaugii is still known only from the type locality. Parmelia inornata Hale, sp. nov. © PPP PLP LLLP PPL OL LLL LA LS OPP ASLPPL PPD Thallus adnatus, corticola, 5-10 cm latus, viridi-albidus, lobis subirregularibus, rotundatis, 3-7 mm latis, superne con- tinuus, aetate rimosus, pro parte albo-reticulatus, sorediis isidiisque destitutis, cortex superior 8-10u crassus, stratum gonidiale 20 crassum, medulla alba, 110-130 crassa, cortex inferior 6-9 crassus, subtus centrum versus niger rhizinosus- que, rhizinis sparsis, simplicibus, ambitu subnudus, castaneus. Apothecia numerosa, substipitata, disco pallido, imperforata, sporis octonis, 7-8X16-18u; pycnidia numerosa, 60-801 diame- tro, microconidiis 1X@u. Chemistry: Cortex K+ yellow (atranorin); medulla K-, P+ red (protocetraric acid). Holotype: North of East End Village, Grand Cayman, H. A. Imshaug, no. 24454 (MSC; isotype in US) (Fig. 4). Parmelia inornata represents another West Indian endemic in section Cyclocheila with protocetraric acid, a list that now includes P. caribaea Hale; P. martinicana Nyl., and P. raunki- aeri Vainio. It has rather broad lobes and a distinct bare zone below, similar in many respects to usnic acid-containing P. caperata (L.) Ach., but in overall appearance it is unlike any other members of the section. Additional specimens examined. Bahamas: Andros, Brace 5067 (NY), Acklin's Island, Brace 4297 (NY). Haiti: West of Cap Haitien, Dept. de Nord, Imshaug 22659 (MSC, US). Grand Cayman: Near old coral castle, Imshaug 24543 (MSC, US). Parmelia simulans Hale, nom. et stat. nov. Based on P, macrocarpoides var. subcomparata Vainio, Acta Haun. EL. Fenn. 7/(@7)343. 18907 Lectotype: Sitio, Minarum, Brazil, Lich. Bras. Exs. 918 (TUR). 1971 Hale, Five new Parmeliae 33 Chemistry: Cortex K+ yellow (atranorin); medulla K-, P-, C-, KC- (caperatic acid). Parmelia ‘simulans would at first be identified as P. reticu- lata Tayl. without a color test. The primary distinction would be the K- test. Caperatic acid replaces K+ red salazinic acid, the diagnostic component of P. reticulata. Morphologically the two species have similar reticulate cracking to the lobe margins, but P. simulans tends to be strongly laciniate, especially toward the center of the thallus, the coarse soralia being produced most often on these laciniae rather than on the main lobe margins as in P. reticulata. Both species have dense, simple to squarrosely branched rhizines below. Parmelia simulans has a much more re- stricted distribution than the cosmopolitan P. reticulata. Le appears to be the sorediate counterpart of P. ._ macrocarpoides Vai- nio, a rare endemic in Brazil. There is no isidiate counterpart. Additional specimens examined. Tennessee: Backbone Rock Recreation Area, Johnson Co., Hale 18034a (US), Trail to Alum Cave, Mt. Le Conte, Sevier Co., Hale 36941 (US). North Carolina: Fodderstack Mt., Macon Co., Moore 1940 (DUKE). Mexico: 5 km E Las Vigas, Veracruz, Hale 20910 910 (US), Lago de Monte Bello, Chia- pas, Hale 20369, 20416, 2! 20467 (US). Haiti: Below Furcy, Dept. de l'Ouest, ‘st, Wetmore 2679 (MSC , US), Fabius (US). Dominican Republic: Vicinity of Constanza, La Vega, Allard 16541, 17691a, 17442, 17748, 17750, 17679 (US). Brazil: Sitio, Min: Minas Gerais, Vainio, Lich. Bras. Exs. 582B (TUR, FH, UPS, syntype of var. subcomparata). Uganda: 1 km NW Rushasha, Kigeza, Lye L31 (US). Union of South Africa: Between Donnybrook and Creighton, Natal, Doidge 1607 (PRE). 34 PH ¥eT(OrksO Gel & Vol. 22, no. 1 Figures l, 2. 1. Parmelia chicitae (holotype). commensurata (holotype). Scale in m. 2. Parmelia 1971 Hale, Five new Parmeliae 35 ——, = 45.2 aos ye t.. ee 3, ~e ae x «2 ae 5 o 3 _ + as 3 pa ’ 7 ’ ot en em—u ft TTT Figures 3, 4. 3. Parmelia imshaugii (holotype). 4. Par- inornata (Holotype). NOTES ON PARMELIA SUBGENUS EVERNIIFORMES WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SIX NEW SPECIES Mason E. Hale, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 and Michael Wirth New England College, Henniker, N.H. 03242 Parmelia subgenus Eyernpiiformes (Hue) Hale & M. Wirth Parmelia section Everniiformes Hue, Journ. de Bot. 12: 180. 1898. Lectotype species: Parmelia cirrhata Fries. Species in this subgenus are characterized by a narrow linear-lobed subfruticose thallus with sparse to well developed marginal cilia and a more or less channelled, brown to black lower surface that is rhizinate or bare. There are 16 species in the American tropics and four of these (P. cirrhata Fries, P. nepalensis Tayl., P. sorocheila Vainio, and P. vexans Zahlbr. ) also occur throughout montane regions in tropical Asia. Several species in Africa are still under study. Parmelia catawbiensis (Degel.) Hale & M. Wirth, n. comb. Parmelia sorocheila var. catawbiensis Degel. Ark. for Botanik, 30A(3):65. 1941. Type: Mt. Le Conte, Tennes- see, G. Degelius (Degelius herbarium, not seen). Degelius recognized this entity as a variety because of the negative K test. Parmelia sorocheila produces K+ red salazinic acid. The two specimens from the United States that I have seen both contain gyrophoric acid and atranorin, and it is almost cer tain that the Degelius material has the same components. It is somewhat smaller than P. sorocheila, bare below but with fairly conspicuous marginal cilia; both have well developed laminal soralia. Parmelia catawbiensis occurs far north of the range of P. sorocheila and is probably endemic to the southern Appala- chians where it grows on twigs of Abies and Rhododendron. Specimens examined. United States: Virginia: Mountain Lake Biological Station, Giles Co., Hale 18365 (US). North Carolina: Roan Mountain, elev. 6200 ft., Hale 18087 (US). & LST. Hale & Wirth, Notes on Parmelia 37 Parmelia lipidifera Hale & M. Wirth, sp. nov. Thallus ut in P. cirrhata Fries sed differt acidum proto- lichesterinicum continente. Holotype: On deciduous trees, El Sumidero, near Tuxtla Guti- errez, Chiapas, Mexico, elev. 1200 m, collected by M. E. Hale, no. 20064 (US). The thallus is externally indistinguishable from typical P. cirrhata. The lobes are narrow and strongly convoluted, mar- ginal cilia rather dense, up to 1.5 mm long, and thallus rather fragile. The diagnostic character is the chemistry, P-, K-, with atranorin and protolichesterinic acid proved on TLC Brinkmann pre-coated plates. Parmelia cirrhata contains salazinic acid and reacts P+, K+ red but also contains protolichesterinic acid as an accessory substance. Parmelia lipidifera is rare in Mexico but apparently becomes more common in the range of P. cirrhata from Central America to Peru. Specimens examined. Mexico: Jalisco: east of Autlan, Crum 943 p.p. (MICH); Chiapas: 2 km N highway 190 on road to Puebla Nueva, Hale 20172 (US), Mt. Ovando, Matuda, April 1936 (MICH). Guatemala: Quezaltenango: Volc4n Sta Maria, Steyermark 33948 (MO); Baja Verapaz: Santa Rosa, Standley 69796 (MO). Honduras: Siguatepeque, Yuncker et al. 6627 (US). Peru: Machupichu, Cuzco, Herrera 3286a (US). Parmelia neocirrhata Hale & M. Wirth, sp. nov. Thallus subfruticosus, laxe adnatus, albido-cinereus, rigid- us, lobis lineari-elongatis, divaricatis, sorediis isidiisque destitutis, margine sparse ciliatis vel nudis, superne nitidus, valde albo-maculatus, cortex superior 20» crassus, stratum goni- diale 30-35 crassum, medulla alba, 100-110» crassa, cortex in- ferior 12 crassus, subtus nudus, pallide castaneus vel centrum versus nigricans. Apothecia numerosa, subterminalia, imperforata, sporis octonis, 8-9X16-18u. Materia chimica: atranorin, acidum norsticticum, acidum salazinicum, et acidum protolichesterinicum. Holotype: Cerro Azul, Morelia, Michoac&4n, Mexico, elev. 2300 m, collected by G. Arséne, no. 3726, 10/3/1910 (US; iso- types in TNS, UPS). This species was first recognized in routine crystal testing of specimens identified as P. cirrhata, using the G. A.o-T. test. Norstictic acid was easily demonstrated, but it was shown with later thin-layer chromatographic tests that these specimens also contain salazinic acid and protolichesterinic acid. It was also possible to find consistent morphological differences from P. 38 PoHYet OL OvrGor A Vol. 22, no. 1 cirrhata, which always lacks norstictic acid, ‘for they are only sparsely ciliate, often pale to almost white below, especially toward the tips, rather rigid and coriaceous, and usually fer- tile with large subterminal apothecia (Fig. 1). Parmelia neocirrhata is by far the commonest species of sub- genus Everniiformes in Mexico, occurring in a broad zone from Si- naloa to Chiapas (Fig. 2). In this same range P. cirrhata is very rare but becomes the dominant species in Central America. Specimens examined. Mexico: Sinaloa: 0.5 mi N Los Ornos, Breedlove 16759a (US), La Ferreria, Crum 900a, 943 (MICH); Jalis- co: Estancia to San Sebastian, Mexia 1899-a (US), San Sebastian, Mexia 1560-a (US); Nayarit: 18 km from Ahuacatl4n, Wirth 227 (US), near Compostela, Wirth 256 (US); Michoacan: Patzcuaro, Pringle 126 (US), Carrindapaz, Morelia, Arséne 8017, 8104 (US), Cerro Azul, Morelia, Arséne 3736, 3967, 8049 (US), 12 km W Uruapan, Wirth 341, 350 (US), 65 km E Morelia, Hale 21025 (US); Colima: s.l., Kerber in 1879 (US), near San Antonia, Wirth 139 (US); Guerrero: Las Lumbreras, Mexia 9072L (F, MO, US); Hidalgo: Honey Station, Pringle 15555 (US); San Luis Potos{: Alvarez, Palmer 456 (US), 279 (MICH); México: 20 mi SW Jacala, Cain 27574 (TRT, US), Desierto de los Leones, Skorepa 5621 (US); Morelos: Kilo 87, Pringle 10713 (MICH, US); Oaxaca: Cerro San Felipe, Hale 20774, 21040 (US), 32 mi NW Oaxaca, Cain 27567 (TRI, US); Chiapas: Km. 1145 on highway 190, west of San Cristobal, Hale 20225 (US), 14 kmW San Cristobal, Hale 20579 (US), S of Teopisca, Hale 20524 (US). Guatemala: S$olol4: Volcan Atitlan, Kellerman 6029 (US). Parmelia imitata Hale & M. Wirth, sp. nov. Thallus ut in P. neocirrhata sed differt acidum gyrophoricum continente. Holotype: Carrindapaz, Morelia, Michoac4an, Mexico, elev. 2100 m, collected by G. Ars@ne, no. 8042, 8/11/1911 (US; isotype in UPS). This species is morphologically identical to P. neocirrhata but differs significantly in chemical constituents, reacting P-, C+ red. Gyrophoric acid is accompanied by protolichesterinic acid. The species is known only from Mexico. Specimens examined: Mexico: Hidalgo: Jacala, Chase 7398 (US). 1971 Hale & Wirth, Notes on Parmelia 39 NS ye SORES <¥ 7 Figure 1. Parmelia neocirrhata (Hale 21025, WE) RY cit. Drawing by L. Anderson Figure 2. Distribution of Parmelia neocirrhata. Te) PBT OWL OrG: 2a Vol. 22, no. 1 Parmelia pseudonepalensis Hale & M. Wirth, sp. nov. Thallus ut in P. nepalensi sed differt acidum norsticticum continente. Holotype: Wood Station, km 87, Morelos, Mexico, collected by C. G. Pringle, no. 10713, 4 June 1904 (US; duplicates of this number may contain mixtures of P. neocirrhata). Morphologically the species is close to P. nepalensis Tayl., a widespread species characterized by dense rhizines below. The thallus in both species is rather more rigid than in P. cirrhata and the lobes sometimes only weakly convoluted or even flattened. Thin-layer chromatographic plates show atranorin, norstictic acid, salazinic acid, and protolichesternine acid. Parmelia nepalensis lacks norstictic acid. Parmelia pseudonepalensis has a fairly restricted distribution in Mexico from Jalisco to Oaxaca. Specimens examined. Mexico: Jalisco: La Ferreria, E of Aut- 14n, Crum 943 p.p. (MICH), San Sebastian, Mexia 1542-a (US); Michoac4n: Carrindapaz, Morelia, Arséne 8016 (US), Cerro Azul, Morelia, Arséne 3724 (US), 65 km E of Morelia, Hale 21026, 21032 (US); Mexico: 10 km SW Cahuac4n, X. Madrigal 1423 (US), Popoca- teptl, Cain 27571, 27588 (US), N of Acambay, Cain 27557 (US); Oa- xaca: 32 mi NW of Oaxaca, Cain 27567, 27566b (TRT, US), N of Tla- colula, Ernst 2339 (US), Cerro San Felipe, Hale 20716 (US). Parmelia arsenei Hale & M. Wirth, sp. nov. Thallus ut in P. nepalensi sed differt acidum protocetrar- icum continente. Holotype: Carrindapaz, Morelia, Michoac4n, Mexico, collected by G. Arséne, no. 8016b, Feb. 1909 (US; isotype in UPS). This species, as with P. pseudonepalensis, is morphological- ly similar to P. nepalensis but contains atranorin and protocet- raric acid only, apparently without protolichesterinic acid. The color test is Pt red but K-. This is a rare species in Mexico and occurs at one locality in Peru. Specimens examined. Mexico: without locality, Bourgeau (BM); Michoac4n: 12 mi W Uruapan, Wirth 342 (US). Peru: Cajatambo, Landeman 5307 (BM). STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). XLVI. A NEW GENUS, STANDLEYANTHUS. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. To those familiar with the tribe Eupatorieae the genus Standleyanthus based on Eupatorium triptychum of B. L. Robinson was inevitable. Of this plant, Robinson (1926) said, " This species is remarkable for its trifoliolate leaves with clearly petiolulate leaflets. It exhibits no close relationship to any other species." Dr. Robinson went on to describe the unusual corolla throat which has a very slender tubular portion about 3 mm. long which expands above into a turbinate portion about 1.6 mm. high. There can be no question that the plant is very distinct and easily recognized and it is hoped that additional material will be found by future collectors in Costa Rica. The relationships of Standleyanthus can be appreciated since additional characters have been recognized. The mamillose inner surfaces of the corolla lobes, the elongate anther collars with numerous inornate quadrate cells and the slightly enlarged base of the style all indicate that the genus is Ageratinoid. The lax habit of the plant and infusion of some Critonioid characters suggests a place near the genus Neomirandea which is also common in Costa Rica. Although the trifoliolate leaves are very distinctive, the structure of the achene is equally useful for identification. The mature achene has broad whitish ribs which are prominent against the black sides, the setae occur prominently on both ribs and lateral surfaces and the outer layer of cells often peels away at maturity. In these characters the achenes are most like those of Critonia. Toward the base of the achene, the ribs become greatly enlarged covering the entire surface and obscuring any carpopodial development. On a few achenes a very small carpopodium can be seen which has larger quadrate cells with beaded thickenings in the walls as in Ageratina. Standleyanthus R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Aster- acearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae suffrutescentes laxe pauce ramosae. Caules teretes glabri. Folia opposita longe petiolata ternate decomposita, laminis oblonge-ovatis margine remote crenato-undulatis. Inflorescentiae corymboso-paniculatae. Involucri squamae ca 12 inaequilongae oblongae vel late lanceo- latae 2-3-seriatae; receptacula leniter convexa glabra. Flores h2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 22, now 1 ca 12 in capitulo; corollae infundibulares extus inferne glabrae, lobis aequilateraliter triangularibus vel longioribus extus superne aliquantum papillosis, cellulis interioribus brevibus distincte protuberantibus; filamenta antherarum elongata, cell- ulis inferne plerumque quadratis, parietibus tenuibus inornatis, cellulis exothecialibus subquadratis, appendicibus antherarum ovatis obtusis; styli inferne parum incrassati glabri, append- icibus tenuibus superne leniter mamillosis; achaenia prismatica 4-5-costata, setifera costis inferne valde incrassatis conflue- ntibus; carpopodia indistincta; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis ca 20, scabris potius persistentibus tenuibus basi discret is, cellulis apicalibus acutis. Shrub with terete glabrous stem. Leaves opposite, long- petioled with leaflets petiolulate, blades of leaflets oblong ovate, margins remotely crenate-undulate. Inflorescence a cory- mbose panicle. Phyllaries-ca 12, in 2-3 series, unequal, oblong to broadly lanceolate. Receptacle slightly convex, glabrous. Heads ca 12 flowered, corollas funnelform, outer surface of corolla glabrous below, lobes about as long as wide, papillose on the outer surface, inner surface of corollas with prominent bulging cells. Anther appendages large, anther collars slightly enlarged, composed mostly of quadrate or rectangular cells, walls only slightly thickened, not ornamented. Stylar base scarcely or not enlarged, glabrous, stylar appendage linear, slightly mamillose. Achenes prismatic, 4-5 ribbed, ribs very enlarged at base, pale, setiferous, carpopodia indistinct sometimes a row or two of quadrate cells. Pappus of ca 20 scabrous setae, apical cells acute. Type species: Eupatorium triptychum B.L.Robinson Standleyanthus triptychus (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Bupatorium triptychum B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. 77: 43. 1926. Costa Rica. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant - 20502 to the senior author. Reference Robinson, B.L. 1926. Records preliminary to a general treatment of the Eupatorieae, -vi. Contr. Gray Herb. 77: 3-62. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). XLVII. A NEW GENUS, STEYERMARKINA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 The genus is based on a group of species resembling closely the scandent species of Critonia but differing by the area of dense pubescense on the inside surface of the corollas near the bases of the lobes. The genus differs from Critonia also by the lack of distinct lactifers along the sides of the veins of the leaves. Individual species also show corolla lobes cut to below the bases of the anther sacs, hairs on the outer surface of the throat of the corolla, glands on the outer surfaces of the lobes, or dense pubescence on the leaves, characters unlike Critonia. The previously described species of this genus have all been native to eastern and southern Brazil. The phytogeography of the genus proves more complicated, however, by the discovery of a previously undescribed species in western Venezeula in the mountains east of Lake Maracaibo. The new species, which is described below, represents a nearly two thousand mile extension of the range of this group following no geographic pattern presently recognized in higher plants. It is possible, of course, that future collections will close some of this gap in the range of the genus as presently understood. It seems much more probable, however, that when other groups are understood to the degree that is possible here that other similar patterns will be discovered. We take great pleasure in naming this new genus in honor of our friend and colleague, Dr. Julian A. Steyermark, the collector of the new Venezeulan species in this genus. Dr. Steyermark has contributed greatly to Neotropical botany both in his publications and collections. Steyermarkina R.M.King and H.Robinson, genus novum Aster- acearum faractecioae). Plantae scandentes pauce ramosae. Caules teretes striati. Folia opposita distincte petiolata, laminis ovatis firme membranaceis, inferne glabris vel pubescentibus. Inflorescentiae laxe paniculatae. Involucri squamae imbricatae valde inaequilongae oblongae glabrae 4-5-seriatae; receptacula convexa vel conica plerumque glabra. Flores 3-5 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares, cellulis anguste oblongis, parietibus leviter vel non sinuosis, lobis anguste lanceolatis extus glabris vel glanduliferis estomatiferis intus laevibus, 43 bh Per yT OL OG lk Vol. 22,°to. 1 faucibus intus hirsutis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore angusta, cellulis infernis plerumque quadratis, parietibus leniter plerumque transverse ornatis, cellulis exothecialibus subquadratis vel brevioribus, appendicibus antherarum longe triangularibus; styli inferne non nodulosi glabri, appendicibus linearibus mamillosis; achaenia prismatica 4-5-costata, costis et lateribus dense breviter setiferis; carpopodia distincta, cellulis multifariis parvis quadratis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis ca. 30, scabris persistentibus in apicem leniter dilatatis, cellulis apicalibus acutis. Few branched woody vines. Stems terete, striate. Leaves opposite, petioled, blades ovate, firmly membranous; glabrous to pubescent below. Inflorescence a lax panicle, some nodes with extra axillary branches. Phyllaries imbricated, very unequal, oblong, glabrous, in 4-5 series. Receptacle convex to conical, usually glabrous. Heads 3-5 flowered, corollas narrowly funnelform, cells narrowly oblong, walls slightly or not sinuose, lobes 2-4 times ag long as wide, outer surface of lobes glabrous, corolla often setose outside, inner surface of corolla glabrous except for a thick mass of uniseriate, septate eglandular hairs in area below bases of lobes. Anther appendages large, anther collars rather slender, composed of mainly rectan- gular cells, walls ornate with annular thickenings. Stylar appendages linear mamillose. Achenes prismatic, 4-5 ribbed; carpopodia distinct, of many tiers of small quadrate cells. Pappus of ca 30 scabrous setae which are slightly enlarged at tips. Type species : Eupatorium pyrifolium A.P.Decandolle Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following four species. A key to the Brazilian species has been provided by Cabrera (1963). Steyermarkina dispalata (Gardner) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium dispalatum Gardner, London Journ. Bot. he 17S VERS ~ Brazil. Steyermarkina dusenii (Malme) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium dusenii Malme, Kungl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. TOF 38. 1933. Brazil. Steyermarkina pyrifolia (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium pyrifolium A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 153. 1836. Brazil. Steyermarkina triflora R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Folia opposita, petiolis pubescentibus 2 cm longis laminis 1971 King & Robinson, A new genus, Steyermarkina ks ovatis ad 9 cm longis ad 5 cm latis integris fere glabris. Involucri squamae ca. 153; receptacula convexa glabra. Flores plerumque 3 in capitulo ca. 5 mm longi; corollae albae extus glabrae, lobis ca. 0.6 mm latis ca. 2.0 mm longis. Type: VENEZEULA: Trujillo: Steep forested slopes along Quebrada Los Riitos. Selva virgen, arriba de Escuque, entre Escuque y La Mesa de San Pedro. Altura: 1300-1650 metros. Vining; leaves firmly membranous, dull green both sides; flowers whitish; involucre pale green. 20-23 Febrero 1971. Julian A. Steyermark 104,684. [Holotype US! Isotype Venezeulal. The new species is closest to S. pyrifolia of Brazil but the latter has 5 flowers per head, corolla lobes less deeply divided and anthers hastate at the base. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant - 20502 to the senior author. Reference Cabrera, A.L. & N.Vittet. 1963. Compositae Catharinenses. II. Eupatorieae. Sellowia, 15: 149-258. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). XLVIII. THE GENUS, CRITONIA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The genus name Critonia is one of the oldest in the tribe Eupatorieae being established by Patrick Browne in 1756 only three years after Linnaeus! Species Plantarum. Although the name has most often been placed in the synonymy of Eupatoriun, it continues to call to mind for many synantherologists plants of distinctive habit with large open panicles, eglandular leaves and flowers, clustered heads and deciduous inner phyllaries. No accurate delimitation of the genus has ever been provided previously, but the various species that have been placed in the genus with few exceptions prove to be Critonias. The limits of the genus prove to follow closely the general concept that has existed. The lack of glands on the leaves, achenes, and corollas distinguishes Critonia easily from the large related genus, Koanophyllon. Koanophyllon can also be distinguished by the less imbricate phyllaries, the often abrupt tips on the style branches and the shorter anther appendages usually wider than long. Another related genus, Fleischmanniopis has a distinctive carpopodium of very thick-walled cells, slender pappus setae, very short anther appendages, and abruptly enlarged tips on the style branches. Two West Indian species that we have placed in another genus, Urbananthus, differ from Critonia by glabrous achenes, stamens inserted near the base of the corolla, shorter anther appendages and more abrupt tips on the style branches. The Central American genus, Critonia- delphus has slender tipped pappus setae, glands on the backs of the corolla lobes and shorter anther appendages. Two exclusive- ly South American genera also show some similarity to Critonia. Steyermarkina is clearly distinct by the dense pubescence inside the throat of the corolla. Symphyopappus has an inflore- scence of irregularly erect-spreading branches and style branches that are more papillose. The many rows of imbricate phyllaries in Critonia resemble the condition in Chromolaena, but in addition to microscopic differences, the older plants of the latter group are distinct in loosing all the phyllaries. Some outer phyllaries always persist in Critonia. There are a number of South American Eupatorieae with heads clustered as in Critonia but all differ by their slender tipped pappus setae. The limits and relationships of the genus are further clarified by studing the distribution of lactifers in the leaves. 46 OTL King & Robinson, The genus Critonia 7 These are present in the areoles of all species of Critonia and occur in their more reduced form in the related genus Urban- anthus. The lactifers are often difficult to observe in the species where they are small and next to the vein and for this reason make a poor key character, but in those species with slender bases on the achenes, the lactifers are usually large and easily seen in leaves moistened with water or aerosol sol- ution. In Critonia stigmatica, the lactifers are extremely large and look like lenses in the center of each areole. These lactifers have been occasionally noted in the literature. Urban (1900) refers to the "punctis lineo-lisque pellucidis" in the leaves of Eupatorium dalea, and B.L.Robinson (1928) mentioned the "more finely pellucid-punctate leaves in Eupatorium heter- neuron", In this treatment, we have made no subgeneric divisions in Critonia. Some rather well defined groups occur in the genus, however. Most evident is the typical element with very slender bases on the achenes, smaller carpopodia, and large lactifers in the leaves. Another large group includes the lianas such as C. billbergiana and coarse herbs and shrubs such as C. quadrangu- laris and C. morifolia with larger carpopodia and smaller lactifers. Two species have distinctive hastate leaves but each has so many distinctive features of its own that a simple sub- generic classification seems improper. Critonia peninsularis of Baja California has a distinctive oblong anther appendage with many thickenings in the cell walls. Critonia spiniciae- folia has unusually long pedicellate heads and the nodes of the inflorescence usually have numerous extra branches arising from the axils of the leaves sometimes forming a fan of up to seven branches a a node. Critonia P.Browne, Civ. Nat. Hist. Jam. 490. 1756. Wikstroemia C. Sprengel, Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockh. 167. 1821. after May. Coarse herbs to small trees or woody vines, sparingly branched. Leaves opposite, distinctly petioled, petioles some- times winged, blades elliptical to broadly ovate (bases hastate in two species), without capitate glands, with distinct lactifers internally beside the veins or in the centers of the areoles. Inflorescence paniculate, branches opposite usually spreading at 90 degree angles. Heads usually sessile or short pedicellate in clusters of 3-12. Involucre of ca 20-25 imbricate, stramin- eous, usually glabrous, 2-3 striate phyllaries in 4-6 series; inner series elliptical to narrowly oblong, very easily decid- uous, outer series very short orbicular, persistent. Receptacle plain to slightly convex, glabrous or with a few hairs. Flowers 4-12 per head; corollas tubular below and sometimes slightly L8 POY T O' LO Ger & Vol. 22, no. 7 -spreading above, glabrous; lobes 5, usually longer than wide with smooth elongate cells, cell walls usually slightly sinuous; anther filaments short, inserted above lower third of corolla; collars slender usually with distinct quadrate cells below, walls inornate or with slight but distinct annular thickenings; anther appendages large usually distinctly longer than wide. Style base without enlarged node, glabrous; appendage filiform to spathulate smooth to slightly mamillose. Achenes prismatic with 5 often very prominent ribs, ribs and surfaces sparcely to dense- ly setose. Carpopodium a narrow rim or short cylindrical, cells small, quadrate to rounded with walls of confluent thickenings. Pappus of 30-35 scabrous, coarse, persistent setae with crowded bases, tips slightly enlarged and more closely serrulate, apical cells usually acute. Chromosome number X = 10 (Turner, Powell, and King, 1962). Type species: Eupatorium dalea Linnaeus. Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following thirty-two species. Critonia aromatisans (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium aromatisans A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 160. 1836. Cuba, Dominican Republic. Critonia bartlettii (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. HEupatorium bartlettii B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. 100: 11. 1932. British Honduras. Critonia billbergiana (Beurl.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium billbergianum Beurl., Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockl. 1854: 134. 1856. British Honduras, Costa Rica, Guatemala. Critonia campechensis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium campechense B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 43: 30. 1907. British Honduras, Mexico. Critonia chrysocephala (Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium chrysocephalum Klatt, Bot. Beibl. sur Leopoldina 1895: 2. 1895. Costa Rica. Critonia conzattii (Greenm.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. upatorium conzattii Greenm., Proc. Amer. Acad. 34: 574. 1899. Mexico. Critonia dalea (L.) A.P.Decandolle,Prodr. 5: 140. 1836. Eupator- ium dalea L. Systema naturae Edition 10, 1204. 1758. Jamaica. 1971 King & Robinson, The gems Critonia Ke) Critonia daleoides A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 141. 1836. British Honduras, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama. Critonia eggersii (Hieron.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. upatorium eggersii Hieron., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 566. 1901. Ecuador. Critonia eriocarpa (B.L.Robinson & Greenm.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium eriocarpum B.L.Robinson & Greenm. Proc. Amer. Acad. 32: 42. 1896. Mexico. Critonia hebebotrya A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 141. 1836. Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico. Critonia hemipteropodia (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium hemipteropodium B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 42: 39. 1906. Mexico. Critonia heteroneura Ernst, Flora 57: 210. 1874. Colombia, Venezeula. Critonia hospitalis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium hospitale B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 43: 32. 1907. British Honduras, Guatemala, Mexico. Critonia imbricata Griseb., Mem. Amer. Acad. n.s. 8: 512. 1863. Cuba. Critonia inaequidens (Urban) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium inaequidens Urban, Symb. Antill. 1: 460. 1899. Dominican Republic, Haiti. Critonia lanicaulis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium lanicaule B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 35: 336. 1900. Guatemala. Critonia laurifolia (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium laurifolium B.L.Robinson, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 251. 1904. Costa Rica. Critonia lozanoana (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium lozanoanum B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. bese 7/5 W905), Mexciico:. Critonia macropoda A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 140. 1836. Trinidad. Critonia morifolia (Miller) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium morifolium Miller, Gard. Dict. Ed. 8. n 10. 1768. Argentina, Bolivia, British Honduras, Colombia, Costa Rica, 50 PaS TOE: OG Tk Vol. 22, no. 1 El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Paraguay, Brazil, Venezeula. Critonia nicaraguensis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium nicaraguense B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. 61: 29. 1920. Nicaragua. Critonia parviflora (Sw.) A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 140. 1836. Eupatorium parviflorum Sw., Prodr. Veg. Ind. Occ. lll. 1788. Jamaica. Critonia peninsularis (Brandegee) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium peninsulare Brandegee, Erythea 7: 4. 1899. Mexico. Critonia portoricensis (Urban) Britton & P.Wilson, Sc. Surv. Porto Rico and Virgin Islands 6: 291. 1925. Eupatorium portoricense Urban, Symb. Antill. 1: 459. 1899. Puerto Rico. Critonia pseudo-dalea A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 140. 1836. Cuba. Critonia quadrangularis (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium quadrangulare A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 153. 1836. El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico, Nicaragua. Critonia sexangularis (Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Piptocarpha sexangularis Klatt, Beibl. zum Leopoldina 1895: extr. 1. 1895. Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua. Critonia spinaciaefolia (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Bulbostylis spiniaefolia A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 139. 1836. Mexico. Critonia stigmatica (Urban & Ekman) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium stigmaticum Urban & Ekman, Arkiv. Bot. a AeimO pola 67 Sonos Ton Hattas, Critonia thyrsigera (Hieron.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium thyrsigerum Hieron. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 570. 1901. Colombia. Critonia thyrsoidea (Moc. ex A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H. Rob- inson, Eupatorium thyrsoideum Moc. ex A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 150. 1836. Mexico, Nicaragua. 1971 King & Robinson, The gems Critonia Sl Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant - 20502 to the senior author. References Robinson, B.L. 1928. Records preliminary to a general treatment of the Eupatorieae. VII. Contr. Gray Herb. 80: 1-42. Turner, B.L., M.Powell & R.M.King. 1962. Chromosome numbers in the Compositae. VI. Additional Mexican and Guatemalan species. Rhodora 64: 251-271. Urban, I. 1900. Species novae, praesertim portoricenses. Symb. Antill. 1: 291-481. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). XLIX A NEW GENUS, CRITONIADELPHUS. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 The two species from Central America and Mexico that we place here in Critoniadelphus have a habit very similar to Critonia and the two genera seem closely related. Certain features of Critoniadelphus are also reminiscent of Koanophyllon. The new genus is considered here as somewhat intermediate between Critonia and Koanophyllon and most closely related to Urbananthus of the West Indies. Critoniadelphus differs from Critonia primarily by the slender tips of the pappus setae, the glands on the corolla lobes and achenes and the short anther appendages. Two Central American species of Critonia, C. daleoides and especially C. hospitalis with its enlarged style branches, closely resemble Critoniadelphus. The two species of Critonia, however, are in a specialized group of species with large lactifers in the leaves and slender based achenes, and they are not particularly closely related to the new genus. Critoniadelphus differs from Koanophyllon primarily by the highly imbricate stramineous phyllaries and by the small lacti- fers beside the leaf veins. Most species of Koanophyllon are also distinguished by having capitate glands on the leaves. The West Indian genus Urbananthus is most like Critoniadelphus in corolla shape, slender sinuous walled corolla cells, short anther appendages, and small lactifers in the leaves, but the genus differs by the glabrous corollas and achenes, the anthers inserted near the bases of the corollas and the style branches less enlarged below the tips. Critoniadelphus R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae frutescentes laxe ramosae. Folia opposita periolata glabra, laminis ellipticis, cellulis lactiferis obscuris. Inflorescentiae laxe panicultae. Involucri squamae 25-30 inaequilongae 5-6-seriatae orbiculares vel oblongae stramineae glabrae 2-3-striatae, squamae interiores caducae; receptacula plana minuta. Flores 3-8 in capitulo; corollae tubulares, cellulis angustis, parietibus valde sinuosis, lobis 5 aequilateraliter triangularibus extus glanduliferis; filamenta antherarum prope partes tertias inferiores corollarum inserta; filamenta in parte superiore angusta, cellulis plerumque quadratis vel brevioribus, parietibus inornatis; appendicibus 52 1971 King & Robinson, A new genus, Critoniadelphus 53 antherarum brevibus; styli inferne non nodulosi glabri, appendicibus superne late ellipticis sublaevibus; achaenia prismatica 5-costata pauce setifera et glandulifera; carpopodia distincta symmetrica breviter cylindrica, cellulis minute quadratis vel rotundatis, parietibus incrassatis; pappus setiformi uniseriatus, setis 30-35 contiguis scabris persistent- ibus, superne attenuatis, cellulis apicalibus acutis. Type species: Eupatorium nubigenum Benth. The two species of the genus Critoniadelphus can be distinguished as follows: 1. Leaf margins closely serrulate; heads with 4-8 flowers C. nubigenus 1. Leaf margins remotely serrulate or entire; heads usually with 3 flowers C. microdon Critoniadelphus microdon (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium microdon B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 54: 252. 1918. Guatemala. Critoniadelphus nubigenus (Benth.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium nubigenum Benth., Pl. Hartw. 85. 1841. El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant - 20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). L A NEW GENUS, URBANANTHUS R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20506. In 1900 Urban described Eupatorium critoniforme, a new species from the island of Jamaica having the habit of Critonia dalea but lacking the pellucid spots in the leaves. In the original description of the plant were such comments as Nachaeniis . .. glabris.", "stamina tubo supra basin affixa . -" and "Stylus .. . apice manifeste clavatis". Further characters of significance not mentioned by Urban are the lack of dilation on the tips of the pappus setae, the short anther appendages and the very slender corolla cells with very sinuous walls. It is of particular importance that all of these characters are repeated again in a second very distinct species from Cuba, Eupatorium pluriseriatum B.L.Robinson. The two species are the basis for the genus Urbananthus described here. Of the various characters that distinguish Urbananthus from Critonia, the insertion of the stamens is the most important. The placement of the insertion low on the corolla tube is a striking departure from the situation in Critonia and all other close relatives. Perhaps the most useful character for identification of the genus is the complete lack of pubescence on both the corollas and achenes. The characters most indicative of relationship are the presence of only small lactifers beside the leaf veins, a condition found in some Critonias and in Critoniadelphus, and the clavate tips of the style branches which are different in exact form from those of Critoniadelphus but which indicate that Urbananthus is closely related to the latter genus and similarly intermediate between Critonia and Koanophyllon. Our knowledge of interrelationships among the Critonioid genera is still very incomplete, but the following seems clear. Critonia and Koanophyllon represent two large and diverse complexes that originated on the mainland and which have numerous derived forms in the West Indies. The derived forms of Critonia are represented by C. dalea and its relatives having large lactifers in the leaves and having slender based achenes. Again, on the mainland in Central America is the genus, Critoni- adelphus, which has the habit of Critonia and many charcters of Koanophyllon. Related to Critoniadelphus but differing in derived features such as the glabrous corollas and achenes and the lower insertion of the anthers, is the West Indian genus, 1971 King & Robinson, A new genus, Urbananthus 5S Urbanathus. It is clear that the Jamaican species Urbananthus critoniforme is really very remote in relationship from the Jamaican Critonia dalea which it superficially resembles. Urbanathus R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae frutescentes laxe ramosae. Folia opposita petiolata glabra, laminis ellipticis breviter vel longe acuminatis basi cuneatis, cellulis lactiferis obscuris. Inflor- escentiae laxe paniculatae. MInvolucri squamae 20-30 inaequi- longae 5-6-seriatae orbiculares vel oblongae stramineae glabrae 2-3-striatae, squamae interiores caducae; receptacula aliquantum convexa. Flores 4-10 in capitulo; corollae tubulares laeves glabrae, cellulis angustis, parietibus valde sinuosis, lobis 5 oblongo-triangularibus; filamenta antherarum fere ad bases corollarum inserta; filamenta in parte superiore angusta, cellulis plerumque quadratis vel brevioribus, parietibus inornatis; appendicibus antherarum subquadratis vel brevioribus; styli inferne non-nodulosi glabri, appendicibus spathulatus sublaevibus; achaenia prismatica 5-costata glabra; carpopodia distincta symmetrica breviter obturaculiformia, cellulis inferne minute quadratis superne longioribus, parietibus incras- satis; pappus setiformi uniseriatus, setis ca. 30 contiguis scabris persistentibus superne non dilatatis, cellulis apical- ibus acutis. Species typica: Eupatorium critoniforme Urban Our studies indicate that the genus contains the following two species. Urbananthus critoniformis (Urban) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium critoniforme Urban, Symb. Antill. 1: 458. 1900. Jamaica. Urbananthus pluriseriatus (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. upatorium pluriseriatum B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 47: 195. 1911. Cuba. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant - 20502 to the senior author. Reference Urban, I. 1900. Species novae, praesertim portoricenses. Symb. Antill. 1: 291-481. NEW COMBINATIONS IN MACHAERIUM (LEGUMINOSAE) Velva E. Rudd, Smithsonian Institution MACHAERIUM SALVADORENSE (Donn. Sm.) Rudd, comb. nov. Drepanocarpus salvadorensis Donn. Sm. Bot. Gaz. 44: 109. 1907. Type: L. V. Velasco 9000, El Salvador, San Salvador, Soya- pango (holotype US; isotype US). Machaerium riparium T. S. Brandeg. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 6: 500. 1919. Type: C. A. Purpus 8166, Mexico, Veracruz, near Zacuapan (holotype UC; isotypes GH, NY, US). Machaerium acanthothyrsus Pittier,Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 73. 1922. Type: E. W. Nelson 2331, Mexico, between Haci- enda del Capricho, Guerrero, and Llano Grande, Oaxaca (holotype US; isotype GH). Machaerium habroneurum Standl. Carnegie Inst. Publ. 461: 63. 1935. Type: W. A. Schipp S-676, British Honduras-Guatemala boundary, Camp 32 (holotype F; isotypes BM, F, GH, K, NY). MACHAERIUM LEIOPHYLLUM (DC.) Benth. var. CRISTA-CASTRENSE (Mart. ex Benth.) Rudd, comb. nov. Drepanocarpus crista-castrensis Mart. ex Benth. Comm. leg. Gen. 32. 1837 (preprint); Ann. Wiener Mus. 2: 96. 1838. > C. F. P. Martius s. n., Brazil, Amazonas, near Manaus "in sylvis ad Barra do Rio Negro" (lectotype M; isolecto- types K, M). Machaerium crista-castrense (Mart. ex Benth.) Ducke, Arch. Jard. Bot. Rio de Janeiro 4: 311. 1925. MACHAERIUM LEIOPHYLLUM (DC.) Benth. var. LATIFOLIUM (Benth.) Rudd comb. nov. Drepanocarpus crista-castrensis Mart. ex Benth. var. latifol- ium Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 15(1): 258. 1862. Type: R. Spruce 2552, Brazil, Amazonas, igapd near Rio Uaupés, "in Gapo, i. e. silva inundata ad Rio Uaupes Venezuelae” (holotype K; isotypes BM, C, F, GH, NY, P). Drepanocarpus frondosus Mart. ex Benth. Comm. Leg. Gen. 32. 1837 (preprint); Ann. Wiener Mus. 2: 96. 1838. Type: Coa P. Martius s. n., Brazil, Amazonas, "in sylvis ad flumen Japura" [as "flumen Itapurie"] (lectotype M, the specimen from which plate 84, Fl. Bras. 15(1) was drawn; isolecto- types M). Machaerium frondosum (Mart. ex Benth.) Ducke, Arch. Jard. Rio de Janeiro 3: 151. 1922. 56 Til sania PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 22 September, 1971 No. 2 CONTENTS ANDRESEN, J. W., & STEINHOFF, R. J., The taxonomy of Pinus flexilis and ts strobiformis gee OR me Re BO A tial, AE ie Sah allt hy MORTON, C. V., Supplementary notes on Grammitis in; E.CUAGOF % hon DEGENER, O. & I. REPEL IONE S ihe DEA oc! eth Me, Due bie SMITH, L. B., Notes on PrOMIPHAeedes Anandees ee, es Wear Shela yo se Se -ernarinm NOTES: Mle. aoe dae Sins wee eee Os HALE, M. E., Jr., Two new species of Parmelia (lichens) from North a Lor alte Risto Sie iS ae ea Eat ak oe HALE, M.E., Jr., New Parmeliae (Lichenes) from Africa............. ROGERS, K. E., Studies in Ichnanthus (Gramineae). I. New taxa and new combinations in Section Foveolata .............4.4.. DROUET, F., Notes on blue-green algal type specimens ............. KING, R. M. & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LI. The Disynaphioid Complex.............+....+00- KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LIL. A new genus, Acanthostyles Oe en tS UE pt ae KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). Tr a new genus, Raulinoreitzia: bie i Se mee oe KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LIV . The genus, Symphyopappus On AER AEA ane ARI be We He Sa KING, R. M. at ‘ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LV. The genus, Dimorpholepis BLAM tee eae esi hig koa ce laaele oa KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). Bre. A new genus, CasnPOVasSOUrig =.) 25.3) le sb See ee Sees KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). Pe ae BEMUS OSV RAD MIG. a) ol ane y eaalss an Rie sess aia da, ee MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LIV........ ee eh. BOOK FEVIEWS: ©. 02° =). ein ale mg bia, d alase ete le te wave aiecs MOLDENKE, H.N., Additional materials toward a monograph of the he NON BE a Et, US Une Sn gid aaa fe GBP OE Sota GU Og ea a Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. A Al is umber, $1; per volume, $7.50, in advance, TES pane AY or $8, at close of volume OCT 7 1971 SNEW YORK THE TAXONOMY OF PINUS FLEXILIS AND P. STROBIFORMIS! by John W. Andresen Department of Forestry, Southern Illinois University Carbondale, Illinois 62901 and Raphael J. Steinhoff Intermountain Forest and Range Experiment Station Moscow, Idaho 83843 James (1823), who participated in the expeditionary search of the Rocky Mountains in the company of Lieutenant S. H. Long, observed at least two undescribed Western species of pine that were new to science. One consequence of his exploration of the eastern slopes of Pike's Peak was his description of Pinus flexilis from living material alone. The ensuing nomenclatural disorder involving the Pinus flexilis complex has created an interesting, but confusing array of nomenclatural problems. Perhaps the primary cause for the dilemma is the resemblance of vege- tative features and the growth habit of the "Flexiles" group of pines to others within the North American five-leaved Strobus subgenus. Un- der less than optimal conditions of growth and in their juvenile stages they appear very similar indeed. In the present paper, we will attempt to present a historical and contemporary review of P. flexilis James and P. strobiformis Engelm., two North American members of the subsection Strobi (sensu Little & Critchfield 1969), as well as to designate the neotype of P. flexilis. HISTORICAL Pinus flexilis Although James gave a description of P. flexilis in his field notes, no herbarium samples were collected nor did he present a Latin diagnosis with his published description of 1823. Engelmann (1863), however, did publish a Latin diagnosis of P. flexilis and also emended the morpho- logical inconsistencies that appeared in James' description. Earlier familiarization with P. aristata Engelm. led Engelmann (Parry and Engel- mann 1862) to judge that James had observed both P. flexilis and P. aristata either side by side or perhaps with brances intertwined, for This study was supported in part by funds from the National Sci- ence Foundation Grant No. G-15879. 57 58 PPoeye TOL O1G tek Vol. 22, no. 2 the prominent, armed, cone umbos noted by James (1823) is indicative of P. aristata and not P. flexilis. Fortunately, Engelmann's (1863) accurate analysis clarified some additional confusion generated by Nuttal1(1853, III p.107) by his in- accurate text and dismaying illustration. Engelmann, however, did not comment on Nuttall's work nor did he discuss Hooker's (1838, II p.161) contribution of P. lambertina var. 8. Hooker, which in turn was based upon Drummond's (1830) field notes of five-leaved pines he observed in Canada while portaging from the Red Deer River to the Columbia at "Height of Land."" Drummond's notes describe a taxon that either could be P. flexilis or P. albicaulis Engelm., for the cones he observed were damaged beyond recognition rodents or birds. The geographic locale, orogeny and elevation, however, suggest the trees were P. albicaulis. Endlicher (1847, p.150), not withstanding some reservation about Hooker's interpretation, established P. lambertiana variety 8 ("brevifolia, foliis brevioribus, rigidioribus, Hook. 1.c."), but Endlicher's new combination gained little acceptance. Further nomenclatural confusion arose when Carriere (1855, pp.309-310) attributed authorship of both P. flexilis and P. strobiformis to Wis- lizenus. This error probably arose because Engelmann's 1848 article appeared as one of the contributions within a book identified with Wis- lizenus as author-editor. Pinus strobiformis During Dr. Wislizenus travels from Chihuahua westward to the vicinity of Cosihuiriachi and the Porphory Mountains, he discovered a large num- ber of undescribed plants. On the highest peaks, at elevations of about 8,000 feet, Wislizenus observed large pines 100 to 130 feet tall which bore resemblance to both P. flexilis and P. strobus L. This unknown pine was later named by Engelmann as P. strobiformis (1848). This per- fectly valid species name, however, was apparently abandoned by Engel- mann since it is conspiciously absent from his later publications (1878, 1880,1882). Shaw (1909, p.11) reasoned that Engelmann, after learning of Ehrenberg's earlier (1838) description of Pinus ayachuite Ehren., assumed that the P. strobiformis of Chihuahua was the same taxon as Ehrenberg's P. ayachuite of Omitlan, Guerro. Since Engelmann had no cones to compare, he probably thought his species was synonymous with Ehrenbert's. Parlatore (1968, pp.406-407) cites P. strobiformis (sic) as a synonym of P. ayacahuite and lists further collection sites in the northern states of Mexico for this species. After abandoning P. strobiformis as the epithet for the trees found in northern Mexico, ENgelmann (1878), in describing specimens collected by Wheeler's Expedition in Arizona reduced various forms which displayed some of the characteristics he attributed to P. strobiformis to varieties of P. flexilis. These characteristics included serrulation of leaves, reduction in number or lack of stomatal rows on the dorsal leaf survace, elongation of the cones, and elongation and reflexion of cone scales. 1971 Andresen & Steinhoff, Pinus flexilis & P. strobiformis 59 His varieties, based on materials from Arizona were collected from oro- graphic sites where environmental conditions permit phenotypic develop- ment leading to intermediate morphological characters between P. flexilis and P. strobiformis. The present authors have collected material from all the higher peaks in Arizona and have gathered specimens similar to those described by Engelmann (1878), but more important, have also ob- served alticlinal change from typical P. strobiformis to P. flexilis as elevation increases. At higher elevations there usually is a pre- ponderance of P. flexilis-like individuals but occasionally with an admixture of P. strobiformis. In short, all of Engelmann's varieties can be found on either a single mountain or on any combination of peaks in southeastern Arizona. Similar variation patterns exist in New Mexico. Engelmann, as a prelude to his "Revision of the genus Pinus" was experimenting with "varietal taxonomy" which he soon abandoned, but his 1978 paper proposed (sans-Latin) the following three varieties: 1. Pinus flexilis var. a serrulata Engelm. '"'Leaves slender, slightly and distantly serrulate, and as in the following varieties with few or scarcely any stomata on the back; cone of the ordinary form." The voucher specimen (Rothrock 654) for the above description consists of foliage, twig and fruiting materials, all of which bear strong resemblances to the P. flexilis-like materials found at higher elevations in Arizona and New Mexico. Materials collected by the senior author at 9700 feet on the west side of Mr. Graham, Arizona are almost identical to Rothrock's 1874 collection from the same area but at 9600 feet. ; 2. Pinus flexilis var. 8 macrocarpa Engelm. "Leaves slender, en- tire; cones cylinderic, 6-8 inches long 2% inches in diameter, the apo- physis of the scales short, rounded." This material collected by Ferdinand Bischoff of Wheeler's 1871 expedition to the San Francisco Mountains of Arizona consists of foliage, twigs, and cone scales. No intact cone exists at present. Similar specimens were observed and collected by the senior author (Andresen 2121) at 9,000 feet on the west side of Humphrey's Peak in the San Franciscos. The cone scales of var. & are intermediate between vars. a and y and are also intermediate within the clinal array of the P. flexilis-strobiformis complex of Arizona and New Mexico. 3. Pinus flexilis var. y reflexa Engelm. "leaves as in last 6; cones ovate-cylindrical, about four inches long; apophysis elongated, re- flexed." Voucher materials for the above consist of three related herbarium sheets. The first (MO 1635443) includes a typical P. strobiformis cone 60 BAD sh vGeUE (OIG Ofer ate! \ Vol. 22, no. 2 but in an immature stage collected (collector unknown) on 13 August, 1874. Although only four inches long, the elongated ovuliferous scales are strongly reflexed. An old tag attached to the cone reads "P. aya- cahuite" (the ayacahuite had been crossed out and was replaced by flexilis var. squarosa 654 8/13 1874). The second sheet is similar to the first sans cone but includes "654=1001". And the third sheet numbered as "1001" bears materials labeled as originating from the Sanoita Valley which passes to the southeast and south of the Santa Rita Mountains. We suggest that the first two sheets were collected in the Madera Can- yon drainage on the northwest side of the Santa Ritas and the third sheet was gathered either on the southeastern side of the Santa Ritas or on the northwest side of the Patagonia Mountains, with the former choice as the most likely. Engelmann (1878) remarked that the cone of the third sheet, 1001, resembled P. koraiensis Sieb. et Zucc., or a small example of P. ayaca- huite. Interestingly, on sheet 1001, is the penciled remark in Engel- mann-like script "P. ayacahuite var. borealis" which was not published. For some obscure reason, Engelmann (1880) chose not to include any of his varieties of P. flexilis or P. strobiformis in his "Revision of the Genus Pinus''’. He did, however, include the very questionable P. bonapartea Carriere within his section Strobi. Shortly afterward, though. he (Engelmann 1882) reduced P. reflexa Engelm. to an altitudinal variant of P. flexilis hence P. flexilis var. reflexa Engelm. Perhaps he ob- served additional specimens or notes about the flowering habit of his P. reflexa for he wrote "Pinus reflexa n. sp. (P. flexilis. Eng. in Rothrock's Rep. Bot. Exp. Wheeler) proves to be quite distinct from "flexilis" not only by the reflexed scales of the cone, but also and principally by the long peduncled cylindric female aments, erect in the first, recurved in the second year, which associate it with the true Strobi, while the large wingless seeds distinguish it from the other species of that section." His line of reasoning is difficult to follow for in the true Strobi (sensu Eustrobi Engelm. 1880) he includes P. albiculis and P. pygmaea both of which bear sessile and upright cones with wingless seed as well as P. flexilis whose cones may be sessile or sub-sessile but are always pendant. The nomenclature was accepted by Coulter and Rose (1886) with a con- firmation of species separation based on leaf anatomy. After examining specimens collected by Pringle in 1887 in the same area where Wislizenus collected the specimen described by Engelmann as P. strobiformis, Sargent (1889) concluded that P. strobiformis was probably only a northern form of P. ayacahuite with short leaves and small cones. Three years later, Lemon (1892 p.4), through an interpretive error, credited P. ayacahuite var. strobiformis to Sargent. The assignment was created by a liberal interpretation of Sargent's (1889) opinion of P. reflexa Engelm. vis. "Mr. Pringle rediscovered two years ago Engelmann's Pinus strobiformis on the mountains of Chihuahua, in the very region where Wislizenus first found it, and his specimens who that Pinus reflexa cannot be separated from the Mexican tree which was known previously from a single cone only. It will be found perhaps that Pinus strobiformis is merely a northern 1971 Andresen & Steinhoff, Pimus flexilis & P. strobiformis 61 form with short leaves, and small cones, of the widely distributed Pinus ayacahuite [sic.] Erh. The two are certainly very closely re- lated and are not readily separated."" Shaw (1909) attempted to correct the error by placing P. ayacahuite var. strobiformis Lemmon in synonomy with P. flexilis var. reflexa Engelm. In the interim, Sargent (1897 pp.33-34) recognized Pinus strobiformis Engelm. as a valid taxon, thus altering his 1889 opinion that P. strobiformis was only a form of P. ayacahuite. Sudworth (1897 pp. 14-16) concurred with Sargent and placed P. flexilis var. reflexa Engelm., P. reflexa Engelm., and P. ayacahuite var. strobiformis Lemmon in synonomy with P. strobiformis Engelm. In addition, Sudworth listed P. flexilis var. a serrulata Engelm. as syno- nomous with P. flexilis and unfortunately presented Pinus flexilis var. megalocarpa Sudworth as a nomenclatural alternative to P. flexilis var. 8 macrocarpa Engelm. The following year, however, Sudworth (1898 p.14) ignored his P. flexilis var. magalocarpa and calling it by its common name reduced it to synonomy under P. flexilis. Apparently he also be- lieved that P. ayacahuite was synonymous with P. strobiformis Engelnm., for he indicated the range of the latter is southwestern United States, Mexico, and Guatamela. By 1907, Voss decided P. ayacahuite var. reflexa Voss would be pre- ferable to P. reflexa Engelm. Voss (1907) also subordinated P. strobi- formis Engelm. to P. ayacahuite Ehrenb. Shaw (1909) synthesized the existing literature and judged that P. strobiformis Engelm. was synonymous with the northern element of P. ayacahuite, and hence the name P. ayacahuite var. brachyptera Shaw. In his revision, P. flexilis and its var. reflexa were retained as valid taxa, with P. ayacahuite var. strobiformis Lemmon and P. strobiformis sensu Sudworth relegated to synonomy. Shaw evidently perceived that the P. strobiformis of Engelmann, Sudworth, md Sargent were not the same taxon. Later, Shaw (1914) modified his verdict and considered P. strobiformis Engelm. as synonomymous with P. ayacahuite, and all other types previously mentioned as being only forms of P. flexilis. Only P. reflexa Engelm. and P. strobiformis Sargent are mentioned in his syno- nomy of P. flexilis. Astutely, Sudworth (1917 pp. 12-13) suggested that P. strobiformis Engelm. bore chronological priority and submitted that this be the valid binomial. Although his logic was sound, few authors followed Sudworth's recommendation for the multitude of tree books and journal articles between 1917 and 1955 refer to this plant as either P. reflexa or P. flexilis. For example, Standley (1920 pp. 54-55) recognized P. flexilis and P. reflexa, but placed P. strobiformis in synonomy with P. ayacahuite. In his second edition of the "Manual of the Trees of North America", Sargent (1922) omitted P. strobiformis Engelm., though he had included it earlier (Sargent 1905). Thus Sargent again reversed his thoughts — 62 PHY T1070 Gi A Vol. 22, no. and entered P. strobiformis Sarg. (non Engelm.) as a synonym for P. flexilis. The authoring of P. strobiformis by Sargent is difficult to comprehend. CONTEMPORARY Pinus flexilis and Pinus strobiformis Martinez (1948 pp. 104-105) accepted Shaw's 1909 treatment of P. ayacahuite and recognized P. reflexa and P. flexilis as valid species. P. strobiformis Sudworth (non Engelm. ) and iE . ayacahuite var. strobi- formis Lemmon (non Sargent) were placed in synonomy under P. reflexa. To round out his liberal interpretation of the white pines of Northern Mexico, Martinez, in an attempt to portray the relationships of the Eustrobi (sensu Shaw), also recognized numerous geographic locations for P. ayacahuite var. brachyptera. Martinez also proposed the hier- archical "Groupo Ayacahuite" with P. ayacahuite as the central element. Radiating from P. ayacahuite are P. lambertiana, P. strobus var. chiapenses (=P. chiapenses (Martinez) Andresen 1964), P. ayacahuite var. veitchii, and P. ayacahuite var. brachyptera. He also depicts the latter as an intermediate (inferior status) between P. ayacahuite and P. reflexa which in turn is linked to P. reflexa. Mirov (1953), using terpeno-chemical relationships as a criterion, believed that P. reflexa and P. ayacahuite are bridged by a series of intermediate forms (not yet chemically analyzed) and that there is a link with flexilis and monticola but only a remote connection with P. strobiformis and an undetermined link with P. lambertiana. In an attempt to resurrect P. flexilis var. macrocarpa, Douglass (1958) decided that this variety was a morphological link between P. flexilis var. flexilis and P. flexilis var. reflexa and that the three were closely related. She also suggested a "very slight" difference between the vars. of P. ayacahuite and P. flexilis, but her conclusions are unsupported by genetical evidence or any other types of biological data. Recently, Gaussen (1960 pp. 202-205) recognized as discrete species P. flexilis, P. reflexa and P. strobiformis, with the latter as equi- valent to P. ayacahuite var. brachyptera. Little (In Soto, Barrett and Little 1962 p. 88), writing on the classificaiton of P. flexilis and P. strobiformis, indicated that these are the "correct" combinations and that earlier opinions (Little 1950 pp. 13-14; 1953 pp. 265-266) recog- nizing P. flexilis var. reflexa were now altered. And finally, Critch- field and Little (1966 pp. 6, 7) reiterated Little's 1962 opinion. 1971 Andresen & Steinhoff, Pimus flexilis & P. strobiformis 63 TAXONOMY Pinus flexilis James Pinus flexilis James, Account of an expedition from Pittsburg to the Rocky Mountains. Vol. 2 pp. 34-35 (1823); Sargent (1897). Pinus lambertiana var. 8 Hooker, Flora Boreali-Americana. Vol. 2 p- 161 (1890). Pinus lambertiana var. 8 brevifolia Endl., Synopsis coniferarum. p.- 150 (1847). Apinus flexilis (James) Rydb., Torrey Bot. Club. Bul. Vol. 32 p- 598 (1905). Morphologic description is essentially correct in Sargent (1897). Distribution: Rocky Mountains south from head waters of Saskatchewan River through Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado. Mountain ranges of Nevada, Sierra Nevada, and Peaks of southwestern California. Rare and local in Wallawa Mountains, Oregon, southwestern Nebraska, western South Dakota, and southwestern North Dakota. On high peaks of Arizona and New Mexico to the Guadelupes of Texas. Not in Mexico!! (See range map in Critchfield and Little 1966). Specimens examined: CANADA: ALBERTA: 50° 23' N. Lat.; 114° 40' W. Long., 1550 m alt., 30 July 1961, Andresen, Andresen and March A1174 (MSC) UNITED STATES: ARIZONA: Navajo Mountains, 10,500 ft. alt., July 1933, Darsie s.n. (MO); CALIFORNIA: White Mountain Ranger Dist., Inyo NAteEROGes ESTs 2s Ne Lat-, tfoe tl” Long. 2980 malt... 31 July 1962; Andresen A1702 (MSC); San Gorgonio Ranger Dist., San Bernardino Nat. For., 34° 07' N. Lat., 116° 51’ W. Long., 3070 m alt. 4 Aug. 1962, Andresen and Lord Al721 (MSC); COLORADO: Pike's Peak, (probably early October) 1862, Parry s.n. (MO); Summit, Deer Mountain, Larimer Co., 13 Aug. 1927 Woodson Jr. 1882 (MO) Teller County, western flank of Pike's Peak, on Fourmile Creek just north of junction with Oil Creek, Lat. 38° 51' N. Long. 105° 10' W. 8800 Ft. alt. 19 October 1965, Hawksworth and Stewart 831 (SIU); IDAHO: Pine Spring Pahsimersi River Valley, Cus- ter Co., 2 Aug. 1917, Eggleston 14002 (MO); MONTANA: Gros Bentres Fork, 12 June 1860, Hayden s.n. (MO)Old Marias Pass, 6000 ft. alt., Aug. 1883, Sargent s.n. (MO); NEBRASKA: Bad Lands, Sept. 1955, Hayden s.n. (MO); Polecreek of the Platte River, July 1856, Engelmann s.n. (MO); NEVADA: Austin Ranger District, Toiyabe Nat. For., 39° 23' N. Lat., 117° 04' W. Long., 2540 m alt., 20 July 1962, Andresen and Andresen Jr. A1659 (MSC); NORTH DAKOTA: north of Marmarth, Slope Co., 46° 28' N. Lat., 103° 55' W. Long., 763 m alt., 21 July 1961. Andresen, Andresen, Andre- sen Jr. A1049 (MSC); OREGON: Joseph Ranger District, Wallowa-Whitman Nateetorado> ly) Ne tat... cig 19. W. Long. , !600m alt... 3 Aug. 1961, Andresen and Miller A1196 (MSC); SOUTH DAKOTA: ''Needles", Custer State Park, Pennington Co., 20 June 1929, Palmer 37408 (MO); UTAH: Salina Ranger District, Fish Lake Nat. For., 38° 57' N. Lat., 111° 39" W. Long., 6h PHY B10) L0G, TA Vol. 22, no. 2 2560 m alt., 14 July 1962, Andresen, Andresen Jr., and Hill A1616 (MSC); WYOMING: Loomis Creek, Natrona Co., 3 July 1901, Goodding 185 (MO). As indicated earlier, James did not prepare any plant specimens of P. flexilis when he observed his new pine on 14 July 1820. In his description, James (1823) probably referred to immature but nearly full sized cones whose ovules were fertilized in the spring of 1820. His notation of "the stobiles erect, composed of large unarmed scales, being somewhat smaller than those of P. rigida, but similar in shape and exud- ing a great quantity of resin." is an accurate description of sessile, "green" cones (at times aborted or distorted by insect attack} that the senior author has also observed about mid-July. In spite of Engelmann's (1863) opinion that James confounded P. aristata and P. flexilis in his description, we contend that James observed and described P. flexilis by itself without confusion with P. aristata. Since no type specimens were collected we hereby propose a neotype (Lanjouw et. al., 1961: Art. 7) based on the following material: COLORADO: El Paso County, eastern flank of Pike's Peak, % mile north of Ruxton Park Lat. 38° 51' N. Long. 104° 58' W. 9676 ft. alt. 14 July 1966, Andresen, Andresen, Barger A2125. The neotype and mature cone which includes a conelet is housed at Southern Illinois University. Other specimens with folieage sprays and mature cones are on file at A, MO, MSC, and NA. The neotype material is probably from the same locality or station visited by James (1823). From his description and map it seems that he and his party were in the Pike's Peak area from 11 through 15 July 1820 primarily to determine the elevation of Pike's Peak. The ascent of Pike's Peak and the resultant discovery of P. flexilis were ancillary to the triangulation exercise. The following summary of James' trip is provided to help establish the route of James' ascent and possible points of observation of P. flexilis: After leaving the base camp near the confluence of Cheyenne and Fountain Creeks, James, his party of four men and Lt. Swift with his guide rode until 11 a.m. on the 13th. Lt. Swift set up his triangu- lation station, the horses were tethered and James, the guide and four men walked until noon when they encountered Manitou Springs. After lunch they ascended the Ruxton Creek drainage and probably camped near the present Ruxton Park. The next morning James described the view of the peak at a spot (possible the present hamlet of Mountain View) east southeast of the peak. By noon of the 14th they had reached and passed timber line and at 4 p.m. had attained the summit. After half an hour at the summit the party descended and camped at timber line. By noon of the 15th they were again at Manitou Springs without most of their baggage which had burned when a wild fire spread from their unattended campfire. No plant collections were made (primarily because of time shortage) but numerous new species were described and many left undes- cribed because of a shortage of time. The major point, however, is 1971 Andresen & Steinhoff, Pimus flexilis & P. strobiformis 65 that the ascent was up the eastern flank and slope of Pike's Peak; no collections or observations other than physiognomic or geologic were made of the other three slopes. Pinus strobiformis Engelm. Pinus strobiformis Engelm., Sketch of the botany of Dr. A. Wis- lizenus's expedition. Sen. Misc. Doc. No. 26 (1848). Pinus flexilis var. a serrulata Engel. Coniferae of Wheeler's ex- pedition. In Report upon U.S. geographical surveys west of the one hundreth meridian. Vol. VI p.258 (1878). Pinus flexilis var. 8 macrocarpa Engelm. Coniferae of Wheeler's expedition in Report upon U.S. geographical surveys west of the one hundreth meridian. Vol. VI p. 258 (1878). Pinus flexilis var. y reflexa Engelm. Coniferae of Wheeler's ex- pedition in Report upon U.S. geographical surveys west of the one hundreth meridian. Vol. VI p. 258 (1878). Pinus flexilis var. magalocarpa Sudworth. Nomenclature of the arborescent flora of the United States, USDA, Division of For. Bull. No. 14:17 (1897). Pinus reflexa Engelm. Bot. Gaz. 7: 4 (1882) Pinus ayacahuite Ehrenb. Linnaea. 12:492 (1838) Pinus ayacahuite var. strobiformis Sargent ex Lemmon. Handbook of west-American cone-bearers. 4 (1892). Pinus ayacahuite var. reflexa Voss. Deut. Dendrol. Gessell. Mitt. Vol. 16 p. 92 1907). Pinus ayacahuite var. brachyptera Shaw. Pines of Mexico Pub. Arnold Arb. No. 1:11 1909. Morphologic description of Sargent (1897) essentially correct but from our field observations it should be noted that second-year immature cone may be green or purple to lavender in color. Distribution: Southern Colorado, Arizona, New Mexico, western Texas, the Sierra Madre Occidental of Chihuahua, Durango, Nayarit, Sinola, and Sonora; and the Sierra Madre Oriental of Coahuila, Nuevo Leon, San Luis Potosi, and Tamaulipa. Specimens examined: MEXICO: CHIHUAHUA: '"'Cosiquinachi" 17 September, 1846, Wislizenus 155 (MO) (Holotype); San Pedro Springs, Dec. 1906, Goodding 2114 (MO); DURANGO: Mesa de Sandia, "1903-07" Shaw "Set 8" (MO) (as P. ayacahuite 66 PH X% Tl OPLvOIGrivA Vol. 22, no. 2 var. brachyptera); Cerro de Viejo, 15 mi. W. Dulces Nombres, Zaragosa, 2800 m. alt., 18 Aug., 1948, Meyer and Rogers 3002 (MO) (as P. ayaca- huite var. brachptera [brachyptera] UNITED STATES: ARIZONA: Chiricahua Mts. , Barfoot Park, 8200 ft. alt., 20 Oct., 1906, Blumer 1311 (MO); Santa Catalina Mts., 7000 ft. alt., 3 Oct., 1937, Darrow s.n. (MO); Santa Rita Mts., 13 Aug., 1871, Rothrock 654 (MO) (Holotype); Santa Rita Mts. 6500-7500 ft. alt., 27 September, 1880, Sargent s.n. (MO); Santa Rita Mts., 6000-8000 ft. alt., 28 May, 1881, Pringle s.n., (MO) (as P. reflexa Engelm.); Indefinite, 13 Aug., 1874, collector unknown, 1635443 (MO): Indefinite 13 Aug. 1874, collector unknown, 654 (MO); Sanoita Valley, 13 Aug. 1874, collector unknown 1001 (MO). COLORADO: La Plata River 1 to 4emi Note MayaDay 372 2209N. Lat. LOS2(04 we. Long, 9000) £e;, allt. 12 Sept. 1964, Critchfield and Steinhoff 22 t 24 (CU); S. Fork of Rio Grande River, 215 mi S.W. of Baxterville, 37° 39' N. Lat. 106° 39.7' W. Long. 8300 ft. alt. 15 Sept. 1964 Critchfield and Steinhoff 2021 (CU). NEW MEXICO: Cloudcroft, 6000 ft. alt., 9 July 1909, von Schrenk s.n. (MO) (as P. flexilis); Mogollon Mts., Catron Co., 7000 ft. alt., 26 June 1947, Meyer and Meyer 2212 (MO); TEXAS: Davis Mts., Jeff Davis Co., 2300 m alt., 1 June, 1928, Palmer 34281 (MBG) (as P. flexilis var. re- flexa Engelm.); McKittrick Canyon, Guadalupe Mts., Culberson Co., 2400 m alt., 17 July 1931; Moore and Steyermark 3469 (MO) (as P. flexilis). DISCUSSION Pinus strobiformis Engelm. as considered here, is a distinct mountain inhabitant of the northern states of Mexico, western Texas, and southern Arizona and New Mexico, but as it is found farther north the higher ele- vational forms assume the morphology of P. flexilis. Hybrid swarms of P. flexilis and P. strobiformis are also found at higher elevations and with some representatives at 8000 ft., in southern Colorado. Although progeny tests (Steinhoff 1964; Steinhoff and Andresen 1971) revealed apomictic taxa, further investigations of putative hybrids and intro- gressed populations are called for. Successful artificial hybrids of P. flexilis and P. strobiformis have been produced, but their develop- ment under various environmental conditions has not yet been attempted. Also, the manner in which natural selection acts upon segregating hybrid progeny is not well understood. Recently, an excellent series of maps (Critchfield and Little, 1966) has been released which depicts the geographic distribution of P. flexilis, P. strobiformis, and P. ayacahuite. In addition, their revision ( Little and Critchfield 1969) of the genus Pinus assembles within subsection Strobi Loud. the above three taxa, and by including P. armandii Franch. with Strobi, effectively disposed of group Flexiles Shaw. More impor- tant, however, are the opinions of Critchfield and Little that P. strobi- formis and P. ayacahuite are closely allied, which ties the three taxa into a taxonomic complex worthy of more intensive study. Earlier chemotaxonomic work by Mirov (1953) linked P. strobiformis [P. reflexa] to P. ayacahuite through a series of intermediate forms whose biochemistry awaits expanded investigation. He placed P. flexilis in a separate chemical group, but suggested that P. parviflora Sieb. and 1971 Andresen & Steinhoff, Pinus flexilis & P. strobiformis 67 Zucc. formed a link between the former and P. strobiformis. Considering recent advances in biochemical and numerical systema- tics, it is now appropriate to determine the taximetric and genetic affinities of the north to south complex of P. flexilis, P. strobiformis, and P. ayacahuite. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are grateful to the director of the Missouri Botanical Garden for his cooperation in providing Pinus herbarium specimens to us for inspection. Also, Drs. D. Ugent and J. H. Beaman provided careful reviews of the manuscript. 68 Pon Ye TOP LeOIG etek Vol. 22, no. 2 LITERATURE CITED Andresen, J. W. 1964. The taxonomic status of Pinus chiapensis. Phytologia 10:417-421. Carriere, E.A. 1855. Traite general des Coniferes. Paris xv + 656 pp. Coulter, J. M., and J. N. Rose. 1886. Synopsis of North American pines, based upon leaf-anatomy. Bot. Gazette 11:256-262. Critchfield, W. B. and E. L. Little Jr. 1966. Geographic distribution of the pines of the world. U.S.D.A. Misc. Publ. 991 97 pp. illus. Douglas, M. M. 1958. Intraspecific variation in Pinus flexilis. J. Colo. -— Wyo. Acad. Sci. 4:30-31. Ehrenberg, C. 1838. Vorlaufige nachricht uber die mexicanischen Coni- feren, von Herauageber. Linnaea 12: 486-496. Engelmann, G. 1848. Sketch of the botany of Dr. A. Wislizenus' Expedi- tion. Senate Misc. Doc. No. 26. 141 pp. + maps and charts. . 1863. On Pinus aristata, a new species of pine, discovered by Dr. C. C. Parry in the alpine regions of Colorado Territory, and on some other pines of the Rocky Mountains. Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. 2:205-214. . 1871. Coniferae of Wheeler's expedition in Report upon U.S. geographical surveys west of the one hundreth meridian in charge of G. M. Wheeler. U.S. Geogr. Surv. 6:258. . 1880. Revision of the genus Pinus, and description of Pinus elliottii. Trans. St. Louis Acad. 4:161-190. 1882. Notes on western conifers. Bot. Gazette 7:4. Gaussen, H. 1960. Les Gymnospermes. Actuelles et fossiles. Fascicule VI, Chapter XI. Generalities. Genre Pinus Travaux ce Laboretoire Forestier du Toulouse, Sec. 1, Vol. 2. pt. a, 272 pp. Illus. Toulouse, France. Hooker, S. J. 1840, Flora Boreali - Americana Vol. II 328pp London, Henry G. Bohn. James, E., 1823. Account of an expedition from Pittsburg to the Rocky Mountains. Philadelphia, H.C. Carey and I. Lea. Vol. 2 442pp + xcviii Appendix. 1971 Andresen & Steinhoff, Pinus flexilis & P. strobiformis 69 LITERATURE CITED (CONTINUED) Little, E. L. Jr. 1950. Southwestern trees. Agriculture Handbook No. 9. U.S. Gov. Printing Office ii + 109 pp. 1953. Check list of native and naturalized trees of the United States (including Alaska). Agriculture Handbook No. 41. UsS. Gov. Printing Office iii +472 pp. . and W. B. Critchfield. 1969 Subdivisions of the genus Pinus (pines). U.S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Pub. 1144, 51 pp, illus. Martinez, M. 1948. Los pinos Mixicanos. Ed. 2 Mexico 361 pp. Mirov, N. T. 1953. Taxonomy and chemistry of the white pines. Madrono 12:81-89. Nuttall, T. 1853. The North American sylva Philadelphia: Robert P. Smith, Vol. III, 152 pp. + 40 plates. Parlatore, P. 1868. Gymnospermae in De Candolle, A. Prodromus systema- tics naturalis regni vegetabilis Paris, V. Masson and Sons, Vol. 16 Pt. 11:345-521. Parry, C. C. and G. Engelmann. 1862. Supplements to the enumeration of plants of Dr. Parry's collection in the Rocky Mountains. (Art. XXIX) Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2, 34:330-332. Rydberg, P. 1905. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora-XV Torrey Bot. Club Bull. 32:597-610. Sargent, C.S. 1889 Notes upon some North American trees XIV. No. 352, Pinus reflexa Engelm. Garden and Forest. 2:496-497. . 1897. The silva of North America. Vol. XI. Coniferae. New York, Houghton, Mifflin and Co. 163 pp Illus. . 1905. Manual of the trees of North America (exculsive of Mexico). Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston and New York. xxiii + 826pp. . 1922. Manual of the trees of North America (exclusive of Mexico). Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston and New York. xxvi + 910pp. Shaw, G. R. 1909. The pines of Mexico. Pub. Arnold Arb. No. 1 iv + 30pp. illus. 70 PH Ye TiOeLO1G srk Vol. 22, no. 2 LITERATURE CITED (CONTINUED) 1914. The genus Pinus, Pub. Arnold Arb. No. 5 96pp. illus. Soto, J. Vasquez, W. Barrett and E. L. Little Jr. 1962. Semmar and study tour of Latin American conifers. FAO, English Ed. No. 1 x + 209 pp. Standley, P. C. 1920. Trees and shrubs of Mexico. Contributions from the U.S. National Herbarium Vol. 23:54-55. Steinhoff, R. J. 1964. Taxonomy, nomenclature, and variation within the Pinus flexilis complex. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis. Michigan State University. vi + 8lpp. Sudworth, G. B. 1897. Nomenclature of the arborescent flora of the U.S. D-AL, Div. of For. Bull; No. L40yvii --1419pp) . 1898. Check list of the forest trees of the United States their names and ranges. U.S.D.A. BU11. No. 17. 144pp. . 1917. The pine trees of the Rocky Mountain region. U.S.D.A. Bull. 460. 47pp illus + 14 maps. Voss, A. 1907. Coniferen - Nomenclatur - Tabell. Deut. Dendrol. Gesell. Mitt. 16:88-95. . and J. W. Andresen, 1971. Geographic variation in Pinus flexilis and Pinus strobiformis and its bearing on their taxonomic status. (in press) Silvae Genetica. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON GRAMMITIS IN ECUADOR Gua View MOGEOn In 1967 I published a brief revision of the genus Grammitis in Ecuador (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38: 85--123. 1967), based mostly on the material in the U. S. National Herbarium. Through the kindness of Sir George Taylor, Director, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and of Dr. Frances Jarrett, I have had on loan some of the material from Kew for study, and this has enabled me to amplify or modify some of my remarks, and has also provided the type material for two rather remarkable new species. Grammitis aphelolepis Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38: 97. 1967. Additional Ecuadorean specimen examined: 'In regione frigida andium Pastoensium ad arborum truncis,'' Jameson 370 (K). Grammitis attenuatissima (Copel.) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. Feet 25 LOGi/, Additional Ecuadorean collections examined: Niebli, Sodiro 177 (K). Andes Quitenses, Spruce 5634 (K). These two collections are larger than the type and have more numerous veins but seem otherwise typical. Grammitis asplenifolia (L.) Proctor, Brit. Fern Gaz. 9: 76. 1962. Polypodium asplenifolium L. Sp. Pl. 1084. 1753. Type: Petiver, Pterid. t. 7, f. 16. Petiver's plate, the sole basis for the species (excluding Linnaeus' var 8) is a redrawing of Plumier, Tract. Fil. t. 102A, representing a plant from Martinique. This is not by any means a good representation of the species commonly called P. asplenifolium although it may have been intended to be that. In my treatment of Grammitis in Ecuador I should probably have in- cluded G. asplenifolia, for this species had been reported from Ecuador by Sodiro (Crypt. Vasc. Quit. 318. 1893, under the name P. suspensum L.), but I did not because so many of Sodiro's records are suspect. That his report is indeed accurate is shown by a specimen at Kew from near Niebly, Ecuador, collected by Sodiro, July, 1873. This specimen represents the large, long-stipitate form that is the commonest in the Andes and which perhaps deserves a varietal name. In my key G. asplenifolia will run directly to G. lehmanniana (Hieron.) Morton, which is indeed very closely allied. The latter is not well enough known, but apparently differs somewhat in having more and somewhat larger segments, more numerous veinlets, and perhaps a denser pubescence. It is not certain if the stipe is bent at the apex in G. lehmanniana as it characteristically is in G. asplenifolia. fal 72 PY TOL OG Ger A Vol. 22, no. 2 Copeland, in his "Ctenopteris in America," adopted for this species the name C. suspensa (L.) Copel. I have elsewhere (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38: 58. 1967) commented on the identity of Polypodium suspensum L., and came to the conclusion that this species is by no means the same as P. asplenifolium L. but is probably the same as P. jubiforme Kaulf., for which it would be the earliest name if adopted. However, this can hardly be proved definitely at the present time and so I prefer to consider P. suspensum L. as dubious, for to adopt the name in preference to P. jubiforme would be Poaeneiue and not justifiable unless the change “could be shown to be absolutely unavoidable. Grammitis blepharolepis (C. Chr.) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. Sz 98 L96i7F Additional Ecuadorean specimens examined: Eastern Andes of Quito, Jameson (K). '"'Crescit in devexis Andium regione sylvatica super arborum alt. 7000 ped.,"' Jameson 350 (K). "In sil. subandin. occident.,"' Sodiro 48/184 (K). Quito, Jameson (K). Andes of Ecuador, Spruce uce 5273 er This species has been known in Ecuador from only one collection, but it is evidently quite common. Most of the above collections, none of which have any specific localities strangely, have been referred to G. trichomanoides (Swartz) Ching, which they do indeed resemble. However, they agree with G. blepharolepis in having ciliate rhizome scales. Grammitis cuencana (Hieron.) Morton This species, previously known only from the type from Cuenca, Ecuador (Lehmann 5728) may now be reported from five other collections: Chimborazo, August, 1860, Spruce (K), Steere (K); Playa de Antombos, Rio Pastaza, Spruce 5274 (K); Quito, Jameson (K); and Surucucho, Jameson (K). It is recognizable by its small size, few veins, and numerous black setae on the lower surfaces. Grammitis cultrata (Willd.) Proctor, Rhodora 63: 35. 1961. Additional Ecuadorean specimen examined: Pendent epiphyte in deep, in montane forest, steep-sided valley 5 miles northeast of Borja, Cerro Antisana, Prov. Pichincha, 5,300 feet alt., July 30, 1960, Grubb et al, 1110 (US). Grammitis daguensis (Hieron.) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38: Neiq LOZ) - When publishing the combination G. daguensis, I predicted that this Colombian species would be found in Ecuador, and a specimen has now come to my attention: In the forests of Esmeraldas, Ecuador, on trunks of trees at 5,000 feet elevation, Jameson (K). Grammitis erecta Morton, sp. nov. Rhizoma erectum, terrestre, crassum, 14--24 cm. longum (ad 50 cm. fide Spruce), 2--3 mm.diam., dense et ubique paleaceum, paleis 1971 Morton, Grammitis in Ecuador 73 persistentibus, late lanceolatis, appressis, magnis, 7--9 mm. longis et ultra, 2--3 mm. latis et ultra, integris, non ciliatis, iri- descentibus, imbricatis, gradatim attenuatis, apice obtusis, non filiformibus, paullo involutis, eleganter clathratis cellulis numerosissimis, basi in 50-seriebus et ultra, non valde elongatis, saepe subrectangularibus, parietibus non incrassatis, tenuibus, marginalibus transversis parvis et non valde prominentibus; frondes erectae, dissitae, non numerosae; stipites plus minusve crassi, 1--2.5 cm. longi, ca. 1.0 mm. diam., teretes sed utrinque latere minutissime alati, glabri, non setiferi; laminae rigidae, 14--18 cm. longae, 1.0--1.4 cm. latae, apice attenuatae et forsan indeterminatae, basi attenuatae, rhachi ubique anguste alata, atra, utrinque glabra et non squamosa; segmenta numerosissima, 60-juga et ultra, hori- zontalia, valid coriacea et rigida, medialia oblonga, ca. 4-plo longiora quam latiora, 6--7 mm. long, ca. 1.5 mm. medio lata, margine paullo incurva, alterna, omnia basi late adnata, basalia minora, triangularia, infima valde reducta et anguste semilunata, 3 mm. basi lata et vix 1 mm. longa, omnia glabra, non setosa, opaca; costa et venae immersae, obscurae, costa flexuosa, venis in segmentis maximis 4-jugis, brevibus; sori superficiales, pauci, saepe 1 vel 2 paria, magnae, dorsales in venulis non terminales; sporangia numerosa, glabra, non setosa, tenuiter pedicellata. Type in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, collected on Mount Tunguragua, Ecuador, November 1857, by R. Spruce, no. 5279A. A paratype is also from Tunguragua, at 9000 feet alt., Spruce 5413 (K). Neither of the above-mentioned specimens has previously been identified. They are obviously of the group of Grammitis moniliformis (Lag.) Proctor, but differ from the common moniliformis itself and from its allies in being much more robust, the thick rhizome being apparently erect, up to two feet high according to the collector, and with erect leaves. The general habit is somewhat like Grammitis assurgens (Maxon) Morton. The rhizome scales are exceedingly large and rather closely inrolled. They are fragile and difficult to get off without being fragmented. They have more rows of cells than in any previously known species, more than 50 rows. The great difference in aspect from G. moniliformis or G. assurgens is due to the shape of the segments, which are about four times as long as broad in G. erecta and only as long as broad or at least not more than about twice as long as broad in the other two species. In spite of the segments being much longer they have hardly any more pairs of veinlets than G. moniliformis, about four pairs in the largest segments. However, due to the narrowness of the segments the veinlets are short, which obscures to a certain degree the fact that the sori are borne dorsally on the veinlets and not terminally. There are few sori to a segment in the material at hand, mostly only one pair, but this may be an indi- vidual peculiarity. 7h PHT OL Olah Vol. 22, no. 2 Grammitis intricata Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38: 101. 1967. Additional Ecuadorean collections examined: Andes of Quito, Jameson 77 (FI). Volcdn Cotopaxi, 13,000 feet, Jameson 439 (FI). This species has previously been known only from the type. The first collection cited above has the segments quite glabrous above, and so my description should be modified to this effect; the type has the segments very sparsely setose above near the margins. Grammitis lehmanniana (Hieron.) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38; 104. 1967. A second Ecuadorean collection, quite typical of the species, may now be reported: Foot of Mount Chimborazo, Prov. Chimborazo, Ecuador, August, 1860, Spruce 5711 (K). The only previously known specimen from Ecuador was from the Province of Napo-Pastaza. An allied Colombian species is Grammitis longisetulosa (Copel.) Morton, comb. nov. (basionym: Ctenopteris longisetulosa Copel. Phil. Journ. Sci. 84: 461. 1955). The type of this is stated by Copeland as "Colombia, Dept. Antioquia, Rionegro; 1. Bro. Daniel 68a," which is inaccurate. The holotype is in the U. S. National Herbarium, although not so stated by Copeland. I do not understand what Copeland's '1."" stands for, since there is nothing on the label like this. The correct number is Daniel 680, not 68a. This species differs from G. lehmanniana and its allies in having fewer segments and a blade that is more or less triangular in outline, being truncate at base. The species is placed by Copeland in the group of meridensis, probably on the basis of the blade shape, but that is by no means the alliance of this or of G. lehmanniana, which are much closer to the group of sericeo-lanata, i.e. Grammitis lanigera, which consists of delicate epiphytes with flaccid, pendent, densely pilose blades and pilose sporangia. Grammitis leucosticta (J. Smith) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38g UI22 SLI 6i. Additional Ecuadorean collection examined: Pichincha, August, 1858, Spruce 5636 (K). Grammitis mathewsii (Kunze ex Mett.) Morton, Amer. Fern Journ. 60: 66. 1970. Polypodium mathewsii Kunze ex Mett. Abhandl. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesell. 2: 74. 1856. Syntypes: Chachapoyas, Peru, Mathews 1811, 3281 (B, not seen). In my key to Grammitis in Ecuador, this peculiar species ought to be inserted at the top of page 91, which should then read: Segments with a costa, this with pinnate veinlets (sect. Cryptosorus). Veinlets forked or else variously anastomosing. Epiphytes. Fronds not setose beneath; rhizome scales not ciliate; blades lobed to pinnatifid but not pinnatisect, except in G. mathewsii. 1971 Morton, Grammitis in Ecuador 75 Fronds white-ceraceous beneath, but not at all setose. Segments elongate, not fully confluent, auriculate at the upper base. G. farinosa Fronds not white-ceraceous beneath. Sori sunken, round or slightly elongate; blades not pinnatifid, merely slightly lobed, with an elongate, entire basal portion, sparsely setiferous on the costa beneath and copiously ciliate; veins more or less regularly anastomosing to form a series of costal areoles. Texture spongiose. (Probably, mot! din, Rouador)s:.\ 55) 6» ta, ag Sakon ten oe Ge eR Lepata Sori superficial; blades pinnatifid or lobed; veins free or anastomosing. Veins free or only a few casually anastomosing. Blades at base deeply pinnatifid almost to the rhachis, elongate and narrow, truncate at base, the segments united by only a narrow wing. Texture firm. G. melanopus Blades shallowly lobed to pinnatifid, short-decurrent at base, the rhachis wing broader, at least 1 mm. broad, the segments or lobes short and broad. Texture spongiose. Blades linear, just slightly lobed. ... . G. trichosora Blades broader than linear. Blades with an accessory veinlet arising from the costa; basal superior veinlet running toward and nearly reaching the sinus; blades deeply pinnatifid, the larger ones with a costal wing only ca. 1 mm. wide on,edtherjside.y 0) «> ce. Whe eee. 1-9niG-) enLnens Blades with no veinlets BEleing from the costa apart from the main lateral veins; basal superior veinlet not nearly reaching the sinus; blades shallowly lobed to pinnatifid, the costal wing always broad. G. trifurcata Veins regularly anastomosing. Blades deeply pinnatisect, densely setose throughout ; venation goniophlebioid, with regular costal areoles, these with a single included fertile veinlet; texture ESM | ane =) Uke een: ° deretcloh yf) i? otGehomaithewai 7. Blades entire or aunt SLghely lates not pinnatifid, setose only on stipes, margins, oe in sori; costal areoles irregular, without included veinlets, the sori in several rows outside of costal areole; texture Spongioseia gi aes baw wy.) Ala Loy wb es ey Gab LAChosora Grammitis melanopus (Grev. & Hook.) Morton, comb. nov. Polypodium melanopus Grev. & Hook., in Hook. Bot. Misc. 3: 384, Emer. e1Ss5 2 Ctenopteris melanopus (Grev. & Hook.) Copel. Phil. Jour. Sci. 84: 404. 1955. 76 1 Jol ye (0) 26) (0) (ch aE Vol. 22, no. 2 Type: Surucucho, Ecuador, Jameson, Sept. 21, 1830 (holotype K, Morton photograph 15419). In my paper on Grammitis in Ecuador, I left this species among the dubious ones, not being able to match the original description and illustration with any material. An examination of the type shows that the species is a good one, that has probably never been found again since Jameson found it in 1830. Copeland placed it in the group of capillaris, but it does not at all belong there, but rather in the group of meridensis, as shown by the truncate base of the blade, the coriaceous texture, and the glabrate condition of the stipe and lamina. The lamina is just slightly setose on the margins by elongate, sparse setae; there are no setae on the stipe, midribs, or surfaces. The blade is nearly pinnatisect at the base, although even here there is a very narrow rachis wing. The sori do not have any setae intermixed and the sporangia are not setose; the veins of the larger segments have about 20 pairs of veinlets, all of these forked, and some bearing sori terminal on the anterior branch. This species will be found inserted in the new key provided above under G. mathewsii. Grammitis moniliformis (Lag.) Proctor, Brit. Fern Gaz. 9: 219. 1965. In 1967, I listed Polypodium subcrenatum Hook. (Icon. Pl. 8: t. 719. 1848) as a synonym on the basis of the treatment in the "Index Filicum."’ I have now seen an isotype, Andes of Quito, Jameson 215 (FI, Morton photograph 16012), which shows that this species is quite typical moniliformis. A synonym of G. moniliformis that I did not mention in my paper is Jamesonia adnata Kunze, Farnkr. 2: 80, t. 133, £. 1. 1851, based on a collection from the Paramo de Tolima, Colombia, Linden 1006 (isotype FI, Morton photograph 16010). The description of this common species as a new species of the unrelated genus Jamesonia must be ascribed to a temporary aberration of the usually reliable Kunze. Polypodium patentissimum Mett. ex Kuhn, Linnaea 36: 134. 1869. Ctenopteris patentissimum (Mett. ex Kuhn) Copel. Phil. Jour. Sea. 64): 459), al955). Type: Mount Chimborazo, Ecuador, 3000 feet alt., Spruce 5713 (holotype B, a single frond). This is another instance of the close similarity at least super- ficially between Polypodium and Grammitis, for Copeland transferred this species to Ctenopteris without a question and yet it is actually a Polypodium of the P. plumula alliance. It is evident that the cited altitude '3,000 feet'' is an error, for even the base of Chimborazo is at a greater elevation than that. Grammitis phlegmaria (J. Smith) Proctor, Rhodora 68: 467. 1966. Polypodium phlegmaria J. Smith, London Journ. Bot. 1: 194. 1842. Type: Mount Roraima, Venezuela, Schomburgk 161 (K, photograph US). 1971 Morton, Grammitis in Ecuador Th Polypodium subdimidiatum Baker, in Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 324. 1867. Syntypes: Venezuela, Fendler 207; Ecuador, Jameson 2122; British Guiana, Appun 1130. In my treatment of Grammitis in Ecuador I overlooked the fact that Polypodium subdimidiatum Baker was based partly on Ecuadorean material, and so I did not mention the name. This species was reduced by Copeland to Ctenopteris phlegmaria without question, but there is no evidence that Copeland ever saw any of the syntypes. It is likely that at least the British Guiana specimen is truly G. phlegmaria and the Fendler collection also. The Ecuadorean may possibly be different, although I have not seen it. I have in hand a collection, Jameson 756 (K), from Archidona, Province of Napo- Pastaza, Ecuador, that is close to G. phlegmaria and yet which is somewhat different in its smaller segments which have four low rounded lobes on the upper side, whereas typical G. phlegmaria has mostly just a superior basal lobe. Incidentally, I should point out that the new combination G. phlegmaria (J. Smith) Morton in my Grammitis paper (l.c. p. 103, written earlier but not published until 1967) was previously proposed by Proctor in 1966. Grammitis pichinchae (Sodiro) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38: Piel 6i7.. Additional Ecuadorean collection examined: Tunguragua, in 1860, Spruce 6580 (K). Grammitis pilipes (Hook.) Morton, comb. nov. Polypodium pilipes Hook. Icon. Pl. 3: t. 221. 1840. Type: Chachapoyas, Peru, Mathews in 1838 (holotype K). Ctenopteris capillaris sensu Copel. Phil. Journ. Sci. 84: 402. 1955 as to concept not basionym. Copeland did not see the type of Polypodium capillare Desv. (Mag. Naturf. Freund. Berlin 5: 316. 1811) and evidently assumed that it was a South American species, for he restricted the appli- cation of the name to a species occurring from Costa Rica south to Peru. This species with entire rhizome scales and a tendency for the segments of the blades to become elongate or even pinnatifid proves to be quite different from the holotype of P. capillare Desv. (P, photograph US) which is from Jamaica. This holotype is actually the same as the Jamaican species described as P. graveolens Baker, as noted by Proctor (Brit. Fern Gaz. 9: 218. 1965) without comment while making the new combination Grammitis capillaris (Desv.) Proctor. Proctor did not consider the identity of the species wrongly called capillaris by Copeland. Copeland mentions other synonyms of his "capillaris," but they are all of later date than pilipes--namely P. blandum Fée, P. decipiens Hook., P. pozuzoense Baker, P. fucoides Christ, and P. crassulum Maxon. Of these, P. fucoides (syn. P. crassulum), of Costa Rica, seems to me clearly different in its large size, coarse habit, thick texture, and especially in the very large, round sori. It may be known as 78 Pee TO: OFGi tek Vol. 22, no. 2 Grammitis fucoides (Christ) Morton, comb. nov. (basionym Polypodium fucoides Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II, 5: 2. 1905). Grammitis pseudonutans (Christ & Rosenst.) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38: 114. 1967. Additional Ecuadorean specimens examined: Mount Tunguragua, Spruce 5279 (K), 5279B (K). These specimens are topotypes that agree closely with the type material. Grammitis recondita Morton, sp. nov. Rhizoma ut videtur epiphyticum, breve, erectum, tenue, paleis apicalibus numerosis, persistentibus, anguste lineari-lanceolatis, ca. 2.5 mm. longis, 1.5 mm. basi latis, gradatim attenuatis apice unicellularibus, iridescentibus, cellulis basi ca. 6-serialibus, anguste oblongis, parietibus atrorubris, parietibus externis hyalinis pallide flavis, marginalibus valde tenuibus ergo paleis ut videtur dentatis propter parietibus atrorubris marginalibus transversis procurrentibus; stipites 1--2 cm. longi, delicati et gracillimi, ca. 0.2--0.25 mm. diam., teretes, glabri, non setosi, non paleati; laminae 16--28 cm. longae, 3--4 cm. latae, delicatissimae, evidenter pendulae, pallide virides, fere pinnatae basi, alternatim valde decurrentes, rhachi gracillima et fere filiformi, ca. 0.2 mm. diam., nigrescente, subtus glabra, nitente; segmenta alterna, linearia, numerosa, ca. 30-juga, valde adscendentia, subapicalia maxima usque ad 3.5 cm. longa et 1.5 mm. lata, basalia valde reducta, omnia membranacea, pallide viridia, glabra, non squamosa, basi longe in rhachi decurrentia, non dentata vel pinnatifida sed paullo undulata; costa flexuosa, venulis remotis, ca. 14-jugis in segmentis maximis, simplicibus, non marginem attingentibus, alternis, venula prima in latere superiore, eis in latere superiore longioribus quam in latere inferiore, eis inferioribus propiis ad venulam superiorem basalem quam venulam distalem; sori pauci, in venulis terminales, paullo elongati, paullo depressi; sporangia pauca, non setosa vel pilifera, fere sessilia, annulo atro, parietibus lateralibus pallidis. Type in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, collected in the forests of Archidona, Province of Napo-Pastaza, Ecuador, by W. Jameson. The type specimen was referred by Hooker to his Polypodium decipiens, and so it is one of the five syntypes of this species, but it can not be the lectotype because it does not agree with the description or illustration of Hooker (Sp. Fil. 4: 231, t. CCLXXIX, B. 1864), which call for a plant with some of the pinnae pinnatifid. Hooker's figure of P. decipiens was drawn from Moritz 337 from Venezuela, and this specimen (K) is here designated lectotype. Polypodium decipiens thus typified is close to or probably synonymous with Grammitis pilipes (Hook.) Morton. The present species, Grammitis recondita, is doubtless close also to G. pilipes, from which it differs primarily in having glabrous rather than strongly setose stipes. The plant is altogether 1971 Morton, Grammitis in Ecuador 79 more delicate and evidently limply pendulous; the pinnae are rather spaced out and show no tendency to become toothed, lobed, or pinnatifid, or elongate and variously modified as they commonly are in G. pilipes. The sori also are somewhat sunken in small depressions. In my key to Grammitis in Ecuador this species will run down near G. subsessilis (Baker) Morton and G. pseudocapillaris (Rosenst. ) Morton. From the rather common G. subsessilis, G. recondita differs in its thin texture, narrower pinnae, not completely alate rhachis, and especially in the lower segments not being reduced to minute, rounded, semilunate lobes. Probably more closely allied is G. pseudocapillaris, which differs in having ciliate rhizome scales, and in the rhachis and costae beneath being at least slightly setose rather than glabrous. There is also a rather subtle difference in aspect. It is possible that Steyermark 53475, from Azuay, which I referred to G. pseudocapillaris in my revision, is really G. recondita, but rhizome scales are lacking. Grammitis semihirsuta (Klotzsch) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. BGs) 13. 1967. Additional Ecuadorean specimens examined: Quisaya, Feb., 1874, Sodiro (K). Tunguragua, Spruce s. n. (K), (with notation cf. 5283; the true 5283 represents apparently a form of G. taxifolia). An allied Colombian species with smaller and closer segments, less prominent veins, and rhizome scales more densely grayish ciliate is Grammitis oreophila (Maxon) Morton, comb. nov. (basionym: Polypodium o: oreophilum Maxon, Contr. Gray Herb. 165: 72. 1947). The species is still known only from the holotype: Cerro Armas, Santander, 1200-1500 m., July 26, 1936, Haught 1959 (US). In his account of Ctenopteris semihirsuta Copeland remarks: "There is wide variation in the pubescence of the lamina. Because it has been treated as distinct I let Polypodium oreophilum so stand," which seems to indicate that he has some doubt of oreophilum being different from semihirsuta, and yet in the same paper he transfers oreophilum to Ctenopteris ‘tenopteris and places the species in an entirely different group from semihirsuta, the group of sericeo-lanata, to which it is not at all allied. Grammitis sodiroi (Christ & Rosenst.) Morton var. brevipes Morton, var. nov. A var typica stipitibus brevioribus, 2--4 (raro 7) cm. longis, et crassioribus, ca. 1 mm. diam., differt. Type in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, collected on Mount Tunguragua, Province of Tunguragua, Ecuador, November, 1857, by Re spruce, no. 5279’: Paratypes: Near Tipococha, Province of Chimborazo-Cafiar border, Ecuador, 9,800-10,400 feet alt., July 6--9, 1945, Camp E-4076 (US). Small wooded quebrada 5 km. north of Hacienda Pitién, Province of Imbabura, Ecuador, 10,850 feet alt., June 25, 1944, Wiggins 10,359 (US). 80 PHYTOL OG A Vol. 22, no. 2 In my Grammitis in Ecuador paper, I listed the Camp and Wiggins collections as probably aberrant specimens of G. sodiroi. The finding of still a third collection persuades me that this plant deserves a name; it may well be that it is specifically distinct but I prefer to regard it as only a variety at present. The typical G. sodiroi, which is known only from Mount Tunguragua, has longer (5--12 cm.) stipes, and these are generally more slender, often only 0.5 mm in diameter, although the stouter ones may reach 0.9 mm. The type of the variety, Spruce 5279, was probably con- sidered by Spruce as the same as Spruce 5279A, and the "A" number may have been assigned by Hooker rather than by Spruce himself. However, 5279A is the type of the new species G. erecta, described elsewhere in this paper; it does indeed bear a strong similarity to 5279, but the two must be different. In 5279A the rhizome scales are narrower and taper to a long, one-celled tip; the rhachis bears long black setae, rather than being glabrous, and some setae are borne also among the sporangia in the sori, whereas G. erecta is completely non-setose. The segments in G. sodiroi var. brevipes are also typically more elongate, with more numerous veinlets and sori. It appears that G. erecta is terrestrial, with an erect rhizome and erect fronds, whereas according to the label data by Camp and Wiggins G. sodiroi var. brevipes is epiphytic and with pendent fronds. Grammitis subflabelliformis (Rosenst.) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38: 104. 1967. Additional Ecuadorean collections examined: Cerro de Abitagua, Spruce 5271 (K, isotype). Mount Pichincha, 4000 feet alt., July, 1876, André 3128 (K). Grammitis subscabra (Klotzsch) Morton, comb. nov. Polypodium subscabrum Klotzsch, Linnaea 20: 377. 1847. Polypodium pichinchense Hieron. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 34: 506. 1904. Lectotype: Ecuador, 3,000-3,400 m., May, 1862, Jameson (B). Polypodium ecuadorense C. Chr. Ted. Fil. 524. 1906. Based on P. pichinchense Hieron., not P. pichinchae Sodiro. Illegitimate renaming. Ctenopteris ecuadorensis (C. Chr.) Copel. Phil. Journ. Sci. 84: 434. 1955. Illegitimate, since earliest available epithet pichinchensis was not adopted. Grammitis pichinchensis (Hieron.) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. SyG lili, UeXoy/E Type: Mérida, Venezuela, Moritz 332 (isotype K, photo 15441). Copeland in his revision of American Ctenopteris considered Polypodium subscabrum Klotzsch as a dubious member of the genus, and since I had not seen any authentic material I followed him in my treatment of Grammitis in Ecuador by recognizing P. subscabrum sensu Hook. non Klotzsch = P. pichinchense Hieron. as a distinct species. However, a recent examination of an isotype of P. subscabrum and a comparison with Jameson 51, from the Valley of 1971 Morton, Grammitis in Ecuador 81 Lloa, Ecuador, the basis of Hooker's concept of P. subscabrum and of his plate 274A in his "Species Filicum, vol. 4), shows 0 obvious differences between the Ecuadorean plants and the isotype from Venezuela. The small, black, ciliate rhizome scales, red-setose stipe, dark setose blades, and obvious lime-dots above, and the elongate, lax blades are fairly characteristic. Grammitis taxifolia (L.) Proctor, Rhodora 63: 35. 1961. Additional Ecuadorean collections: Cerro de Abitagua, in 1857, Spruce 5283 (K). Pichincha, Jameson (K). Sin. loc., Jameson (K). Grammitis trichosora (Hook.) Morton, comb. nov. Polypodium trichosorum Hook. Second Century t. 12. 1860. Type: Forests of Archidona, Andes of Quito, Ecuador, Jameson 349 (holotype K, Morton photograph 15890). There may be some doubt about the type number and type locality, for Jameson 349 in Florence is from Nanegal, Ecuador, and represents a different species, Polypodium patentissimum Mett. There is in Florence a specimen of Jameson 348, also from Nanegal, which is near G. trichosora and could conceivably represent the same species; still, it has the sori in one row only and the veins all free, and so is not by any means identical. In my paper on Grammitis in Ecuador, I listed Polypodium trichosorum Hook. as a doubtful synonym of G. crispata (J. Smith) Morton, going on the description and plate alone. An examination of the type shows that the two are amply distinct, especially in the sori, which are in pits in G. crispata and superficial in G. trichosora. The venation is also very different, for G. crispata has regular areoles along the costa of the blade, these elongate and without an in- cluded veinlet. The venation in G. trichosora, not shown by Hooker, is highly irregular, without regular, narrow costal areoles but with the veinlets often irregularly anastomosing at the middle or beyond. It is likely that Polypodium ecostatum Sodiro, which I also listed as a possible synonym of G. crispata, is really a synonym of G. trichosora, but I have seen no authentic material. Therefore, G. crispata, which was reported in Ecuador only on the basis of these two reputed synonyms, should be excluded from the flora of Ecuador. For its place in my key to Grammitis in Ecuador, see the key presented above under G. mathewsii. Grammitis truncicola (Klotzsch) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38: 98. 1967. Additional Ecuadorean specimen examined: In forest at San Pablo, on Rio Pamplona, Selva Alegra, southwest of Volcd4n Cotacachi, Prov. Imbabura, 6000 feet, Nov. 30, 1943, Ownbey 2616b (US). This is the third known collection from Ecuador, the other two, the syntypes of Polypodium andinum Hook., having been collected more than 125 years ago. 82 Peo T0800 Gates Vol. 22, no. 2 Extra-limital Species Grammitis kaieteura (Jenm.) Morton, comb. nov. Polypodium kaietureum Jenm. Ferns Fern-allies Brit. W. Ind. Guian. 262. 1908. Ctenopteris kaieteura (Jenm.) Copel. Phil. Journ. Sci. 84: 439. 1955: Type: Kaieteur Plateau, British Guiana, Jenman 1423 (not seen). A new record for this species is Mount Roraima, Venezuela, Schomburgk 1146 (K). Grammitis pennellii (Copel.) Morton, comb. nov. Ctenopteris pennellii Copel. Phil. Journ. Sci. 84: 397. 1955. Type: "San José,'' San Antonio, Department of El Cauca, Colombia, 2400-2700 m. alt., June 28, 1922, Pennell & Killip 7379 (holotype US). Copeland cited the type as "1. Pennell & Killip 7379," but I do not know what the "1."' stands for, since there is nothing of the sort on the label. He also omitted to mention the locality and the herbarium in which the type is deposited. This species is still known only from the type. It belongs to the group of G. moniliformis, but differs in the conspicuously dark setose rhachis beneath, and the setose midribs and sori. It is a much larger plant with more elongate segments than moniliformis or its near allies. Grammitis sodiroi (Christ & Rosenst.) Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 38: 114. 1967. The following is the first record of this species outside Ecuador: Volcan Azufral, Department of Narifio, Colombia, 3800 m. alt., March 18, 1876, on roots of shrubs in cloud-forest, André 3286 (K). Azufral is not so far north of the Ecuadorean border. National Museum of Natural History Washington, D. C. 20560 DAVID DOUGLAS Otto & Isa Degener David Douglas is so famous for his plant introductions that pub- lished copies of his biography and of his diary are to be found in about every larger botanical library in the World. To repeat any of these accounts would be redundant. We in Hawaii noted a few obscure observations that we wish to add to the internationally known story of his tragic death. The late *Mrs. Albert Pierce Taylor, an akamai alii or brilliant Hawaiian lady related to King Kamehameha I and the widow of the local historian Albert P. Taylor, told the kane writer in the early '30s the natives’ version of Douglas" death as she knew it. The Caucasian Botany Bay convict, who hunted feral cattle for a living on the slopes of Mauna Kea, according to Mrs. Taylor, had a Hawaiian as wife. Doug= las made such a favorable impression on the latter that the disreput- able husband became jealous. This was an element in causing Doug= las’ murder, a crime none of the Hawaiians at the time had the cour- age to report. Obviously the major motive for the murder was robbery as the following note, in an obscure column in the Hawaiian Herald for May 14, 1906, indicates: "A.B. Loebenstein takes issue with Dr. Lyman who in ‘Hawaiian Yesterdays’ speaks of the death of the famous explorer Douglas, af- ter whom the Douglas pine was named. Of course it is well known that he was killed here in Hawaii and is buried in the Kawaiahao cemetery in Honolulu. Dr. Lyman repeats the story that he was found dead in a cattle trap where he had been gored by an animal which had previous- ly fallen in. Loebenstein, who knows every inch of the country, says that this story is absolutely wrong as he has heard from natives. Douglas he insists, was murdered in cold blood by a white man, a bullock hunter who was an escaped Botany Bay convict. Douglas stayed at this man’s house and was incautious enough to show some money. In the morning he started out and was never seen alive again. The bullock hunter was seen following him but the natives were so afraid of the man that they never dared tell of it. When Douglas’ body was found there was no money on it and the wounds which caused death were not made by goringe:, Such is the story anyway but after all at this late date it does not really make much difference. Both murdered and murderer have been judged in a very high court long ago." We know that his mangled corpse was preserved in salt on Hawaii for shipment to Honolulu. In fact, Gorman D. Gilman, in his journal deposited in the Hawaiian Historical Society, reports that "Dr. Da- *Emma Ahuena Taylor, friend of King Kalakaua and of his successor, Queen Liliuokalanie 83 8h PHYO LOG I & Vol. 22, no. 2 vid Douglas was found dead in a pit dug as a trap for wild cattle, on July 12, 1834, and his body was taken to Honolulu and buried in the Kawaiahao churchyard." Few know that by the time a fitting grave stone had been fashioned and shipped by sail from Europe around Cape Horn, no one remembered the location of his grave! After recently attending the funeral of a friend in historic Ka- waiahao Church in Honolulu, we noted as part of the inner wall near the entrance a slab of white marble showing in low relief a likeness of David Douglas with appropriate inscription. We assume that this is the sculpture donated about 1856 by Julius L. Brenchley in Doug- las’ memory. Visitors to Honolulu should spend a few Sunday hours, no matter their faith, viewing the monument, thinking about Douglas, and listening to the unexcelled Polynesian voices of the Congregation in songe NOTES ON BROMELIACEAR, XXXIIT Lyman B. Smith GUZMANIA MACROPODA L. B. Smith, sp. nov. A G. dudleyi L. B. Smith, cui affinis, bracteis florigeris pedicellisque magnis differt. PLANT flowering 78 cm high. LEAVES rosulate, to 55 cm long, obscurely brown-lepidote beneath; sheaths elliptic, very dark castaneous at base; blades ligulate, rounded and apiculate, 4S mm wide. SCAPE erect, 5 mm thick at apex; scape-bracts erect, im- bricate, elliptic, apiculate. INFLORESCENCE 27 cm long, gla- brous, typically subsimple with a single lateral branch 8 cm long; primary bract Like the upper scape-bracts, much exceeding the naked sterile base of the branch; branches laxly flowered. FLORAL BRACTS elliptic, apiculate, to 5 cm long, about equaling the sepals or slightly shorter; flowers spreading; pedicels slen- der, to 20 mm long. SEPALS narrowly elliptic, rounded and apicu- late, ecarinate, membranaceous, 28 mm long, connate for 19 m; petals and stamens unknown. CAPSULE slenderly cylindric, about equaling the sepals; seeds with a red-brown coma. Pl. I, fig. 1: Floral bract and fruit; fig. 2: Reconstructed sepals. PANAMA: PANAMA: top of Cerro Jefe, 900 m, 9 July 1966, Tyson, Dwyer & Blum 4446 (Summit Herbarium, Canal Zone, type; photo TS) GUZMANIA VIRESCENS (Hook.) Mez var. LAXIOR L. B. Smith, var. nov. A var. virescenti scapi bracteis supremis quam internodiis brevioribus, inflorescentia omnino laxa differt. PLANT flowering to 75 cm high. LEAVES rosulate, to 34 cm long, obscurely pale-lepidote beneath; sheaths finely purple- striped; blades 25 mm wide. SCAPE straight, slender; upper scape-bracts shorter than the internodes. INFLORESCENCE laxly few-branched. Pl. I, fig. 3: Inflorescence; fig. 4: Sepals. PANAMA: PANAMA: in tree top, cloud forest, east slope of Cerro Jefe, 810 m, 8 Feb 1966, Tyson 3444 (Summit Herbarium, Canal Zone, type; photo US). TILLANDSIA BLASSII L. B. Smith, sp. nov. A T. pallidoflaventi Mez, T. michelii Mez et T. pardina L. B. Smith, cuibus affinis, foliis bulbose rosulatis, vaginis valde inflatis differt. PLANT known only from fragments, estimated flowering 3 dm high LEAVES bulbous-rosulate, covered with pale appressed scales; sheaths inflated, 10 cm long, spotted with black-purple toward apex, very dark below especially on the inside; blades subligu- late-triangular, acuminate, about as long as the sheaths, ca 2 cm wide. SCAPE erect, slender, 15 cm long, white-lepidote, becoming glabrous; scape-bracts erect, imbricate or the upper slightly shorter than the internodes, ovate, apiculate or short-caudate. INFLORESCENCE amply tripinnate, white-lepidote; primary bracts ovate, apiculate, exceeding the sterile bases of the branches; branches ascending; spikes lax; rhachis geniculate, very slender. FLORAL BRACTS broadly ovate, acute, about half as long as the 8 86 PUNY TsO.1L>0,G EA Vol. 22, no. 2 Plate I (Notes Bron.) Fig. 1-2: Guzmania macropoda; 3-4: G. virescens var. laxior; 5-6: Tillandsia blassii; 7: T. parviflora var. expansa; 8: Vriesea malzinei var. disticha. 1971 Smith, Notes on Bromeliaceae 87 sepals. SEPALS free, asymmetric, obtuse, 5 mm long. Pl. I, fig. 5: Leaf; fig. 6: Basal branch of inflorescence. ECUADOR: without exact locality, cultivated August 1970, Hort. Alfred Blass 4 (US, type). TILLANDSIA PARVIFLORA R. & P. var. EXPANSA L. B. Smith, var. nov. A var. parviflora scapi bracteis longe caudatis, inflores- centia ample tripinnatim paniculata differt. PLANT flowering 4 dm high. LEAVES to 2 dm long. SCAPE straight, very slender; scape-bracts with sheaths shorter than the internodes but with fine linear blades exceeding them. INFLORESCENCE lax, amply tripinnate; branches mostly ascending. Pl. I, fig. 7: Scape and basal branch. ECUADOR: without exact locality, cultivated, August 1970, Hort. Alfred Blass 6 (US, type). VRIESEA MALZINEI E. Morr. var. DISTICHA L. B. Smith, var. nov. A var. malzinei floribus distichis differt. PLANT an exact match for the typical variety except that the flowers and floral bracts are distichous instead of polystichous. Pl. I, fig. 8: Inflorescence. MEXICO: CHIAPAS: Mal Paso highway about 23 km north of Ocozo- coautla, April 14, 1969, E. W. Greenwood (US, type), cultivated and flowered 19 May 1969, T. MacDougall 814. In my key to Vriesea (Phytologia 13, no. 2: 84. 1966), this variety would fall in subkey V next to the Brazilian V. gradata. However, this variety is distinguishable by its always erect floral bracts with straight apices, as well as by generally smaller parts. HERBARIUM NOTES, III Lyman B. Smith In the Gramineae I am indebted to Dra. Cleofe Calderon for constructive criticism in preparing descriptions of new species and to Dr. Thomas R. Soderstrom for access to unpublished keys and help with the literature. I have received three excellent regional treatments of Grami- neae that are proving of great value because of their proximity to southern Brazil. They are: Arturo Burkart: Flora Ilustrada de Entre Rios (Argentina), Parte II, Gramfneas, pp. I-XV, 1-551, pl. 1-4, map 1, fig. 1-215. 1969. Angel L. Cabrera: Flora de la Provincia de Buenos Aires, Parte II, Gramfneas, pp. 1-624, fig. 1-160. 1970. B. Rosengurtt, B. R. Arrillaga de Maffei & P. Izaguirre de Artucio: Gramfneas Uruguayas, pp. 1-491, fig. 1-192. 1970. My work on the "Flora Ilustrada Catarinense"” has been greatly facilitated by the staff of the Staatsinstitut filr allgemeine Botanik und Botanischer Garten of Hamburg. Through their hospi- tality and loans it has been possible to study the rich collec- 88 PoeHs¥eT O40 G)Tek Vol. 22, no. 2 tions of Ule from Santa Catarina in all of the families that I am preparing for publication. GRAMINEAE AGROSTIS LONGIBERBIS Hack. ex L. B. Smith, nom. nov. Calama- grostis capillaris Nees ex Steud. Nom. Bot. ed. 2. 1: 2h9. 18]0, nom. nud.; Syn. Pl. Gram. 188. 1854; Doell in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2, pt. 3: 55. 1878, non L. 1753. Agrostis longiberbis Hack. ex Usteri, Fl. Umgebung Stadt Sao Paulo 152. 1911, nom. nud. PLANT densely cespitose, annual. CULMS 0.5 mm thick, glabrous LEAVES glabrous; Liguleés membranaceous, short; blades filiform- attenuate, flat or more often complicate, 2 mm wide. INFLORES- CENCE lax but with the ends of the branches subdense, 8-30 cm long. GLUMES lanceolate, subequal, 2-3 mm long, the lower sca- brous on the keel. LEMMA lanceolate, bidentate, 1.6 mm long, glabrous except for the long-bearded callus, with or without a very short awn. PALEA lacking. Pl. I, fig. 1: Panicle; fig. 2: Floret; fig. 3: Lemma. BRAZIL: without locality, Sellow s n (LE(?), type; B, US, iso- types). MINAS GERAIS: Serra do Itatiaia, Mar 1894, Ule 84 (US); open summit, Serra da Gramma, 1700 m, April 1925, Chase 9557 (US) RIO DE JANEIRO: Rezende: grassy summit, base of Agulhas Negras, Serra do Itatiaia, 1950, Segadas-Vianna & Brade 5022 (R, US). SKO PAULO: Pinheiros, 16 Dec 1906, Usteri in Herv. da Esc. Polyt. de S. Paulo 49 (SP, US, det. Hackel); Alto da Serra, Nov 1910, Luederwaldt in Mus. Paulista 678 (SP, US); swale, Campos do Jordao, Serra Mantiqueira, 1570 m, May 1925, Chase 9853 (US); same, moist campo, 1600 m, 9878 (US); same, Feb 1946, enio Leite 3968 (US). PARANA: swamp, Ponta Grossa, 30 Jan 1946, Swal- len 83 US); low wet open ground, Estagao Experimental, Curiti- ba, 13 Feb 1946, Swallen 8550 (US); Mun. Piraquara: swamp, Rio Bracajuvava, 18 Feb 1961, Hatschbach 7816 (HH, US). SANTA CATA- RINA: Mun. Campo Alegre: campo, Morro do Iquererim, 1300 m, 5 Feb 1958, Reitz & Klein 6483 (HBR, US); Mun. Curitibanos: swamp, 14 km west of Curitibanos on the road to Campos Novos, 850-950 m, 5 Dec 1956, Smith & Klein 8299 (HBR, R, US). RIO GRANDE DO SUL: without locality, 1935, Orth 1932 (US); dry campo, Cambara, 23 Jan 1948, Rambo s n (PACA 36481, US); swampy thicket, Serra da Rocinha, near Bom Jesus, 3 Feb 1953, Rambo 8 n (PACA 53900, 53907, US). The first mention of Calamagrostis capillaris Nees ex Steud. was without description but indicated that Nees took the name from @ Trinius manuscript. Hence it seems probable that the type is in Leningrad. ARISTIDA (Arthratherum) KLEINII L. B. Smith, sp. nov. HERBA perennis, caespitosa, florifera 7-8 dm alta. CUIMI stricte erec- ti, simplices, basi 2 mm diametro, teretes, glaberrimi. FOLIA fere omnia basalia, subtus inter vaginas et laminas paulo incras- sata; vaginis auriculatis, longe barbatis; ligulis curtissimis; laminis filiformibus, longe attenuatis, basi O.7 mm diametro. PANICULA leviter curvata, angusta, subdensa, 15 cm longa; ramis 1971 Smith, Herbarium notes 89 suberectis, brevibus. GLUMAE lanceolatae, in aristam attenuatae, inaequilongae, inferiore ca 12 m longa, superiore 8 mm longa. LEMMATA linearia, tubulosa, 7 mm longa; callo late obtuso, dense barbato; columna articulata, 11 mm longa, spiraliter torta; aris- tis subaequalibus, 20 mm longis. PALEAE parvae, haud carinatae, glabrae. LODICULAE 2, oblongae, ca 1 m longae. Pl. I, fig. 4: Panicle; fig. 5: Spikelet; fig. 6: Fruit; fig. 7: Callus; fig. 8: Apex of lemma. P BRAZIL: SANTA CATARINA: Mun. Sao Jose do Cerrito: campo, 950 m alt, 31 Oct 1963, R. M. Klein 4328 (US, type; HBR, isotype; Mun. Campos Novos: campo, 1000 m alt, 29 Oct 1963,R. M. Klein 4198 (HBR, US). In Henrard's monograph of Aristida (Meded. Rijks Herb. Leiden 58A. 1932), A. kleinii would key to the vicinity of A. royleana Trin. & Rupr., from which it differs in its smaller panicle, smaller more unequal glumes and broadly rounded callus. DANTHONIA CONFUSA L. B. Smith, nom. nov. Cortaderia pungens Swallen, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 29: 251. 1949, non Danthonia pungens Cheeseman, 1906. Pie kh. fic. 9: Panicle; fic. 10:) Spikeletsetic. dil: Hloret. The species appears to be distinct, at least from any Andean or Central American ones. Curiously the original description accurately gives the characters of the genus Danthonia while naming it a Cortaderia. MELICA SPARTINOIDES L. B. Smith, sp. nov. HERBA perennis, submetralis, rhizomatibus brevibus horizontalibus robustis pilo- sis procreans. OCUIMI recti. FOLIA scaberula; vaginis carinatis; ligulis brevissimis; laminis attenuatis, 12 cm longis, 5 mm latis PANICULA angusta, pauciramosa, 22 cm longa; ramis suberectis, ad 9 cm longis, basi longe sterilibus, dense secundifloris. SPICU- LAE oblongae, lateraliter compressae, 10 mm longae, 4-florae; floribus fertilibus 2. GLUMAE late convexae, inaequales, scabe- rulae; gluma inferiore late obovata, 4 mm longa, 5-nervata, omni- no scariosa; gluma superiore spathulata, 5.5 mm longa, /-nervata, herbacea sed late scarioso-marginata. LEMMATA fertilia lanceola- ta, acuta, ad 6 cm longa, 9-nervata, pilis longis submarginalibus vestita; lemmate terminale late obconica, indurata. PALEAE lan- ceolatae, 4-mm longae, breviter bidentatae. CARYOPSIS ellipso- idea, 2.5 mm longa. Pl. I, fig. 12: Branch of inflorescence; fig. 13: Spikelet. BRAZIL: SANTA CATARINA: Mun. Capinzal: campo, 7 km southeast of Capinzal, 500-600 m, 28 Feb 1957, Smith & Klein 11954 (US, type; HBR, isotype). Melica spartinoides is distinguished by the combination of a short lower glume and fertile lemmas with long submarginal hairs. PIPTOCHAETIUM ALPINUM L. B. Smith, sp. nov. HERBA perennis, caespitosa, rhizomatibus brevissimis procreans, ad 3 dm alta. CULMI erecti, simplices, gracillimi, 2-nodes. FOLIA valde pauci- nervata; vaginis glabris; ligulis membranaceis, haud 1 mm lon- gis; laminis linearibus, acutis, planis vel subconvolutis, 8 cm longis, 1 mm latis, minute ciliatis, alibi glabris. PANICULA laxa, pauciflora, 6 cm longa (sine aristis), basi in foliae 90 PH YeTO BO 1GTsk Vol. 22, no. 2 supremse vagina inclusa. GLUMAE lanceolatae, acutae, superiore majore, 4 mm longa. LEMMA anguste obovatum, 5 mm longum, quam glumas longius, pilis erectis pallide brunneis omnino vestitum; corona curtissima; arista 2 cm longa, breviter pubescente. PALEA breviter cuspidata, lemmatis corpus subaequans. Pl. I, fig. 14: Panicle; fig. 15: Spikelet. BRAZIL: SANTA CATARINA: Mun. Bom Jardim da Serra: campo, Fa- zenda da Laranja, 1400 m alt, 10 Dec 1958, Reitz & Klein 7710 (US, type; HBR, isotype). This dwarf alpine species is most nearly related to P. lasian- thum Griseb., but differs in its lemma exceeding the glumes. EUPHORBIACEAE ACALYPHA ULEANA L. B. Smith & R. J. Downs, sp. nov. HERBA perennis. RADIX centralis, lignosa. CAULES fasciculati, ramosi, ad 20 cm alti, dense albido-hispidi. FOLIORUM stipulis lineari- bus, 5 mm longis; petiolis brevissimis vel nullis; laminis ovato- ellipticis, acutis, basi subcordatis et 3-nervatis, ad 65 mm lon- gis, 23 m latis, crenato-serratis, supra viridibus, subtus pal- lidis, utrinque dense albido-hispidis. INFLORESCENTIAE termina- les, ad 2 cm pedunculatae, bisexuales, dense cylindricae; parte masculina terminali, ad 14 mm longa, 2 mm diametro; parte feminea ad 25 mm longa, 5 mm diametro, multiflora; bracteis femineis uni- floris, suborbicularibus, 3 mm longis, profunde 4-fidie, pilis rectis et glandulis sessilibus dense vestitis. FLORES femineae sessiles. OVARIUM 3-loculare, hispidum; stylis multifidis. Pl. I, fig. 16: Leaf; fig. 17: Inflorescence; fig. 18: Pistillate bract. BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Mun. Bom Jardim da Serra: slopes by source of Rio Capivare, Serra Geral, Feb 1891, Ule s n (HBG, type; photo US). Acalypha uleana is related to A. phleoides Cav. but differs in its narrower subsessile densely white-hispid leaves and fewer- toothed pistillate bracts. 1971 Smith, Herbarium notes 91 Plate I (Herb. Notes) Fig. 1-3: Agrostis longiberbis; 4-8: Aristida kleinii; 9-11; Danthonia confusa; 12-13: Melica spartinoides; 14-15: Piptochaetium alpinum; 16-18: Acalypha uleana. TWO NEW SPECIES OF PARMELIA (LICHENS) FROM NORTH AMERICA Mason E. Hale, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 Parmelia louisianae Hale, sp. nov. Thallus ut in P. hypotropa Nyl. sed differt acidum alecto- ronicum continente. Holotype: On oak in oak-pine forest, 3 miles N Sabine Co. line on highway 175, DeSoto Co., Louisiana, collected by M. E. Hale, no. 34013 (US; isotypes in DUKE, UPS). Parmelia louisianae, a species in subgenus Amphigymnia, has the broad white margin below and strong white maculation in the upper cortex so characteristic of P. hypotropa, a very wide- spread lichen in southern United States containing norstictic acid (see Hale, 1965, p. 205). In spite of the morphological similarity, however, P. louisianae is probably more closely re- lated to P. rigida Lynge, its presumptive nonsorediate counter- part, which occurs in the lower coastal plain and in South Ameri- ca. Both specimens examined are sterile. Additional specimen examined: Louisiana: 4.5 miles NE Vivi- an, Caddo Parish, Thieret 24473 (LAF, US). Parmelia weberi Hale, sp. nov. Thallus adnatus, saxicola, 4-6 cm latus, firmus, pallide albido-viridis, lobis sublinearibus vel subirregularibus ut in P. subramigera Gyel., 2-3 mm latis, superne nitidus, planus vel aetate rugosus, plus minusve transversim rimosus, isidiatus, isidiis simplicibus vel subcoralloideo-ramosis, cylindricis, us- que ad 0.3 mm diametro, frequenter apice ruptis truncatisque, cortex superior 12-15y, stratum gonidiale 25-30, medulla alba, 160-190 crassa, cortex inferior 14-18 crassus, subtus pallide stramineus, modice rhizinosus, rhizinis pallidis, simplicibus. Apothecia rara, adnata, 2-4 mm diametro, sporis octonis, 4 X 8p. Cortex K+ flavescens, medulla K-, P-, C+, KC+ roseus, acidum us- nicum, acidum hypoprotocetraricum, et materia alia ignota conti- nente. Holotype: Desert Mtns., 3 miles SW Superior, elev. 2750 ft., just south of Picketpost Mountain, near Southwestern Arboretum, Pinal Co., Arizona, collected by W. A. Weber and J. B. McCleary, 92 1971 Hale, Two new species of Parmelia 93 no. $1897, 2 Jan. 1953 (COLO; isotype in US). Parmelia weberi was first recognized as a P negative Xan- thoparmelia from western United States which gave a dense acetone residue and a distinct H)SO,+ blue spot on TLC plates. Dr. C. F. Culberson kindly identified the main constituent as hypoproto- cetraric acid (with unidentified accessory acids). Having final- ly established the identity of this unusual population, I found a number of other records in the United States and Mexico and in Africa. Species with hypoprotocetraric acid are rather common in Africa, but P. weberi is the first Xanthoparmelia from the New World with this acid. Morphologically P. weberi is very close to widespread P. subramigera Gyel., which contains P+ red fumarprotocetraric acid and generally has less dense, thinner isidia but a similar very pale lower surface. Additional specimens examined. Arizona: 10 miles NE Tucson, Pima Co., Richards et al. 538 (F). New Mexico: 3.5 miles SE of Correo on road to Las Lunas, Valencia Co., Shushan and Weber $6872 (COLO). Mexico: 71 miles S of La Zarea on highway 45 to Durango, Durango, Weber and Charette 33596 (COLO); west of Bavi4- cora, Sonora, Drouet and Lockhart 657 (F), 15 miles S of Naio- zari, Sonora, Richards et al. 694 (F). Kenya: near Ngulia Hills, Machakos distr., Vericourt 3698 (BM, US). Uganda: 1 km NE of Kansambia Hill, distr. Masaka, Lye L231 (US); Entebbe Botanical Garden, distr. W. Mengo, Swinscow U10/12 (US). Union of South Africa: Krantzkop near Nystrom, Kofler 37153 (LD); Indumeni Forest, Cathedral Peak Area, distr. Bergville, Almborn 8931, 8932 (LD, US); Upper Umkomaas, Impendhle, Héeg (TRH). Literature Cited Hale, M. E. 1965. A monograph of Parmelia subgenus Amphi- gymnia. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 36:193-358. NEW PARMELIAE (LICHENES) FROM AFRICA Mason E. Hale, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 Parmelia neodissecta Hale, sp. nov. Thallus laxe adnatus, corticola, 3-7 cm latus, fragilis, al- bido- vel olivaceo-cinereus, lobis sublinearibus vel subirregu- laribus, 1-3 mm latis, aetate late revolutis, superne nitidus, dense isidiatus, isidiis cylindricis, simplicibus, raro apice ciliatis, cortex superior 12-14 crassus, stratum gonidiale 10- 15u crassum, medulla alba, 60-80» crassa, cortex inferior 12-14y crassus, subtus niger, modice aut dense rhizinosus, rhizinis di- chotome ramosis. Apothecia adnata, cupuliformia, 4-6 mm diame- tro, sporis octonis, 6-8 X 12-14. Cortex K+ flavescens, medulla K-, P-, C+ rosea, atranorinum et acidum gyrophoricum continente. Holotype: About 6 km southeast of Zouépo, Mts. Nimba, cercle of N'Zérékoré, Guinea, collected by R. Santesson, no. 10597d, 10 August 1954, elev. 1550 m (UPS; isotype in US) (Fig. 1). This lichen belongs in section Hypotrachyna, but it seems at first to be P. dissecta Nyl., a pantropical species in sec- tion Imbricaria which contains gyrophoric acid and has cilia. On closer examination, however, the rhizines are clearly dichoto- mously branched and marginal cilia are lacking (although branched rhizines may project somewhat from the margin). Parmelia dissecta has simple rhizines and distinct marginal cilia. We may have here a case of convergent evolution where two unrelated species classified in different sections on the basis of rhizine branch- ing and cilia have extremely similar appearance and identical chemistry. I do not believe that we are simply dealing with an aberrant form of P. dissecta, for the five collections of P. neo- dissecta are easily distinguishable. Specimens examined. Africa. Kenya: Kisumu-Londiani, Nyanza Prov., Tinderet Forest Reserve, Maas Geesteranus G11163 (L, US); Union of South Africa: Deepwalls Forest Reserve, Knysna div., Degelius SA-221 (Degelius herbarium), Maas Geesteranus G12166 (L, US). India: Tiger Hill, Darjeeling, Awasthi 3886 (Awasthi her- barium). Parmelia neutralis Hale, sp. nov. Thallus adnatus, corticola, 8-14 cm latus, coriaceus, viridi- 9h 1971 Hale, New Parmeliae from Africa Figure 1. Parmelia neodissecta Hale (holotype, X2). Figure 2. Parmelia neutralis Hale (holotype, X2). 95 96 P HY TPOrLAOiesL A Vol. 22, no. 2 albus, lobis latis, subrotundatis, 4-6 mm latis, pseudocyphella- tis, pseudocyphellis elongatis, 0.1-0.5 mm longis, superne planus vel rugosus, soredians, soraliis orbicularibus, lamine atque margine positis, 0.3-0.5 mm diametro, sorediis granulosis, aetate rimosus, cortex superior 10-124 crassus, stratum gonidiale 25- 30p crassum, medulla alba, 100-120 crassa, cortex inferior 10- 15 crassus, subtus pallide castaneus, sparse vel modice rhizi- nosus, rhizinis pallidis, simplicibus. Apothecia ignota. Cortex K+ flavescens, medulla K-, P-, C-, KC-, atranorinum et acidum aliphaticum ignotum continente. Holotype: Deepwalls Forest Reserve, Knysna distr., Cape Prov., Union of South Africa, collected by R. A. Maas Geestera- nus, no. 12177, 5 Dec. 1949 (L; isotypes in LD, US) (Fig. 2). Parmelia neutralis, a species in section Simplices, super- ficially resembles P. borreri (Sm.) Turn. because of the laminal punctiform soralia and small pseudocyphellae but the lower surface is pale brown and the thallus as a whole more coriaceous and adnate. There are large transverse cracks where the cortex tends to turn up slightly, forming a broad fissure. The chem- istry is still unclear but the fatty acid is probably near cap- eratic acid, placing the species close to P. bolliana Mull. Arg. which is also rather coriaceous. Parmelia neutralis is known so far only in Africa. Specimens examined. Uganda: 10 km NW of Kilembe, slopes of Ruwenzori, Swinscow 2U 12/35 (US). Congo: Lake Kivu, Mulungu, S. Kivu, Degelius (Degelius herbarium). Union of South Africa: Zoutpansberg, Transvaal, Watson 778 (PRE), Impendhle, Upper Um- komaas, Héeg (TRH, US), slopes of Muizenberg, Cape, Pillans 3865 (BM) . STUDIES IN ICHNANTHUS (GRAMINEAE). I. NEW TAXA AND NEW COMBINATIONS IN SECTION FOVEOLATA Ken E. Rogers Department of Biology University of Southern Mississippi Hattiesburg, Mississippi 39401 ICHNANTHUS BOLIVIANUS kK. E. Rogers, sp. nov. Perennis, 8 m. plus minusue longus; culmi elongati, decum- bentes vel verrentes, ad imos nodos radicantes, libere ramosi, glabrosi vel pubescentes; vaginae glabrosae praeter margines pappillosociliatos; ligula membraneo-ciliata, 9.7 - 1.0 mm. longae; laminae anguste lanceolatae, 5 - 15 cm. longae, 0.6 - 1.8 cm. latae; superficies laminarum scabridulosa in nervos, leviter pilosa in internervos, subtus ferme glabrosa vel leviter puberulens vel pilosa; paniculae terminales, 5 - 18 cm. longae, 1.5 - 7.5 cm. latae, multifloridae, virides, plerumque colore purpureo tinctae, rami primarii breves, usque ad basin spiculas gerentes, rigide patentes vel appressi, 0.5 - 6.0 cm. longi; spiculae elliptico-acutae, glabrosae vel leviter brevi-pilosae in glumis et in lemmate inferiore, 2.9 - 3.0 mm. longae; gluma prima basi ovata, acuta, 1.8 - 3.3 mm. longa, inferiore flosculo brevior vel etiam longior; apex camplanatus et nonnihil abortus, interdum brevi-pilosus per marginem, interdum 3-vel 7-nervis; gluma secunda elliptico-acuta, 2.6 - 3.4 mm. longa, aequans in- ferius lemma vel etiam hoc superans, brevi-pilosa in interiore parte supra mediam, interdum pilosa prope exteriores margines, 5-vel 7-nervis; flosculus inferior staminatus, stamina 1.0 - 2.0 mm. longa; lemma inferius elliptico-acutum, 2.5 - 3.1 mm. longum, intus brevi-pubescens, glabrosum vel pilosum per externum mar- ginem, 5-nervis; palea inferior elliptico-acuta; 2.4 - 2.8 mm. longa, subaequans lemma, nervi longo-ciliati; flosculus superior elliptico-acutus, 2.0 - 2.3 mm. longus; rachilla-appendiculae 0.6 - 0.7 mm. longae. Holotype in the Herbarium of the U.S. National Museum, No. 1163667, collected at the Hacienda Simaco sobre el camino a Tipuani, region subtropical, La Paz, Bolivia, March 1920, by Buchtien 5236. Isotypes at NY, MO, F, LIL, G. Additional specimens examined: Bolivia: La Paz: sobre el camino a Tipuani, Buchtien 5336 (GH,K); ibid, Buchtien 5337 (M); ibid, Buchtien 7124 (US). This species is distinguished by the pilose inner surface of the second glume and lower lemma, the long ciliate nerves of the lower palea, the flattened somewhat twisted apex of the 97 98 PHY TOLROG IA Vol. 22, no. 2 first glume, and the elongate slender freely branched culms. It appears to be most closely allied to I. ruprechtii Doell. The specific epithet given to the species refers to the locality of the type collection, the only area from which it is presently known. ICHNANTHUS BRASILIENSIS K. E. Rogers, sp. nov. Perennis (?); culmi glabrosi vel pubescentes sub nodos; nodi glabrosi; vaginae laxae, superiores saltem superantes inter- nodia, parce pilosae per superiores margines, auriculatae; ligula membraneo-ciliata, 2.3 - 2.6 mm. longa; laminae lanceo- lato-acutae, 14 - 18 cm. longae, 2.8 - 4.5 cm. latae, amplec- tentes plus minusue asymmetrico basi, scabridae et parce pilosae supra, subtus molliter pubescentes; panicula terminalis, multi- florida, elongata, 23 cm. longa, 14 cm. lata, rami 2 - 8 cm. longi, inferiores patentes, mediani et superiores ascendentes, panicula maxima ex parte satius angusto-ovata; pulvini pubes- centes; spiculae elliptico-acutae, 3.2 - 3.8 mm. longae, glabrosae; gluma prima ovato-acuta, 2.5 - 3.1 mm. longa, aequans 2 ex 3 aut 3 ex 4 partibus longitudinis inferioris flosculi, 3-nervis; gluma seconda elliptico-acuta, 3.0 - 3.2 mm. longa, 5-nervi; flosculo inferior staminatus, stamina 1.2 mm. longa; lemma inferius elliptico-acutum, 2.8 - 3.00 mm. longum, 7-nervis; palea inferior elliptico-acuta, 2.8 - 2.9 mm. longa, lemma in- ferius subaequans; flosculus superior 2.4 - 2.6 mm. longus, 0.8 - 1.0 mm. latus, margines superioris lemmatis complanati; rachilla-appendiculae 0.5 - 0.6 mm. longae; stamina superiora 1.2 mm. longa. Holotype in the Herbarium of the U.S. National Museum, No. 2237514, collected in a wood at Leme, Sao Paulo, Brazil, March 11, 1953, by D. Pickel 5938. This species is distinguished by the presence of appendages at the apex of the sheaths, the rather long, large terminal panicle, and the comparatively small spikelets. ICHNANTHUS COLONARIUS K. E. Rogers, sp. nov. Fortasse annuus; culmi graciles, repentes, caespitem vel colonias aedificantes, libere ramosi, ad nodos radicantes, surculi ascendentes 4 - 15 cm. alti; internodia culmi brevia, 1 - 3.5 em. longa, molliter pilosa sub nodos et per paucos vel nonnullos nervos; vaginae multo breviores quam internodia, 0.5 - 1.0 em. longae, dense pilosae; ligula membranaceo-ciliata, 0.5 - 0.8 mm. longa; laminae ovato-ellipticae, acutae denum acute brevi-acuminatae, basi asymmetrica amplectentes, 1.2 - 3.5 cm. longae, 0.8 - 1.5 cm. latae, densus pilosae utraque superficie, subtus lanuginosae; paniculae terminales et 1971 Rogers, Studies in Ichnanthus 99 axillariae, brevissimis pedunculis, parcissime florescentes; panicula terminalis 1.0 - 2.5 cm. longa, 0.5 cm. lata, e bre- vissimis rigide appressis ramis composita et cuique ramo 2 - 4 flosculi, rami 0.5 - 1.0 cm. longi; pedicelli 1 - 3 cm. longi; paniculae axillares inclusae vel brevi-exsertae; spiculae 2.8 - 3.3 mm. longae, glabrosae vel parcissime pubescentes prope primae glumae marginem; prima gluma ovata, scuta, 2.5 - 3.1 mm. longa, paulo brevior inferiore flosculo, interdum hinc paene superans, 3-nervis; gluma secunda elliptico-acuta, 2.6 - 3.2 mm. longa, 5-nervis; inferior flosculus staminatus, stamina 1.1 mm. longa, vel interdum cum caryopside; inferius lemma ellipticum, cucullatum apice, 2.3 - 2.5 mm. longum, 5-nervis; palea inferior elliptica, 1.8 - 2.1 mm. longa, lemma subaequans; flosculus superior elliptico-acutus, 1.9 - 2.0 mm. longus, 1.0 - 1.1 mm. latus; rachilla-appendiculae 0.6 mm. longae; stamina superiora 1.0 mm. longa. Holotype in the Herbarium of the U.S. National Museum, No. 1935003, collected in the upper reaches of Rio Sitio Nuevo, altitude 1500 - 1800 m., Dept. Zacapa, Guatemala, January 25, 1942, by J. A. Steyermark 43216. Isotype at F. This species is distinguished by the short ovate leaf-blades that are velvety pubescent on the lower surface, the first glume slightly shorter to exceeding the lower floret, and the short, sparsely flowered panicles on short peduncles. The specific epithet refers to the colonial or mat-forming habit of growth. ICHNANTHUS LATIFOLIUS K. E. Rogers, sp. nov. Perennis (?}; culmis decumbentibus et patentibus, ad imos nodos radicantibus, ramosis, 1.5 - 3.0 m. aut plus longis, pilosis subter nodos atque per unum vel plures nervos, rami feraces ad altitudinem 70 - 100 cm. ascendent; vaginae inter- nodiis multo breviores, maxima ex parte 2 - 6 cm. longae, papil- loso-pilosae prope margines; ligula membranaceo-ciliata, 0.3 - 0.5 mm. longa; laminae elliptico-lanceolatae, subito acuminatae, 6 - 15 cm. longae, 2.0 - 5.0 cm. latae, supra pubescentes vel pilosae, subtus pubescentes et plus minusue reticulatae, vel etiam utraque superficie glabrescentes; paniculae terminales et axilliares in longos pedunculos, cum confertioribus floris; paniculae terminales 12 - 25 cm. longae, 4 - 8 cm. latae in pedunculos 9 - 23 cm. longos, rami primarii adscententes demum patentes, ramus imus 6 - 12 cm. longus; spiculae 3.8 - 4.5 mm. longae, glabrosae vel raro pilosae per primae glumae marginem; gluma prima late ovata, attenuata vel caudata, 2.6 - 4.5 mm. longa, ferme imum flosculum aequans vel hunc superans, 3-5 nervis; gluma secunda ovato-elliptica, acuminata, 3.2 - 4.0 mm. longa, 5-7 nervis; flosculus inferior staminatus, stamina 1.3 - 1.5 mm. longa; lemma inferius ellipticum, cucullatum et 100 Pee YeP Oy LO Gated Vol. 22, no. 2 hyalinum apice, 2.7 - 3.1 mm. longum, 5-nervis; inferior palea elliptico-acuta, ferme lemma aequans, 2.4 - 2.8 mm. longa; flosculus superior elliptico-acutus, 1.9 - 2.1 mm. longus, 1.1 mm. latus; rachilla-appendiculae 0.5 - 0.6 mm. longa; stamina superiora 1.2 - 1.4 mm. longa. Holotype in the Herbarium of the New York Botonical Garden, collected at and near the summit of El Cerro de Cuhuatepetl, Tehuacan, 15 - 16 km. southwest of Campo Experimental de Hule, El Palmar, Zongolica, Veracruz, Mexico, November 23, 1944, by Jose Vera Santos 3668. Isotypes at US. MEXU. Additional specimens examined: Mexico: San Luis Potosi: barranca of Las Canoas, Pringle 3827 (US, MEXU, M, P, K, MO, GH, EiguNX®e This species is closely related to I. nemorosus. However, i. latifolius is distinguished from it in the larger spikelets, the larger, more compound panicles, and the larger average size of the leaves. ICHNANTHUS NEMOROSUS (Swartz) Doell var. SWARTZII K. E. Rogers var. nov. Culmi prostrato-patentes, libere ramosi, in nodos radicantes, papilloso-pilosi per unum vel plures nervos vel glabrosi, sur- culi plantae adscentes usque ad 70 cm. etiam plus alti; vaginae saepissime glabrosae superficie et prope margines papilloso- pilosae; ligula 0.7 - 1.8 mm. longa; laminae 3 - 13 cm. longae, 0.5 - 3.0 cm. latae; paniculae terminales et axillares, pauci- floridae; paniculae terminales 3 - 13 cm. longae, 0.5 - 8.0 cm. latae; spiculae 4.0 - 5.5 mm. longae, glabrosae vel etiam gluma prima raro pilosa prope margines; gluma prima ovata, caudata, 3.5 - 5.1 mm. longa, flosculum inferiorem superans vel etiam paulo brevior, 3-5 nervis; gluma seconda 3.5 - 4.8 mm. longa, 5-7 nervis; flosculus inferior staminatus (perraro cum caryop- side}, stamina 1.3 - 1.8 mm. longa; lemma inferius 3.0 - 4.2 mm. longus, 5-nervis; palea inferior 2.8 - 3.6 mm. longa; flosculus superior 2.1 - 2.6 mm. longus, 0.9 - 1.2 mm. latus; rachilla- appendiculae 0.6 - 0.9 mm. longae; stamina superiora 1.3 - 1.8 mm. longa; caryopsis 1.5 - 1.7 mm. longa. Holotype in the Herbarium of the U.S. National Museum, No. 1077399, collected in thickets vicinity of Petionville, Haiti, altitude ca. 350 m., June 15 - 18, 1920, by E. C. Leonard 4858. Isotypes at IJ, NY, GH. Additional specimens examined: Cuba: Cobre Range of Sierra Maestra, Leon et al 10078 (US, GH); La Perla, Oriente, Leon 3908 1971 Rogers, Studies in Ichnanthus 101 (US, NY); near Santiago, Taylor 385 (NY). Jamaica: Mt. Airy, Patrick 165 (IJ); Clyde River, Harris 11447 (MO, UCWI, F, P, NY, US). Haiti: vicinity of Mission, Fonds Varettes, Leonard 3975 (US, GH, NY); Ma Blanche prope Donyette, Ekman 473 (K). Domini- can Republic: Samana Penninsula, Abbott 1366 (IJ, US). Puerto Rico: Near Adjuntas, alto de la Bandera, Britton and Shafer 2018 (NY). St. Kitts: Phillip's Level, Box 141 (US); near The Crater, Box 145 (US). Nevis: The Source, Box 168 (US, K). Montserrat: Olveston Mt., Centre Hills, Proctor 18963 (GH, IJ). Martinique: Duss 773 (NY). St. Vincent: Smith and Smith 127 (K, NY). Grenada: Annandale, Broadway 177 (US). Trinidad: Mount Aripo, North Range, Cowan 1380 (IJ). I. nemorosus var. swartzii is distinguished from I. nemoro- sus var. nemorosus as indicated below: var. nemorosus var. swartzii ligule 0.5 - 1.2 mm. 0.7 - 1.8 mn. sheaths surface pilose surface usually or glabescent glabrous spikelet 2.3 - 4.0 mo. 4.0 - 5.5 mm. lower stamens 0.8 - 1.5 mm. 1.3 - 1.8 mm. upper floret 1.5 - 2.0 (-2.2) mm. 2.1 - 2.6 mm. upper stamens 1.0 - 1.4 mm. 1.3 - 1.8 mm. rachilla- appendages 0.3 - 0.6 mm. 0.5 - 0.9 mm. caryopsis 1.0 - 1.5 mm. 1.5 - 1.7 mm. The variety is named for Olof Peter Swartz. ICHNANTHUS PARODII kK. E. Rogers, sp. nov. Perennis; usque ad 2.0 m. longus; culmis decumbento-patenti- bus, ad imos nodos radicantibus, ramosis, papilloso-pilosis vel glabrosis; vaginae glabrosae vel pilosae, maxima ex parte 1.0 - 4.5 cm. longae (superiores etiam usque ad 7.0 cm. longae); ligu- la membraneo-ciliata, 1.0 - 1.8 mm. longa; laminae lanceolato- acuminatae, 3 - 12 cm. longae, 0.8 - 3.0 cm. latae, superficies scaberula, pubescens vel glabrosa, inferior glabrosa vel pubes- cens, plerumque reticulato-venosa; paniculae terminales axilla- resque; paniculae terminales breves demum longo-exsertae, 102 Pony Ty "LiO, Gok ts Vol. 22, no. 2 6 - 20 em. longae, 1 - 9 cm. latae; spiculae elliptico- acumina- tae, saepe colore pupureo vel interdum atro-pupureo tinctae, maxima ex parte pilosae per unius vel utriusque glumae margines, 4.2 - 5.5 mm. longae; gluma prima anguste ovata, acuminata, 2.5 - 3.5 mm. longa, aequans inferiorem flosculum vel tertia parte brevior, saepissime pilosa per margines cum tricom sat longis, 3-5 nervis; gluma secunda elliptico-acuta, 3.3 - 4.3 mm. longa, saepe pilosa per margines, 5-7 nervis; flosculus inferior staminatus, stamina 1.2 - 1.6 mm. longa; lemma inferius 2.6 - 3.4 mm. longus, 5-nervis; palea inferior 2.6 - 3.4 mm. longum, 5-nervis; palea inferior elliptica, 1.5 - 2.2 mm. longa; flos- culus superior 2.1 - 2.4 mm. longus, 0.8 - 1.0 mm. latus; rachilla-appendiculae 0.7 - 0.8 mm. longae; stamina superiora 1.5 mm. longa; caryopsis 1.4 - 1.6 mm. longa. Holotype in the Herbarium of the U.S. National Museum, No. 2183209, collected at Esperanca, pr. Montenegro, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, July 2, 1949, by B. Rambo 42300. Additional specimens examined: Brazil: Rio Grande do Sul: Prope Novo Hamburgo, Rambo 42158 (US); Taimbesinho, Rambo 54089 (US), Santa Catarina: Mata da Companhia, Bom Retiro, Blumenau, Reitz & Klein 9502 (US). Parana: Londrina, Swallen 8736 (US). Argentina: Misiones: San Javier, Acaragua, Bertoni 3291 (IAN, MO); Iguazu, Eldorado, Bertoni 4630 (US}; Santa Ines, Parodi 4190 (US, IAN); Posadas, Bonpland, Ekman 655 (CORD); San Ignacio, Arroyo Apepu, Schwarz 2790 (IAN, MO); Santa Ana, Lillo 12377 (W, IAN); Cainguas, Puerto Leone, Schwarz 7706 (US). Salta: Oran, Las Juntas, Castellanos 30 (IAN). Paraguay: Montes 10953 (US); Cerro de Acahay, Rojas 3365 (US). This species is named for L. Parodi, agrostologist of Argentina. ICHNANTHUS TARIJIANUS K. E. Rogers, sp. nov. Culmi erecti, 60 cm. vel plus alti, molles, mollibus gra- cilibus villis; nodi villi; vaginae molliter membranacea, superiacentes, 2 - 4 cm. longae, apice subauriculatae, ut culmi pubescentes, collum pilosum; ligula membraneo-ciliata, 1.5 - 2.0 mm. longa; laminae elliptica demum obovatae, subito acuminatae, basi contracta amplectentes, tenuissimae, supra glabrosae vel brevi-pubescentes, subtus plus minusue brevi-pubescentes, con- spicue reticulato-venosae; panicula terminalis, parce florifera, 12 - 14 cm. longa, basi 4 cm. lata, e ramis gracilibus adscend- entibus composita 1 - 5 cm. longis; pulvini pubescentes; spic- ulae elliptico-acutae, 3.0 - 3.4 mm. longae, raro pilosae per glumae primae marginem; glumae et inferius lemma molliter mem- braneum; gluma prima ovato-acuta, 2.2 - 2.8 mm. longa, aequans 1971 Rogers, Studies in Ichnanthus 103 inferioris flosculi duas tertias vel etiam tres quartas partes longitudinis, 3-nervis; gluma secunda elliptico-acuta, 2.8 - 3.2 mm. longa, 5-nervis; stamina 1.4 - 1.6 mm. longa; inferius lemma elliptico-cucullatum, 2.6 - 2.8 mm. longum, subaequans glumam secundam, 5-nervis; palea inferior elliptico-acuta, 2.3 - 2.5 mm. longa, paene aequans lemma inferius; flosculus superior elliptico-acutus, 2.4 - 2.6 mm. longus, 0.8 - 1.0 mm. latus; rachilla-appendiculae 0.5 mm. longae; stamina superiora 1.8 - 1.9 mm. longa. Holotype in the Herbarium of the U.S. National Museum, No. 2044282, collected at Yacuiba, Department Tarijia, Bolivia, by Steinbach 1768. This species is distinguished by the erect habit of growth, the auricled or subauricled sheaths, the elliptic to obovate leaf-blades, and panicles terminal only. The specific epithet of this species refers to the Depart- ment Tarijia, Bolivia. ICHNANTHUS VENTURII K. E. Rogers, Sp. nov. Culmi decumbento-patentes, ad nodos radicantes, usque ad 100 cm. aut plus longi, ramosi, pubescentes cum longis, gracilibus trichmis in tubercula appositis per unum vel paucos nervos vel paene glabrosi; nodi (aliqui saltem) ut internodia pubescentes; vaginae laxae, 2 - 3 cm. longae (superiores etiam usque ad 6 cm. longae), pubescentes; collum pilosum; ligula membraneo-ciliata, 0.5 - 1.0 mm. longa; laminae lanceolatae, longo-acuminatae, amplectentes basi asymmetrica, 7 - 14 cm. longae, 1.5 - 3.0 cm. latae, supra plus minusue longis pilosis et scabridae in nervos, subtus pubescentes vel pilosae; paniculae terminales axillares que, exsertae, 5 - 11 cm. longae, 1.2 - 8.0 cm. latae, rami pri- marii patentes vel adscendentes, 2 - 7 cm. longi; spiculae 3.7 - 4.8 mm. longae, elliptico-acuminatae, glabrosae vel etiam gluma prope marginem pilosa; gluma prima ovata-acuminata, paulo brevior demum flosculum inferiorem superans, 3.0 - 4.5 mm. longa, 3-5 nervis; gluma secunda elliptico-acuminata, 3.2 - 4.4 mm. longa, 5-7 nervis; flosculus inferior staminatus, stamina 1.3 - 1.6 mm. longa; lemma inferius elliptico-acutum, 2.8 - 3.2 mm. longum, 5-nervis; palea inferior elliptica-acuta; 2.4 - 2.6 mm. longa, subaequans lemma inferius; flosculus superior 1.8 - 2.3 mm. longus, ca. 1.1 mm. latus; rachilla-appendiculae 0.5 - 0.7 mm. longae; stamina superiora 1.5 - 1.7 mm. longa. Holotype in the Herbarium of the U.S. National Museum, No. 1547074, collected at Yerba Buena, Central Tucuman, Argentina, August 26, 1923, by S. Venturi 2521. 10) Biko yat4 0) L460 Gat se Vol. 22, no. 2 Additional specimens examined: Argentina: Tucuman: Arroyo Los Piedros, without collector, Jan. 8, 1899 (LIL); Yerba Buena, Schreiter 1579 (LIL); Cerro el Nogalito, Venturi 8823 (GH); Cerro del Campo, Venturi 7989 (US, LIL). Salta: Quachipas, Venturi 9856 (NY, K, GH); San Pedrito, Meyer 952 (LIL). I view this species as belonging to the I. nemorosus com- plex, which also includes I. latifolius and is gracilis. In these taxa it is not unusual to find occasionally a well-devel- oped and apparently viable caryopsis in the lower floret. I. venturii is distinguished by the first glume slightly shorter to exceeding the lower floret, and the presence of at least some slender, tubercle-based hairs 3 - 4 mm. long on the culms, sheaths and blades. The species is named for the collector of the type, S. Ven- turi. ICHNANTHUS POLYTHYRSUS (Nees ex Steudel) K. E. Rogers, comb. Nove Panicum polythyrsum Nees ex Steudel, in Steudel, Syn. Pl. Glum. 1:93. 1854. Lectotype: Brazil: Bahia. Salzman 687 (G). Culms spreading-ascending, rooting at the lower nodes, papillose-pilose with usually spreading hairs; nodes papillose- pilose; sheaths 1 - 5 cm. long, spreading pappilose-pilose or the uppermost glabrate; leaves to 6 cm. long, 0.6 - 1.3 cm. wide, papillose-pilose on both surfaces; ligule membranous- ciliate, 1.0 - 1.3 mm. long; panicles terminal and axillary, densely flowered; terminal panicles to 9 cm. long and 4 cm. wide; axillary panicles from several of the upper nodes, partly included to short exserted; primary panicle branches erect, to 6 cm. long; secondary panicle branches appresed, to 2 cm. long; peduncle, rachis and panicle branches pubescent and scabrid- ulous on the angles; spikelets 4.2 - 5.0 mm. long, spreading papillose-pilose on both glumes, tinged with purple; first glume 3.0 - 3.7 mm. long, 3/4 the length of the lower lemma or barely exceeding it, ovate-acuminate and pointed, 3-nerved; second glume 4.3 - 5.0 mm. long, quite exceeding the lower lemma, 5- nerved; lower floret staminate; lower lemma 3.3 - 4.0 mm. long, 5-nerved; lower palea ciliolate on the nerves, 2.2 - 2.4 mm. long, slightly shorter to equalling the upper floret; upper floret 2.0 - 2.5 mm. long, about 0.6 mm. wide; rachilla-append- ages 0.5 - 0.7 mm. long. A number of specimens referrable to this species were ex- amined all of which were collected by Salzman in Bahia, Brazil, 1971 Rogers, Studies in Ichnanthus 105 and without collector's number. These are in MO, MPU, S, US. ICHNANTHUS SUBPELLUCIDUS (Steudel) K. E. Rogers, comb. nov. Panicum subpellucidum Steudel in Steudel, Syn. Pl. Glum. 1:77. 1854. Lectotype: Brazil: Bahia in umbrosis, 1830, Salzman 703 (W). Ichnanthus candicans var. pilosus Doell in Mart. in Martius Fl. Bras. 2(2): 293. 1877, in part. Culms elongate, branching, rooting at the lower nodes, with ascending branches; internodes 2 - 8 cm. long, papillose-pilose with spreading hairs; nodes papillose-pilose; sheaths to 3 cm. long, the lower about 1/2 the length of the internode, becoming much shorter than the internodes above, spreading papillose- pilose; collar pilose; ligule membranous-ciliate, about 0.5 mm. long, the cilia minute; blades lanceolate-acuminate, 3 - 6 cm. long, 0.5 - 1.0 cm. wide, papillose-pilose on both surfaces; panicles terminal and axillary; terminal panicles 4 - 8 cm. long, 2 - 4.0 cm. wide, on peduncles 5 - 25 cm. long, the primary branches more or less erect, 2 - 4.5 cm. long, simple; axillary panicles 3 or more from the upper sheaths, included or short exserted; pedicels, rachises, and pulvini short pilose; spike- lets 4.4 - 5,0 mm. long, pilose with spreading hairs on glumes I and II; first glume long acuminate, the tip 3/4 to nearly equalling the lower lemma, 3.5 - 4.0 mm. long, 3-nerved; second glume long acuminate, exceeding the lower lemma, 5-7 nerved; lower palea about equalling the upper floret; upper floret about 2.2 mm. long, oblong, the rachilla-appendages about 0.5 mm. long. Additional specimens examined: Brazil: Bahia, Salzman s.n. (G, MPU). NOTES ON BLUE-GREEN ALGAL TYPE SPECIMENS Francis Drovet Several Type specimens, hitherto misinterpreted in the lit- erature, came to my attention when I visited European herbaria during the summer of 1970. The trip through Burope was support- ed in major part by grants from the American Philosophical Society and the National Science Foundation. Mr. Richard W. Hildebrand made this typescript. Chlorogloeopsidaceae Mitra, Ann. No. Nat. Acad. Sei. India 1965: 124. 1967. --Type genus: Chlorogloeopsis Mitra, loc. cit. 1967, -=Type species: Chlorogloea FritecHif Mitra, Ann. of Bote, N. S. 14(56): 460. 1950. Nostoc Fritschii Schwabe & El Ayouty, N. Hedwigia 10(3--4): 533. 1966. Chiorogloeopsis Fritschii Mitra, Ann. No. Nat. Acad. Sci. India 1965: 124. 1967. --1 stud- ied microscopically a slide of the original culture (the Type) from Allahabad soils at the British Museum (Natural History). The plants therein preserved are distinctly of a species of Nostoc, with heterocysts present; the presence or absence of accompanying Fungi was not determined = Nostoc muscorum Ag. A. B. Gupta in Revue Algologique, N. S. 10(2): 115--117 (1971), in judging the literature cited above, has expressed an opinion that the plante referred to here are of N. commune Vauch. Fischera tenuis Martens (as "Fischeria") [in Kurz, Proc. Asiatic Soc, Rengal 1870: 259. 1870) ex Bornet & Flahault, Ann. Sci. Nat. VII. Bot. 5: 67. 1887. Stigonema tenue Bornet & Flahault ([Mém. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat. & Math. Cherbourg 25: 210. 1885] ex Bornet & Flahault, Ann. Sci. Nat. VII. Bot. 5: 67. 1887. Fischerella tenuis Forti, Syll. Myxophyc., p. 576. 1907. --No specimen of this was seen by Bornet & Flahault in the preparation of their "Révision des Nostocacées hétérocystées” (1887); they transcribed Martens' description verbatim. The Type specimen (a duplicate of which is in the British Museum), from damp walls of the northern faces of buildings, Botanic Gardens, Calcutta, Jan. 1870, S. Kurz no. 2687 in the Ri jks- herbarium, Leiden = Trentepohlia lagenifera (Hildebr.) Wille, in excellent condition and virtually free of parasitization by fungi. Hapalosiphon tenuissims Grunow [in Rabenhorst, Fl. Eur. Algar. 2: 284, 1865] ex Collins, Holden & Setchell, Phyc. Bor.- Amer. 5: 212. 1896. H. fontinalis var. tenuissimus Collins in Collins, Holden & Setchell, loc. cit. 1896. H. fontinalis fa. tenuissimus Collins & Setchell ex Elenkin, Monogr. Alg. Cyanoph., Pars Spec. 1: 508. 1938. -=-H. tenuissimus Grun. was not referred to in Bornet & Flahault's "Révision” (1887). Its Type specimen, "Auf Lemna minor in Pftitzen . .. bei Kuffstein", 106 1971 Drouet, Blue-green algal type specimens 107 Tyrol, Heufler, 24 Sept. 1860, in the Natural History Museum, Vienna = hyphae of Fungi. Typhomer he Borzi, Studi sulle Mixoficee, p. 68, 82. 1916. --Type species: H. antillarum Borzi, ibid. p. 82. 1916. H. antillana Borzi pro synon., loc. cit. 1916, --Madame Dr. S._ Jovet-Ast made available to me several specimens of Trichocolea tomentosa Gottsche from Martinique and Guadeloupe in Husnot's Plantes des Antilles no. 219 (1868), in the Muséum National Oire Naturelle in Paris. In one of these specimens, des- ignated here as the Type, along with some Scytonema Hofmannii Ag., filaments of Hyphomorpha antillarum as described by Borzi are represented sparsely = young Stigonema panniforme (Ag.) Harv. Rosaria Carter in Compton, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 46: 54, 1922, Nelliecarteria J. de Toni, Noter. di Nomencl. Algol. 8: (s]. 1936. -=-Type species: Rosaria ramosa Carter, loc. cit. 1922. Nelliecarteria ramosa J. de Toni, loc. cit. 1936. -=At the British Museum (Natural History) in 1950 I examined the Type slide, R. H. Compton no. 1181 from New Caledonia, noting that this plant is not a member of the coccoid Myxophycese; I ascrib- ed it to the Fungi because of its general resemblance to hyphae of Monilia spp. The material had been mounted in liquid cont- aining glycerine, which had subsequently dried, so that a prec- ise assessment of the nature of the plant could not be made. During my 1970 visit I made holes in the sealing compound and ran water under the cover slip on this slide, I discovered that the plant described by Carter as Rosaria ramosa is a member of the Trentepohliaceae = Physolinum Monilia (De Wildem.) Printz. Mastigocoleopsis Geitler, Beih. =. Bot. Centralbl. 41(2): 258. 1925. --Type species: Mastigocoleus obtusus Carter, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 46: 54, 1922. Mastigocoleopsis obtusa Geitler, loc. cit. 1925. --Another slide in the British Museum (Natural History), the Type specimen of this species, also of R. H. ss no. 1181 from New Caledonia, was likewise mounted in quid containing glycerine. I studied it also in water drawn under the cover slip, The plant present, answering to Carter's description = Physolinum Monilia (De Wildem.) Printz, overgrown with Fungi, but otherwise as in the Type of Rosaria ramosa Cart. Pseudodiplonemataceae Elenkin, Monogr. Alg. Cyanoph., Pars Spec. 2: 1838. 1949, -=Type genus: Pseudospelaeopogon Elenkin, ibid. 2: 1839, 1949, -—-Type species: Spelaeopogon lucifugus Borzi in Soumier, Boll. R. Orto Bot. Palermo 6: Appendice p. 171. 1907. Pseudospelaeopogon lucifugus Elenkin, ibid. 2: 1840, 1949, --A specimen, designated here as the Type, labeled "Leptopogon lucifugus" from Palermo, A. Borzi, Oct. 1904, in the herbarium of Bornet--Thuret at the Muséum National d‘Histoire Naturelle in Paris, is excellent and unmistakable material of the widely distributed and often collected stigonematacean species: 108 Pay sPO? LO: G: Tok Col. 22, no. 2 Fischerella ambigua (N¥g.) Gom. Bourrelly in Les Algues d'Eau Douce 3: 378, footnote (1970) notes that he has observed hetero- cysts in this or similar material. SCHIZOTHRIX ANABAENOIDES (Drouet), comb. nov. Phormidium thermale Drouet, Field Mus. Bot. Ser. 20(6): 138, 1942 (not Vouk, Jugoslav. Akad. Prirod. Istraz. Hrvatski i Slavonije, Mat,- Prirod. Razr. 8: 7. 1916). PP. anabaenoides Drouet, Madrofio 16(3): 108. 1961, --The new combination here is made to supplant the name Schizothrix monticulosa (Bory) Dr. for the species treated on pages 140--142 of my "Revision of the classification of the Oscillatoriaceae" (Monogr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, no. 15. 1968). When I studied the Type (in the Muséum National d*Histoire Naturelle, Paris) of the basionym of the latter (Anabaena monticulosa Bory) in 1960, I was not prepared to recog- nize the precise distinctions among the small species of Schizothrix which revealed themselves as the revising proceeded until 1966. I re-studied the Type specimen in 1970 and dis- covered that the material is of S, calcicola (Ag.) Gom. with thin discrete sheaths, which give the terminal cells acutely conical configurations through optical illusion. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LI. THE DISYNAPHIOID COMPLEX. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The study of the Eupatorieae has reached a point where a large complex of South American genera related to Disynaphia can be recognized. These genera which we refer to as Disynaphioid belong to a still larger complex of primarily eastern North American and eastern South American genera including those we have called Eupatorioid and Gyptoid. The Disynaphia complex is distinct from the Eupatorioids by the lack of hairs on the base of the style and differs from the Gyptoids by the rather consistent five flowers per head. Other characters of the group include the papillose linear style branches, smooth corolla lobes, strongly annulate thickenings in the anther collars and transversely alined punctations on the walls of the achene. The bases of the anthers in a number of the genera are hastate. The Disynaphia complex as presently recognized contains six genera which are treated in the next papers of this series. The distinctions of these genera are summarized in the following key. 1. Inflorescence pyramidally paniculate. 2. Leaves pinnately to bipinnately dissected with long narrow lobes, style branches in distal part fragile and bearing long spines; apical cells of pappus setae sharply acute Acanthostyles 2. Leaves narrowly ovate to linear, serrulate; style branches short-papillose; apical cells of pappus setae blunt and enlarged Raulinoreitzia 1. Inflorescence corymbose, flattened on top. 3. Pedicels essentially glabrous, striated with prominent ridges; plants often having viscous appearance Symphyopappus 3. Pedicels distinctly pubescent, not or scarcely ridged. 4. Leaves opposite, sometimes dissected; involucre with long narrow often reddish phyllaries in outer series; pappus not usually separating from achene as a unit Dimorpholepis 4. Leaves alternate or opposite, never dissected; involucre without distinctive narrower phyllaries in outer series; pappus often separating from achene as a unit. 5. Outer surface of phyllaries glabrous; leaves sometimes opposite; achene with small but distinct swollen carpopodium; anthers not hastate at base Campovassouria 109 110 Pee y*TOrL GG ie Vol. 22, no. 2 5. Outer surface of phyllaries pubescent; leaves alternate; achene with carpopodium obsolete; anthers hastate at base Disynaphia Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant - 20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LII. A NEW GENUS, ACANTHOSTYLES. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The plants named here as a new genus show another extreme of variation in the tribe Eupatorieae. The most distinctive feature of the genus is the style branch with widely spaced, greatly elongated papillae. The narrowly lobed, bipinnate to tripinnate leaves allow instant identification macroscopically. The pyramidal paniculate inflorescence with a reddish aspect is similar to the genus Raulinoreitzia. The latter genus differs by characters given above and by having enlarged blunt apical cells on the pappus setae. Acanthostyles R.M.King and H.Robinson, genus novum Aster- acearum. Plantae suffrutescentes erectae laxe multo ramosae. Caules teretes. Folia opposita distincte petiolata, laminis anguste lobatis vel pinnatim dissectis glanduliferis. Inflor- escentiae longe paniculatae; pedicelli breviter pubescentes. Involucri squamae imbricatae ca. 25 inaequilongae ca. 4-seriatae glabrae ex parte rufescentes interiores anguste ellipticae vel oblongae; receptacula parva convexa glabra. Flores 5 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares 5-lobatae extus inferne glabrae intus glabrae, cellulis angustis parietibus sinuosis, lobis aequilateraliter triangularibus vel longioribus extus glanduliferis ad apicem vix mamillosis intus laevibus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore angusta, cellulis infernis plerumque quadratis, parietibus annulate vel intricate ornatis interdum inferne non scleroideis, thecis basi non hastatis, cellulis exothecialibus subquadratis, appendicibus antherarum oblongis vel triangularibus; styli inferne non incrassati glabri, appendicibus longe linearibus remote aciculariter papillosis; achaenia prismatica 1-5-costata, costis breviter setiferis, inferne angustata, punctis saepe in seriebus transversis; carpopodia indistincta; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis 30-40 usque ad apicem rigidis non dilatatis scabris vel barbellatis, cellulis apicalibus acutis. Species typica: Eupatorium buniifolium Hook. & Arn. Our studies indicate that the genus contains the following two species. Acanthostyles buniifolius (Hook. & Arn.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. , Bupatorium buniifolium Hook. & Arn., Hook. Comp. 1 112 PHY TOLOG IA Vol. 22, no. 2 Bot. Mag. 1: 240. 1836 (1835). Argentina, Bolivia, Paraguay, Uruguay. Acanthostyles saucechicoensis (Hieronymus) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Bupatorium saucechicoense Hieronymus, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 22: 775. 1897. Argentina. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant - GB 20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LIII. A NEW GENUS, RAULINOREITZIA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Two of the genera, Acanthostyles and Raulinoreitzia, that we refer to the Disynaphia Complex have pyramidally paniculate inflorescences. The slightly reddish colored and sometimes inclined or pendant series of heads are reminiscent of the habit of some grasses. Of these two genera, Raulinoreitzia is total- ly distinctive by its unlobed leaves, short-papillose stylar appendages and enlarged blunt apical cells on the pappus setae. The genus is distinguished from all others with such enlarged blunt apical cells on the pappus setae by the five flowered heads and by the lack of hairs on the base of the style. Raulinoreitzia R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Aster- acearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae suffrutescentes erectae laxe ramosae. Caules teretes. Folia opposita distincte petiolata, laminis ellipticis vel basi cuneatis margine serrulatis. Inflorescentiae paniculatae; pedicelli glabri. Involucri squamae imbricatae ca. 15-20 valde inaequilongae ca. 4-seriatae glabrae ex parte rufescentes interiores anguste oblongae; receptacula parum convexa glabra. Flores 5 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares 5-lobatae extus glanduliferae intus glabrae, cellulis angustis parietibus sinuosis, lobis aequilateraliter triangularibus vel longioribus extus ad apicem pauce papillosis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore angusta, cellulis quadratis vel elongatis, parietibus annulate ornatis, thecis basi vix hastatis, cellulis exothecialibus subquadratis, appendicibus antherarum oblongis; styli inferne non incrassati glabri, appendicibus linearibus breviter papillosis; achaenia prismatica 4-5 costata fere glabra, punctis saepe in seriebus transversis; carpopodia parva cylindrica superne dense breviter fimbriata, parietibus tenuibus; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis ca. 30 scabris ad apicem dilatatis, cellulis apicalibus inflatis obtusis. Species typica: Baccharis crenulata Sprengel The genus is named after P. Raulino Reitz recently appoint- ed Director of the Jardim Botanico in Rio de Janeiro. Dr. Reitz is well known for his previous work at the Herbario "Barbosa Rodrigues" in Itajaf, Santa Catarina, Brasil. In addition to his other contributions, Dr. Reitz has served as 113 114 PHY TOLOG Ta Vol. 22, no. 2 editor of Sellowia and of the important series of Flora Ilustrada Catarinense. Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following two species. Raulinoreitzia crenulata (Sprengel) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Baccharis crenulata Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 466. 1826. Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Peru, Paraguay. Raulinoreitzia tremula (Hook. & Arn.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium tremulum Hook. & Arn., Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 241. 1836. Argentina, Brazil, Uruguay. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LIV. THE GENUS, SYMPHYOPAPPUS . R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Described over a hundred and twenty years ago, the genus Symphyopappus was recognized at least in part for over a hundred years. B.L.Robinson maintained the genus and assigned new species to it. The genus is in B.L.Robinson's key to genera (1913), distinguished by the pappus setae coaleseed into a thickened annulus at the base and the leaves being coriaceous. The genus was formally reduced into the synonymy of Eupatorium by Steyermark in 1953, and has been treated in this manner by Cabrera (1963). In retrospect it is obvious that B.L. Robin- son was correct in maintaining the genus. Still, the characters given were not particularly distinctive and there was no way to adequately separate the genus from Eupatorium as then conceived. In spite of sometimes great differences in the habits of the plants, the closest relationships of Symphyopappus are clearly to Dimorpholepis and Disynaphia. Many of the species of Symphyopappus have long narrow outer phyllaries such as are characteristic of Dimorpholepis, and the anatomy of the flower is like that of Disynaphia in all respects except the larger carpopodium. The pappus formerly used as key character, is like that of Disynaphia. Symphyopappus is most readily disting- uished from its relatives by the glabrous ascending strongly and decurrently ridged pedicels of the inflorescence. Symphyopappus Turczaninow, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 21: 583. 1848. Erect few branched herbs or shrubs. Leaves opposite becoming alternate above in some species, sessile, subsessile to petioled, ovate-lanceolate, serrate. Inflorescence a cory- mbose panicle, pedicels glabrous, with prominent decurrent ridges. Involucre of ca. 15 substramineus, unequal phyllaries in 3-4 (5) series, often one or more long narrow thickened phyllaries in outer series, receptacle flat or slightly convex, glabrous or with numerous stiff hairs, 4-5 flowers per head. Corollas tubular, 5 lobed, lobes with a few glands near the tips, usually twice as long as wide, outer surface of corolla glabrous below, lobes papillose at tips, stomates absent. Inner surface of corolla glabrous, anther collar short, composed of mostly rectangular or quadrate cells, cell walls with annulate thicken- ings, base of anthers hastate. Anther appendage large, 116 PHYTOLOG ISA Vol. 22, no. 2 composed of large cells, style base not enlarged, glabrous. Stylar appendage not or scarcely enlarged, with crowded short erect papillae. Achenes prismatic, 4-5 ribbed, glabrous or with a few short stalked glands, minute punctations often in trans- verse rows; carpopodium stout with enlarged thin-walled cells continuing on lower ribs; pappus of ca. 40 scabrous setae united to form a cone or cylinder at base; apical cells acute to obtuse. Chromosome number determined as X = 10 from two species (S. compressus as S. polystachus, and S. cuneatus; Coleman, 1968). Type species: Symphyopappus decussatus Turcz. Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following 13 species. Symphyopappus angustifolium Cabr., Nat. Mus. La Plata Bot. 19: TOV A959..) # Brazil, Symphyopappus casarettoi B.L.Robinson, Candollea 5: 170. 193. Brazil. Symphyopappus compressus (Gardn.) B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 80: 12. 1928. Brazil. S hyopappus cuneatus Sch.-Bip. ex Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. 6(2): 367. 1876. Brazil. Symphyopappus decussatus Turez., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 21: 584. 1848. Brazil. Symphyopappus itatiayensis (Hieron.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium itatiayense Hieron., Engl. Jahrb. 22: 764. 1897. Brazil. Symphyopappus leptophlebius B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 96: 18. 1931. Brazil. Symphyopappus lymansmithii B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 96: 19. 1931. Brazil. Symphyopappus myricifolius B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 8: 6. 1923. Brazil. Symphyopappus pennivenius B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 8: 7. 1923. Brazil. Syuplyoparpes melted (Cabr.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. upatorium reitzii Cabr., Sellowial5: 191. 1963. Brazil. Symphyopappus reticulatus Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. 6(2): 367. 1971 King & Robinson, The genus Symphyopappus 127 1876. Brazil. Symphyopappus tetrastichus B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 104: 8. 1934. Brazil. References Cabrera, A.L. & N.Vittet 1963. Compositae Catharinenses II. Eupatorieae. Sellowia 15: 149-258. Coleman, J.R. 1968. Chromosome numbers in some Brazilian Compositae. Rhodora 70: 228-210. Robinson, B.L. 1913. A generic key to the Compositae-Eupatorieae. Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 42: 429-437. Steyermark, J.A. 1953. Botanical exploration in Venezeula III. Compositae. Fieldiana Bot. 28(3): 620-678. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB-20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LV. THE GENUS, DIMORPHOLEPIS. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The concept recognized here at the generic level is only slightly altered from the section as established by Barroso in 1950. All species have the characteristic narrow elongate phyllaries in the outer series. The genus is easily disting- uished from its closest relatives, Symphyopappus differs by having glabrous and ridged pedicels and Disynaphia differs by having alternate usually narrow leaves. Some species of Dimorpholepis also differ from these related genera by having dissected leaves. The genus Dimorpholepis itself consists of three closely related but rather distinctive subgroups. The species D. mlt- ida has a pappus only about half as long as the corolla and lacking a distinct fused band at the base. This same species has an obsolete carpopodium as in Disynaphia and longer hairs interspersed among the shorter hairs on the pedicels. The typical element including D. grazielae and D. mollissima is also rather distinctive in its ovate leaf blades, longer petioles and sometimes trailing habit. The dissected leaves are found in various members of the genus, D. multifida, D. anethifolia and in some varieties of D. guadichaudiana. Dimorpholepis (G.M.Barroso) R.M.King & H.Robinson, new status, Eupatorium section Dimorpholepis G.M. Barroso, Arquivos do Jardim Botanico 10: 97. 1950. Coarse herbs to subshrubs or shrubs, erect to trailing, few branched. Leaves opposite, short petioled, ovate to lanceolate pinnately to bipinnately dissected into narrow segments often serrate. Inflorescence a corymbose panicle. Involucre of ca. 15 unequal phyllaries, in 3-4 series, receptacle flat or slight- ly convex, glabrous, 5 flowers per head, corollas tubular, 5 lobed, outer surface with a few short stalked glands, lobes longer than wide, short papillose on the backs of the lobes, short hairs on backs of lobes, stomates absent. Inner surface of corollas glabrous, anther collar short, composed of mostly quadrate or rectangular cells with annular thickenings. Anther appendage large, composed of large cells, base of anther hastate. Style base not enlarged, glabrous. Stylar appendage slightly enlarged, papillose. Achenes prismatic, 4-5 ribbed, 118 1971 King & Robinson, The genus Dimorpholepis 119 often with a few short stalked glands and short setae, carpopod- ium obsolete or composed of numerous enlarged thin walled cells continuous on the lower ribs; pappus of ca. 20-30 persistent scabrous setae, apical cells acute. Chromosome number determ- ined from one species (D. intermedia as X= 10, Coleman, 1968). Type species: Eupatorium dimorpholepis Baker = Dimorphole- pis grazielae R.M.King & H.Robinson. Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following 9 species. Dimorpholepis anethifolia (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Bupatorium anethifolium A.P.Decandolle, Prod. Sel 6251836. Brazil: Dimorpholepis coriacea (Scheele) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium coriaceum Scheele, Linnaea 18: 457. 1844. Brazil. Dimorpholepis gaudichaudeana (A.P.Decandolle)R.M.King & H. Rob- inson, comb. nov. Eupatorium gaudichaudeanum A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 148. 1836. Brazil. Dimorpholepis grazielae R.M.King & H.Robinson, nom. nov. Eupatorium dimorpholepis Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. 6(2): 331. 1876. Brazil. Dimorpholepis intermedia (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium intermedium A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 148. 1836. Brazil. Dimorpholepis mollissima (Sch.-Bip. ex Baker) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium mollissimum Sch.-Bip. ex Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. OF 331. 1876. Brazil. Dimorpholepis multifida (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium multifidum A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 182. 1836. Brazil. Dimorpholepis numnularia (Hook. & Arn.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium numnularia Hook. & Arn., Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 2/1. 1835. Brazil. Dimorpholepis serrata (Spreng.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. AES serratum Spreng., Syst. 3: 415. 1826. Argentina, Brazil, Uruguay. References 120 PAH LY eTUOcicO GaETs Vol, 22, nosed Barroso, G.M. 1950. Consideragdes sddre o género Eupatorium. Arquivos do Jardim Botanico 10: 13-116. Coleman, J.R. 1968. Chromosome numbers in some Brazilian Compositae. Rhodora 70: 228-240. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB- 20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LVI. A NEW GENUS, CAMPOVASSOURIA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A single highly variable species previously known as Eupatorium bupleurifolium is the basis for the new genus Campovassouria recognized here. The species is closely related to the genus Disynaphia and has a similar habit with corymbose- paniculate inflorescence and slender alternate leaves. The exclusively opposite leaves found in some plants do not greatly detract from the overall similarity. However, three more subtle characters indicate a considerable distinction between the two genera. The most obvious character is the lack of pubescence on the outer surface of the phyllaries in C. bupleur- ifolia where such pubescence is prominent in all species of Disynaphia. Campovassouria has rounded bases on the anthers while those of Disynaphia and the related genera Dimorpholepis and Symphyopappus are prominently pointed. The achene of Camp- ovassouria has a distinct short swollen carpopodium where Disynaphia has only a most rudimentary structure. The generic name is taken from the common name of the plant as given in Cabrera and Vittet (1963) "vassoura do campo" (broom of the campo). Campovassouria R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Aster- acearum iaecteriace) Plantae herbaceae vel suffrutescentes erectae usque ad 3 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules striati sub- glabri superne breviter pubescentes. Folia opposita vel alterna anguste lanceolata vel linearia integra vel serrulata subsessilia subglabra glanduloso-punctata. Inflorescentiae corymboso- paniculatae; pedicelli breviter pubescentes. Involucri squamae imbricatae ca 12 inaequilongae ca 3-seriatae, oblongae non dimorphae extus glabrae; receptacula plana glabra. Flores 5 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares 5-lobatae extus inferne glabrae intus glabrae, cellulis interioribus oblongis, parietibus aliquantum sinuosis, lobis aequilateraliter triangu- laribus vel longioribus extus glanduliferis ad apicem pauce papillosis intus sublaevibus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore angusta, cellulis infernis plerumque quadratis, parietibus annulis plerumque transversis ornatis, thecis basi non hastatis, cellulis exothecialibus subquadratis, appendicibus antherarum oblongis; styli inferne non incrassati glabri, appendicibus linearibus dense breviter et acute papillosis; achaenia prismatica 5-costata pauce glandulifera, punctis in 121 122 PAD TiO Ore ea Vol. 22, no. 2 seriebus transversis; carpopodia distincta parva subcylindrica, cellulis aliquantum inflatis quadratis vel oblongis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis 30-35 scabris persistentibus ad apicem tenuibus laevioribus, cellulis apicalibus acutis. Species typica: Eupatorium bupleurifolium A.P.Decandolle Chromosome number determined as X = 10 (Coleman, 1970). The genus is monotypic. Campovassouria bupleurifolia (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. i upatorium bupleurifolium A.P.Decan- doles) "Prodrs, 5sek9% 1836. Reference Cabrera, A.L. & N. Vittet. 1963. Compositae Catharinenses II. Eupatorieae. Sellowia 15: 149-258. Coleman, J.R. 1970. Additional chromosome numbers in Brazilian Compositae. Rhodora 72: 94-99. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB-20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LVII. THE GENUS, DISYNAPHIA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The members of the genus Disynaphia have almost always been recognized as a related group with their slender to obovate spirally arranged leaves, corymbose-paniculate inflorescences and five flowered heads. This distinctive group has sometimes been given the series name Dysnaphia (once spelled Dasynaphia) based on the original generic name. Additional critical characters of the group recognized here are the hastate bases of the anthers, the sparsely glandiferous achenes, the very rudimentary carpopodium, the pubescent outer surfaces of the phyllaries, the lack of long slender phyllaries in the outer series and the linear style branches with crowded erect papillae. On the basis of these characters the generic status is restored. A few Brazilian species do resemble Disynaphia in habit. Campovassouria bupleurifolia is apparently closely related but differing by the glabrous outer surfaces of the phyllaries and the small but distinct carpopodia among other things. The two species known as Eupatorium blanchetii Sch.-Bip. ex Baker and E. praefictum B.L.Robinson are apparently not closely related to Disynaphia and they can be distinguished very easily by their setiferous achenes with more distinct carpopodia. Disynaphia W.S.Hooker & Arnott ex A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 72267. 1838. Plants erect, much branched shrubs or subshrubs. Leaves alternate, rarely opposite or subopposite, sessile to subsessile, blades linear to oblong or oblanceolate, entire to serrulate. Inflorescence a corymbose panicle. Pedicles covered with prom- inent short hairs. Involucre of 11-15 phyllaries, in 2-3(4) series; outer series short and more rounded. Receptacle slight- ly convex or flat, glabrous to slightly pubescent, 4-5 flowers per head; corollas tubular, 5-lobed, outer surface of corolla glabrous below or with a few short stalked glands, lobes usual- ly about as long as wide, with short stalked glands, stomates absent. Inner surface of corolla glabrous, anther collar short, composed of mostly rectangular or quadrate cells, cell walls with annulate thickenings. Anther bases hastate,in a few species as long as collar. Anther appendage large, composed of large cells; style base not enlarged, glabrous. Stylar appendage slender, densely covered with short erect papillae. Achenes prismatic, 4-5 ribbed, glabrous to slightly glandular, minute 123 124 PHYTO LOG TA Vol. 22, no. 2 punctations often in transverse rows, a few species setiferous, pappus of ca 35 usually irregularly scabrous setae, pappus often dehiscing as unit. Chromosome number determined from one species Eupatorium ligulifolium H. & A. as X = 10 (Turner & Irwin, 1960). Type species: Disynaphia montevidensis A.P.Decandolle = D. calyculatum. Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following 12 species. Disynaphia achillaea (Chod.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium achillaea Chod., Bull. Herb. Boiss. Ser. II. 1: 411. 1901. Paraguay. Disynaphia albissima (Hassler) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium albissimum Hassler, Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. 11: 172. 1912. Paraguay. Disynaphia calyculata (Hook. & Arn.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Kupatorium calyculatum Hook. & Arn., Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 242. 1836. Argentina, Brazil, Uruguay. Disynaphia ericoides(A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Kupatorium ericoides A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 150. 1836. Brazil. Disynaphia filifolia (Hassler) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium filifolium Hassler, Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. 11: 171. 1912. Paraguay. Disynaphia ligulaefolia (Hook. & Arn.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Kupatorium ligulaefolium Hook. & Arn., Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 242. 1835. Brazil. Disynaphia littoralis (Cabrera) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium littorale Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 7: 189. 1959. Brazil. Disynaphia multicrenulata (Sch.-Bip. ex Baker) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium multicrenulatum Sch.-Bip. ex Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. 6(2): 335. 1876. Brazil. Disynaphia radula (Chod.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium radula Chod., Bull. Herb. Boiss. Ser. II. 2: 311. 1902. Brazil, Paraguay. Disynaphia senecionidea (Baker) R.M.King & H.Robinson, Le nov. Eupatorium senecionideum Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. 6(2): 318. 1876. Brazil. 1971 King & Robinson, The genus Disynaphia 125 Disynaphia spathulata (Hook. & Arn.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium spathulatum Hook. & Arn., Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 242. 1835. Brazil. Disynaphia variolata (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium variolatum B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. Mess. (a2 e0., 192i... Brazidl. Reference Turner, B.L. & H.S.Irwin 1960. Chromosome numbers in the Compositae II. Meiotic counts for fourteen species of Brazilian Compositae. Rhodora 62:122-126. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 to the senior author. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. LIV Harold N. Moldenke ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM f. VIVIPARUM Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma 4 forma typica speciei capitulis plusminusve vivi- paris recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having its flower—heads more or less viviparous. The type of the form was collected by R. M. Harley and R. Souza (no. 10097) in the shallower parts of a rapidly flowing stream in the shade of a small gallery forest about l km. east of the Royal Soclshy Nee) Geographic Society Expedition's base camp, 12°9' S., 519),6' W., Mato Grosso, Brazil, on September 18, 1968, and is de- posited in the Britton. Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. SYNGONANTHUS PHELPSAE var. VIRIDIS Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei bracteis involucrantibus nigris et foliis glabris vel subglabratis laete viridibus recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having black involucral bractlets and bright-green glabrous or subglabrous leaves. The type of the variety was collected by Julian A. Steyermark (no. 103840) on a swampy savanna, altitude 2300 m., at Planicie de Zuloaga, Rio Titirico, in the Baree de la Neblina, Amaz6nas, Era- 2il, between October 10 and 15, 1970, and is deposited in the Brit- ton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collector notes that the plant was growing in dense clumps, with subcoriace- ous pale-green leaves and white flower-heads. VITEX ALTISSIMA f. ALATA (Willd.) Moldenke, stat. nov. Vitex alata Willc., Gesell. Naturforsch, Freund. Berlin, Neue Schr, hi: 203. 1803. VITEX RAPINI f. DENTATA NMoldenke, f. nov. Haec forma juvenilis a forma adulta speciei foliolis ad mar— ginem grosse dentatis recedit. This juvenile form of the species differs from the normal adult form in having the leaflet-margins very coarsely dentate. The type of the form was collected by M. G. Baumann-Bodenheim (no. 15809) in serpentine "maquis" on the crest of Mt. Bouo (Ko- ghis), at 700 to 1000 m. altitude, New Caledonia, on November 6, 1951, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York’ Botanical Garden. The collector describes it as a shrub 2 n. tall. VITEX RAPINI var. NANA Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei statura prostrata et foliolis parvioribus recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its 126 1971 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 127 prostrate stature and smaller leaflets, the latter only 1.5-—-6 cm. long and 1.2--3.5 cm. wide. The type of the variety was collected by H. Htirlimann (no. 1645) in crevices in peridotic rocks on the summit of Mt. Moné (Koghis), at 1079 m. altitude, New Caledonia, on July 18, 1951, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botani- cal Garden. The collector describes the plant as a shrub 50 cn. tall, with rose-colored flowers and green fruit. -——— == — we Tr Se BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "THE DOMESTICATION AND EXPLOITATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMALS" edited by Peter J. Ucko & G. W. Dimbleby, vii & 581 pp., illus., Aldine Publishing Co., Chicago, Illinois 60605. 1969. $17.50. The book consists of the 50 papers, revised in light of subse- quent discussions, presented at the Research Seminar in Archaeology and Related Subjects held at the Institute of Archaeology, London University, England, in May 1968. They deal with origins of domestication, patterns of exploitation, methods of investigation, regional and local evidence for domestication, studies in particu- lar taxonomic groups (Arachis hypogaea, Chili peppers, Phaseolus, and algae, higher fungi, yeasts and bacteria used in Southeast Asian food technology), and human nutrition. There are a few, very interesting photographic plates. There are three indexes -- general, sites and localities, and authors. Bibliographies accompany each paper, consequently much valu- able material is provided directly and indirectly in this book. "MARIN FLORA -- Manual of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Marin County, California" by John Thomas Howell, 2nd edition with supplement, ix & 366 pp., illus., University of California Press, Los Angeles and Berkeley, Cal. 94720. 1970. $10.00. It is good indeed to have this fine useful book available again and updated. Actually it is an exact reprint of the first (199) edition to which has been added another preface, a 36-page supple- ment listing and describing genera, 26 species with their sub- divisions and 7 hybrids among new indigenous plants, 1 family, 37 genera and 99 species with their subdivisions among new adventive or naturalized plants, and 5 genera and 7 species with their sub- divisions among deleted taxa. This very rich flora now is at a recorded total of 118 families, 56) genera, 1023 indigenous spe- cies and 08 introduced species, 173 subspecific entities and 7 128 PHY TOL OG Tk Vol. 22, no. 2 hybrids. Fortunately the additions are not all competitive weeds that accompany man as more and more of his kind "develop" the area. This book has been noted for a score of years for its excel- lent ecological survey, keys and annotated plant lists. It is of value to the amateur, the student and the professional botanist. Oh, how this highly competent botanist-author deeply loves this area! "Her scenes are fair to see, her sounds are sweet to hear, her airs are fresh to breathe. Her hills and mountains look down on cathedral groves and over boundless waters." "ATLAS OF UNITED STATES TREES -- Volume I Conifers and Important Hardwoods" by Elbert L. Little, Jr., v & ca. 340 pp. (unnum- bered), illus., U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 2002. 1971. $16.75. This is an oversized, mapped treasurehouse of forestry informa- tion compiled by the highly skilled chief dendrologist of our Forest Service, catalogued as Miscellaneous Publication No. 1116 of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, and listed at less than one third of the price of private printing. This book shows very clearly and effectively the natural range within continental United States including Alaska of 9) native conifers or softwoods and 106 native deciduous or hardwoods on 12 x 11 inch maps. In addition there are a countied United States map and a subdivisioned North America map. In a backcover pocket there are matching overlay maps on waterways, land-surface forms, contoured topographical relief, plant hardiness zones, length of growing season, precipitation, climates, Wisconsin gla- ciation extension, and major forest types. There are common and scientific name indexes. A carefully compiled introduction gives the history of this dendrological mapping, its uses and biblio- graphic citations, This is a valuable addition for libraries, schools, universi- ties, foresters, wild life enthusiasts, water resource investigators, lumbering people, and lovers of the woods. "FLORA OF LESOTHO" (Basutoland) by Amy Jacot Guillarmod, 7) pp., Verlag von J. Cramer, 3301 Lehre, Germany. 1971. DM.150 or $1.25. This is the first extensive work — a doctoral study — done on this small mountainous country surrounded by the low-lying Orange Free State, Natal, East Griqualand and the Eastern Cape Province of the Republic of South Africa. It discusses the his- tory, topography, some ecology, climate, land tenure and use. It provides brief biographical notes on collectors and an analysis of the flora with its 85 (512) species in 159 (17) genera in 17 (15) families of monocots and 1052 (1041) species in 367 (319) genera of 78 (76) families of dicots. The genera with the largest number of species are Helichrysum (6), Senecio (56), Crassula (28), Sutera (23) and Aster (Felicia) (21). It also includes a list of the 1971 Moldenke, Book reviews 29 lower plants. This work is Volume III of the "Flora et Vegetatio Mundi" series edited by R. Tiixen and certainly constitutes a valuable addition to floral literature. "HANDBOOK OF PALYNOLOGY -- An Introduction to the Study of Pollen Grains and Spores" by G. Erdtman, 86 pp., illus., Hafner Publishing Coe, New York, N. YOR 10003. 1969. $2.75. It is good indeed that this definitive work is now available in English. The 1963 Swedish edition has been translated, revised and enlarged especially by the addition of 100 more plates that are excellent. The text covers morphology, taxonomy and ecology. The appendices consider microfossils, palynological preparations and laboratories, literature and references, glossary, and a pol- len diagram fold-out chart on the back cover. "Pollen grains have perhaps a wider distribution in both time and space than any other parts of plants" — far out over the oceans, at the Poles, in glacier ice, in bottom deposits, in bees' honey, in herbivores' feces, etc. "TROPICAL GARDENING -- Handbook for the Home Gardener" by Peggy Hickok Hodge, viii & 129 pp., illus., Charles E, Tuttle Co., Tokyo, Japan & Rutland, Vermont 05701. 1971. $7.50. This is such a pleasant book with many umusually beautiful black/white plant photographs by William Churchill Hodge. It is divided into the following sections: (1) popular island ornamen- tals, (2) outdoor plantings that show, (3) flower beds, (4) in- door plants and flowers (a distressing expression), (s§ outdoor arrangements, (6) trees for Hawaii, (7) fruit in the garden, (8) more good things to eat -- macadamia nuts, vegetables, garden herbs, and (9) battle of the bugs which advocates "on with the sprays and off with the bugs" but warns against DDT. For each section there is a listing of "Where to see the plantings". Much practical experience, plant lore and scientifically derived in- formation are included throughout. There is a detailed botanical index with common and scientific names. Such a reasonable price in today's inflationary market! "CHEMICAL ECOLOGY" edited by Ernest Sondheimer and John B. Simeone, xv & 336 pp., illus., Academic Press, London, and New York, N. Y. 10003. 1970. $16.50. In 1968 some lucky college kids at the State College of Fores- try of Syracuse University had a chance to attend eleven lectures by as many different leaders in this emerging phase of ecology. And now the material is shared with the fortunate readers of this book which belongs in all college, university and relevant re- search laboratory libraries as well as in the hands of ecologists (student, teaching, practicing, research) and educated aficionados of ecology. It deals with chemical ecology in reference to cells 130 PH YT OTL O'G- Lk Vol. 22, no. 2 in the soil, lower and higher plants, hormonal and other chemical interactions between plants and insects, chemical communication within animal species, chemical defense against predation in arthropods, chemical ecology of fish, terpenoid compounds in eco- logy, and chemical aspects of hormonal interactions. All is pre- sented excellently; but the writers, except for R. H. Whittaker, do not direct attention to the whole ecosystem. Each paper has its own extensive bibliography, resulting in the first gathering of all these references between the two covers of this one easily available book. The print is easily legible and relatively neat except for such spelling slips as in Evenari on p. 45, arboreal on p. 221, and Phytophthora in the index. There is an author index and a somewhat incomplete subject index. "TREES AND SHRUBS" by Richard E. Harrison and Charles R. Harrison, 199 pp., illus., Know Yjur Garden Series, Charles E. Tuttle Co., Tokyo, Japan & Rutland, Vermont 0570b. 1965. $12.50. Because of its 582 color photographs, this is a beautiful book. Compiled by a father-son team who have long maintained a horticultural establishment in New Zealand and who must be truly enamored of their subject, it is directed to a worldwide audience of folks interested professionally or amateurly in gardening or in scanning lovely books. Most of the many pictures were taken by the junior author right in the family nursery. They are ac- companied by scientific and common names, family alliance and some pertinent text. Among the Verbenaceae, Lantana camara is described as Indian instead of West Indian in origin and Clero- dendrum fargesii is used as the name for C. trichotomum var. fargesii; but, by and large, the nomenclature is more carefully checked than that in much horticultural literature. "A TROPICAL RAINFOREST: A Study of Irradiation and Ecology at El Verde, Puerto Rico" edited and directed by Howard T. Odun and associate edited by Robert F. Pigeon, 168) pp., U. S. Atomic Energy Commission. 1970. $10.00 paperback & $.95 microf6che. This work, consisting of 111 chapters with almost half devoted to general ecology, deals with \j-radiation effects on fauna, flora and soil in the El Verde ’ tropical rainforest. It can be ordered as TID-2h270 from the National Technical In- formation Service, United States Department of Commerce, Spring- field, Virginia 22151. "NATURE DIARY THROUGH THE YEAR" by Mildred Little Rulison, 92 pp., illus., Vantage Press, Washington, Hollywood, & New York, N.Y. 10001. 1971. $3.50. Here are charming, accurate, never maudlin nature writings of the first order and attractive pen-line illustrations by a recog- 1971 Moldenke, Book reviews 131 nized naturalist-educator. Much of the material appeared years ago in "Our Parks", published by the Union County Park Commission that operates the oft-mentioned Trailside Museum in the Watchung Reservation in New Jersey. For those who know this or similar areas well, the book rings nostalgically true. For those who would like to visit, it is enticing. For others of all ages, it is interesting. A few slips were not caught in proofing, as capitalization in Cypripedium on pp. 13 and 3, misuse of insectivorous on p. 15, misspelling of viridescens on p. 17, and uppercasing of flycatch- er on p. 7h. The closing plea is wisely made: "We believe that it is the business of schools, parks, civic organizations, and public in- stitutions to prepare our young citizens for conservation....Trhe child must know and learn to appreciate nature before he becomes interested in conserving it....by giving him facts and correct attitudes, and by instilling standards of behavior, so that he will understand his own relationship to nature and the responsi- bilities that it brings." ADDITIONAL MATERIALS TOWARD A MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS CALLICARPA. XX Harold N. Moldenke CALLICARPA TOMENTOSA (L.) Murr. Additional synonymy: Callicarpa coja Hamilt. ex Wall., Numer. List 87, in syn. 1831. Callicarpa gongalo Hamilt. ex Wall., Numer. List 87, in syn. 1831. Callicarpa arborea L. ex Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 08, in syn. 1966. Callicarpa tomen- tosa "L. ex Willd." apud Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1): 7, in syn. 1966. Callicarpa tomentosa Merr. ex Arora, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 5: 13). 1966. Tometax tomentosa L. apud Raizada. Indian Forest. 92: 30), in syn. 1966. Calicarpa lanata Pandeya, Puri, & Singh, Res. Meth. Pl. Ecol. 70, sphalm. 1968. -- Callicarpa lanata L. sensu Gamble, in herb. Bibliography: Rheede & Munnicks, Hort. Ind. Malab. h: 123-12, pl. 60. 1683; Ray, Hist. Pl. 2: 1787--1788. 1693; P. Herm., Mus. Zeyl., ed. 1, 11 (1717) and ed. 2, 11. 1726; J. Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 26. 1737; Dassow, Nov. Gen. Pl. Zeyl. 4—5S & [15]. 17h7; L., Fl. Zeyl., ed. 1, 2h &[250] (1747) and ed. 2, 2) & [250]. 178; Dassow in L., Amoen, Acad.,[ed. Kiesewetter],1: 389 (1749) and [ed Haak], 1: 11)—-115. 179; L., Sp. Pl., ed. 1, pr. 1, 1: 118. 1753; L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 2: 897. 1759; L., Sp. Pl., ed. 2, 1: 172. 1762; Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 6. 1763; L., Mant. Pl. Alt. 331. 1767; L., Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 2: 125. 1767; [Retz.], Nom. Bot. 35. 1772; 132 Pin YE: OrG hs Vol. 22, no. 2 J. A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 12 ["13"], 130. 177k; Houtt., Linn, Pfl. Syst. 1: 246—2)7. 1777; Lam., Dict. Encycl. Bot. 1: SuU--55 & 562. 1783; J. A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. ly, 153. 178; Jacq., Ind. Pl. Linn. Syst., ed. 1h, 32. 1785; Retz., Obs. Bot. 5: 1—2. 1789; Vitm., Sum. Pl. 1: 307. 1789; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 246 (1789) and pr. 2, 2h6. 1791; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. [Illustr. Gen.] 1: 293. 1791; Gaertn., Fruct. & Sem. Pl. 2: 81, pl. 9. 1791; Vahl, Symb. Bot. 3: 12 & 13.1794; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 3, 246. 1796; Willd., Linn. Sp. Pl. 1: 620. 1797; Murr. & Pers. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 1 rev., 159. 1797; J. A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nov., 127. 1798; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 7: 697. 1806; Willd., Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 158. 1809; W. T. Ait., Hort. Kew., ed. 2, 1: 27. 1810; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Suppl. 2: 32. 1811; Roxb., Hort. Beng. [83]. 181; Roem. & Schult. inL., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nov., 3: 9 & 95. 1818; Dennst., Schliiss. Hort. Malab. 16 & 30. 1618; Wall. in Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 1 [Ca- rey & Wall.], 1: 06 & 81. 1820; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 1, 137. 1821; Moon, Cat. Ind. & Exot. Pl. Ceylon 10. 182h; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 1: 419 & 420. 1825; Ainslie, Mat. Ind. 2: 180--182. 1826; J. A. & J. H. Schult., Mant. 3: 52. 1827; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 5: 126. 1828; Wall., Numer. List 87. 1831; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2 [Carey], 1: 391—392. 1832; Kostel., Allgem. Mediz.-pharm. Fl. 3: 829. 1834; Boj., Hort. Maurit. 257. 1837; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 1: 28. 1839; J. Grah., Cat. Pl. Bombay 156. 1839; Dillwyn, Rev. Ref. Hort. Malab. 19. 1839; Peterm., Cod. Bot. Linn. Ind, Alph. 33. 180; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 257. 1840; O'Shaughnessy, Beng. Disp. 56. 181; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Cale. 473. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 125 & 128. 185; Lindl., Veget. Kingd. 663. 186; R. Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. : 15--16, pl. 1480. 189; R. Wight, Illustr. Ind. Bot. 2: pl. 173 bis, fig. 5. 1850; Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 237. 1852; Benth. in Hook., Journ. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 5: 135. 1853; W. Griff., Notul. Pl. Asiat. 4: 173 (1854) and Icon. pl. 47. 1854; Twining, Illustr. Nat. Ord. Pl. 2: 10h, fig. 6. 1855; Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. [Fl. Ind. Bat.] 2: 889—890. 1856; Schnitzl., Icon, Fam. Nat. Reg. Veg. 137. 1856; Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. 200. 1861; Sieb. & De Vriese, Ann. Hort. Bot. Pays-Bas [Fl. Jard.] h: 97. 1861; Rosenth., Syn. Pl. Diaph. 1130. 1862; Bocq., Adanson— ia, ser. 1, 3: [Rev. Verbenac.] 192. 1863; Thwaites, Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 243. 1864; Pritz., Icon. Bot. Ind. 1: 188. 1866; Hassk., Hort. Malab. Rheed. Clav. 38. 1867; Beddome, Fl. Sylv. Anal. Gen. 123, pl. 21. 1872; H. Drury, Usef. Pl. India 97. 1873; Beddome, Forester's Man. Bot. S. India 173. 1873; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 3 (C. B. Clarke], 131. 187); Brandis, For. Fl. NW. & Cent. India 3: 368. 1874; Gamble, List Trees Darj. Dist. 60. 1878; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 1, 282 & 503. 1881; Watt, Econ. Prod. India 6: 40. 1883; Nichols., Illustr. Dict. Gard. 1: 22. 188); Dymock, Veg. Mat. Med. W. Ind. 716 & 75. 188); Trimen, Journ. Ceylon Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9: [Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceylon] 68. 1885; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India : 566 & 567. 1885; E. Balf., Cyclop. Ind., ed. 3, 1: 550. 1885; Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 2: 220. 1971 Moldenke, Monograph of Callicarpa 133 1888; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 2: 26--27. 1889; N. E. Br. in G. W. Johnson, Gard. Dict. 157. 1890; Maingay, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1890: 127. 1890; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 503. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 386. 1893; W. A. Tal- bot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb. 159--160 & 216. 189); Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 27. 189); Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 3: 350. 1895; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 166. 1895; J. Matsum., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 13: 11). 1899; Diels in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 29: 5h7. 1900; H. N. Ridl., Agric. Bull. Straits & Fed. Malay States 2: 218. 1902; W. P. Wright in Cassell, Dict. Pract. Gard., ed. 1, 1: 156. 1902; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, pr. 1, 525 & 770. 1902; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Madras 423. 1905; W. P. Wright in Cassell, Dict. Pract. Gard., ed. 2, 1: 156. 1907; King & Gamble, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 7 (2), extra no.: 80). 1908; King & Gamble, Mat. Fl. Malay. Penins. 21: 1014. 1909; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames 1: 217. 191]; J.C. Willis, Rev. Cat. Indig. Flow. Pl. Ceylon 69. 1911; W. A. Talbot, Forest Fl. Bombay 2: 35. 1911; Hosséus, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 28 (2): 29. 1911; J. Matsum., Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (2): 530. 1912; Jacks., Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. 124, Suppl.: 49. 1912; Craib, Con- trib. Fl. Siam Dicot. 163. 1912; Rama Rao, Flow. Pl. Travancore 314. 1914; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames 2: 71. 1916; Free, Fls. Winter 1. 1917; E. D. Merr., Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboin. h)8 & 559. 1917; Basu, Ind. Med. Pl. 3: 3, pl. 733. 1918; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 13: 156. 1918; H. J. Lam, Ver- benac. Malay. Arch. 7, 50, 79-82, [361], & 362. 1919; C. E. C. Fischer, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 9: 140. 1921; Hubert, Verb. Util. Mat. Med. 65. 1921; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Bui- tenz., ser. 3, 3: 10, 20--22, 26, & 27. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, pr. 2, 525 & 770. 1922; H. N. Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 2: 61). 1923; H. J. Lam in Lauterb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 89. 192); Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 6: 1091 & 1092. 192h; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Nederl. Ind., ed. 2, 1312. 1927; T. Ito, Taiwan Shokubutu Dzusetu [Illustr. Formos. Pl.], ed. 1, 606 (1927) and ed. 2, 606. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 1: 526. 1929; Burkill & Haniff, Gard. Bull. Straits Settl. 6: 233. 1930; P. Dop, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 6): 501--502. 1932; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): [Verbenac., China] 22--2). 1932; Crevost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indo-chine 37: 1290. 193; L., Sp. Pl., ed. 1, pr. 2, 1: 118. 193k; Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 39: 298, 301, & 302 (1936) and hO: 98, 100, 101, 104, 106—109, 112, 116, 120, 125, 130, & 196. 1936; Beer & Lam, Blume 2: 222, 1936; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: )11--l)13. 1938; Moldenke, Geogr. Dis- trib. Avicenn. 36. 1939; Moldenke, Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names 5, 9--11, 13, 23, 28, & 43. 190; Moldenke, Suppl. List Common Vern. Names [1]--3, 6, 9, 11, 1h, 20, 22, & 23. 190; Wors- dell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 160. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 5-56, 58, 60—67, 71, & 87. 192; Meeuse, Blumea 5: 71. 192; Moldenke, Alph. List Invalid Names }, 8--11, 22, 27, & hh. 1942; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 95. 195; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (4): 63. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 386. 196; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 134 Per ie 10) TOGA Vol. 22, no. 2 1: 285. 1946; H. N. & A. L. Moldenke, Pl. Life 2: 88. 198; Mol- denke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 531 & 562 (1948) and : 987, 1234, 1237, & 1293. 199; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, LAN 125) 198 POs ABIL AZ5. 187, 139, Uae WSs hp IG —ahO, 157, 177, & 178. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 138. 1949; Thiru- malachar, Mycologia l2: 230. 1950; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 10 (6): 54 (1950) and 11 (1): 15. 1950; Kadambi, Indian Forest. 76: 18--30, 68--32, & 121-132. 1950; Moldenke, Revist. Sudam. Bot. 8: 171 & 172. 1950; Santapau, Anal. Bot. Cavanilles 11: 310. 1952; Razi, Poona Univ. Journ. 1 (2): 7. 1952; V. S. Rao, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 31: [297] & 30h--[305], fig. 33--35. 1952; San- tapau, Rec. Bot, Surv. India 16: 237. 1953; Santapau, Journ. Bom- bay Nat. Hist. Soc. 53: 27. 1955; Satyanarayan, Proc. Sympos. Hu- mid Trop. Veg. 201 & 207. 1958; Subramanyam, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 1: 133. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 159, 160, 165, 167, 168, 17h, 179, 183, 187, 189, 19h, 197, 200, 21h, 23h, 2h1, 243, 2hh, 2h7, 248, 275, 301, 355, bb, & hs. 1959; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Index 1929-1956, p. 59. 1959; Puri, Indian Forest Ecol. 1: 152--15 & 202 (19603 and 2: 641. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 386. 1960; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 13--1, fig. 19. 1962; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 17 (1962) and 7: 6. 1963; Srinivasan & Agarwal, Bull. Bot. Surv. In- dia 5: 86. 1963; Legris, Trav. Sect. Scient. Inst. Frang. Pond. 6: 184, 39h, SOl, 513, & 558. 1963; Balakrishnan, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 6: 87. 196; Arora, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. ly: 81 & 82. 1964; Chopra, Badhwar, & Ghosh, Poison. Pl. India 2: 695. 1965; Sen & Naskar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 38. 1965; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 07--09. 1966; Raizada, Indian For- est. 92: 30). 1966; Panigrahi & Joseph, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 143 & 151. 1966; Arora, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 45: 13h. 1966; Subramanian, Indian Forest. 92: 7. 1966; Gaussen & al., Trav. Sect. Scient. & Techn, Inst. Frang. Pond. Hors ser. 7: ig, SY 62, 67, Tl, & 96 (1966) and 8: 62 & 90. 1966; Sebastine & Rama- murthy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 170 & 17). 1966; Moldenke, Ré- sumé Suppl. 1): 6, 7, & 10. 1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 2s, 426, 501, & 502 (1966), 14: 36--39, 107, 111--115, 126, 151, & 179 (1966), and 1: 225, 2hh, & 25. 1967; Ellis, Swaminathan, & Chandrabose, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 11. 1967; Kammathy, Rao, & Rao, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 207 & 22). 1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 14 & 17 (1967) and 16: 9, 17, & 18. 1968; Maiti, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 111--122. 1968; Vajravelu, Joseph, & Chan- drasekaran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 78. 1968; Pandeya, Puri, & Singh, Res. Meth. Pl. Ecol. 70. 1968; Carrick & al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. Tokyo 16: 2436--21. 1968; Love, Taxon 17: 576. 1968; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 22: 17) & 199. 1968; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 2, 96. 1968; Moldenka, Phytologia 16: 364, 380—382, 38)—388, & h47. 1968; Corner & Watanabe, Illustr. Guide Trop. Pl. 752. 1969; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 11),-- 115. 1969; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (4): iii & title 3982 (1970) and 5 (9): ii & title 10008. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 49, 50, 102, 103, 208, 21h, 215, 220, 223--225, 231, 237, 20, 329, 330, 336, 345, 387, bhS, & hk9—-l52 (1971) and 22: 27— 1971 Moldenke, Monograph of Callicarpa 135 28. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5, Cuml. Gen. Ind. sub Callicarpa. 1971. Illustrations: Gaertn., Fruct. & Sem. Pl. 2: pl. 94. 1791; R. Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. ): pl. 180. 1849; R. Wight, Illus- tr. Ind. Het. 2: ple (5 01s, tip. 5. (im color), 1850; W. Griff., Notul. Pl. Asiat. Icon. pl. hy7. 185; Twining, Ulnar. Nat. Ord. Pl. 2: 104, fig. 6. 1855; Sieb. & De Vriese, Ann. Hort. Bot. Pays- Bas [Fl. Jard. ] ks: 97 (in color). 1861; Beddone, Fl. Sylv. Anal. Gen. pl. 21. 1872; W. A. Talbot, Forest Fl. Bombay 2: 345. 1911; Basu, Ind. Med. Pl. 3: pl. 733. "1918; T. It6, Taiwan Shokubutu Dzusetu [Illustr. Formos. Pl.] 606. 1928; V. S. Rao, Journ. In- dian Bot. Soc. 31: 304, fig. 33--35. 1952; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76, 13, fig. 19. 1962; Corner & Watanabe, Illustr. Guide Trop. Pl. 752. 1969. Recent collectors describe this plant as a densely tomentose shrub or small to middle-sized slender tree, 2--18 m. tall, with reddish-brown indumentum, the trunk 10--31 cm. in diameter, the leaf-blades grayish beneath and pale softly pubescent, the flow- ers fragrant or slightly fragrant, the corolla pink, lavender- pink, or purple-pink to purple-lilac, purple, deep-lilac, mauve or white, the pollen-grains spheroidal, 2 mu in diameter (range 39-—- 2 mu), the exine surface areolate, and the drupes about 5 mm. in diameter, purplish-black, purple-black, or purple to black or scarlet. The corollas are described as purple on J. Fernandes 114 and Lorzing 13067, lavender-pink on M. S. Clemens 11195, pink on Brass 27693 & & 28719, deep-lilac on C. is Be Carr 14870, and white on Prachantasen One Santapau (1952) describes the species as an "Arbusto de hojas y flores elegantes", while Corner & Watanabe (1969) describe it as a "Wild tree. Twigs, inflorescences, and underside of leaves thickly brownish white tomentose. Leaf 12--30 x 5--15 cm. Flow- ers purple lilac. Berry 2--3 m, purple.....lMedicinal." The fruit, of course, is a drupe, not a berry. Chopra, Badhwar, & Ghosh (1965) report that the bark possesses a peculiar aromatic odor and slightly bitter taste. Love (1968) has counted the chro- mosomes in Mehra & Gill 1030 from Nainital in the western Himala- yas of India. Crevost & , Pételot (1934) say of this species: "Plante qui, aux indes, est employé comme masticatoire en remplace- ment du bétel", Collectors have found the plant in forests, rainforests, trop- ical forests, teak forests, secondary forests, the outskirts of forests, rainforest secondgrowth, and riverbeds, on steep slopes, forested riverbanks, and limestone coasts, and along roadsides and creekbanks in rainforests, at altitudes from sealevel to 1800 meters, flowering from August to June, and fruiting in February, April, August, and December. Razi (196) refers to it as a meso- phanerophyte according to Raunkiaer's classification of life-forms. Bakhuizen van den Brink (1921) gives the overall distribution of C. tomentosa as "Brit-India! Siam! Malacca! Sumatra! Hongkong! New-Guinea!" -- his var, typica is recorded by him from "Ceylon] Himalaya! Nepal! Sikkim! Assam! Bengal! Burmah! Siam] Malacca] 136 FUHCY:T50 LO°G*bs Vol. 22, no. 2 Sumatra!" and his var. lanata from "Ceylon! Deccan] Himalaya! Ne- pal! Bhotan! Burmah!] Bhamo! Hongkong! Chinal" He distinguishes the two varieties as follows: var. typica: "Folia adulta subtus tomentosa, incana; 15--)0 c.M. longa, 7--15 c.M. lata; cymi magni, pedunculo petiolum aequante vel longiore; calyx dense tomentosus superne glabratus, raro subglabrescens; corolla extus glabra, vel dorso laciniarum subfarinosa; ovarium setaceum vel sparse pilis stellatis tomentosum, sparse glandulis punctatum". Var. lanata: "Folia adulta subtus dense et molle lanato-tomentosa canescentia; 10--30 c.M. longa, 3.5--15 c.M. lata; cymae magnae pedunculo quam petiolus duplo breviore; calyx sparse tomentosus superne glabra- tus; corolla extus glabra vel dorso laciniarum subtomentosa; ova- rium dense setaceum vel sparse pilis stellatis tomentosum, sparse glandulis punctatum." Lam (192) gives the species! distribution as "Britisch India, Malakka, Malayischer Archipel, Philippinen"; Beer & Lam (1936) say merely "India to New Guinea", Panigrahi & Joseph (1966) de- scribe it as "abundant" in Nefa, where the bark is "eaten with betel-leaf". Free (1917) adds that the leaves are used by the natives of Ceylon as a substitute for betel leaves. Twining (1855) notes also that there are aromatic properties in the bark, which is used as a substitute for betel by the Cingalese, and that the Malays think it is medicinal. Uphof (1968) notes that the species is a shrub of India "esp. Ghat of Bombay, Madras States, N. Kanara etc. Decoction of the bark and roots is used in Hindu medicine in fever, hepatic obstruction and skin diseases? Sebastine & Ramamurthy (1966) tell us that it is "common" in Ke- rala, forming the top layer among deciduous trees; Vajravelu and his associates (1968) also describe it as common in Kerala. In Bhutan, according to Deb, Sengupta, & Malick (1968), C. tomentosa is "widespread". Arora (196) reports it in the understory of bamboo-Xylia-Terminalia ecologic associations, while Kammathy, Rao, & Rao (1967) call it "common on margins of shola". én Woodlark Island this plant is said to be “occasional in rainforest secondgrowth" by Brass, while in Thailand it is "com- mon in deciduous forests by streams" according to Prachantasen. Gamble (1881) refers to it as "a tree of the hills of Western and South India". Bojer (1837) records it from Mauritius gardens, saying "Pat. Inde orientale. Cult. au jardin du Roi, Pampl., et dans d'autres jardins"., Watt (1889) describes it as "A shrub of Western and Southern India and the Circars". Burkill (1966) avers that C. tomentosa is "A tree, found in India and to Sumatra; in the [Malay] Peninsula it is * plentiful southwards to Negri Sembilan. The wood is white....brownish white.....or reddish white......It is scarcely used for anything but burning, and in India is made into charcoal. The plant is pounded and used for poulticing sores. The juice is given inter- nally for stomach-ache...." Watt (1889) reports that "Ainslie says that this plant is reckoned by the Javanese amongst their emol- lients. The bark, according to that author, possesses a peculiar aromatic and slightly bitterish taste..." [to be continued] PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 22 November, 1971 No. 3 CONTENTS HALE, M. E., Jr., Typification of Parmelia dolosa Des Abbayes (Lichenes) . 137 OSWALD, F. W., A new form of Robinia from Vermont .............. 139 HALE, M. E., Jr., Parmelia affluens, a new species of lichen in subgenus Amphigymnia witha yellow medulla ..............0..4. 141 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). AMIE W PONIES IVCORINEONIC s.<) oro ain el ae dorlegoe cd's 143 KING, R.M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). Pe A CW SCHUS K VISTETHODSIS® on. os hw eee fue eae nl es 145 KING, R.M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). Pi Phe PENNS KOGNODRYVTONML OS os ernie eeerancd Sok a ee ons 147 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). Pere SepttS PAID oe 2 RE eee a ake ala cies a's iets KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). Pea IEW LOTUS; SECVUOTISIS (3b esa aia ie es xy aves. wie eb ead <5 156 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). x, wai a CENUS, DYSCTILORYNE is .= 5 Biss Wisk Gon Ge a eb ve ke 158 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LXI. Additions to the Hebeclinium complex with IMEPLICLTING @ NEW BEMETIC NAME ho. 0's sa oie bare wck se ok eee 160 mete A, H..Novitates Antillanae. Vii... sie ie Se ne Sle 163 HORMANN, H., Beitrag zu Sciadocladus menziesii (Hook.) Lindberg, CU eRUCHTISCHES MOOS INCUSCCIONGS. 0. 525 wien eee ae Sa 175 eri. DOOR FEVIC WS. cae! gh sera ts 6 elbeele Sas Ghe) one's. ok we eh 186 MOLDENKE, H.N., Additional materials toward a monograph of the ESN Cs MICH FIND ANN ones aN alone & AP dy edie eet abi alee a hv eed sh 190 DEGENER, O. & I., Numata & Asano, “Biological Flora of Japan’ and remarks about Paederia, Phryma, Rabdosia, Rapanea, ) TT BON TOF, aa 21 225 hy oe PR OR apn aS RAO Re he HN a kc 210 MOLDENKE, H.N., A new combination in Clerodendrum ........... 214 GOTTSBERGER, G., Coffee leaf rust, Hemileia vastatrix, established BIRR Tht Pilg ee A el ein Miata cama dio Vltiag Puiwimal, MUA ab how be a eS 8 215 MORTON, C. V., A reduction of Trichantha to Columnea (Gesneriaceae). . 223 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U:S.Az poh 5 Price of this number, $1; per volume, $7.50, in advance, hE i, or $8, at close of volume a TYPIFICATION OF PARMELIA DOLOSA DES ABBAYES (LICHENES) Mason E. Hale, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 In my monograph of Parmelia subgenus Amphigymnia (Hale, 1965), I considered P. dolosa to be a synonym of P. paulensis Zahlbr. Ex- amination of several more collections from Madagascar and a re- view of the chemistry with thin-layer chromatography (which came into use after the publication of the monograph) have shown this treatment to be erroneous. As so generously pointed out by Dr. S. Kurokawa (1969), who took the time to re-examine specimens pre- served in US, P. paulensis contains norlobaridone, 'neoloxodic acid,'' and atranorin, accounting for the weak KC+ rose color test. While I have not confirmed this chemistry, I was able to demon- strate gyrophoric acid, as reported by des Abbayes, in both syn- types of P. dolosa, tests for which had previously been unsatis- factory. A fatty acid, probably protolichesterinic acid, is also present along with atranorin. The syntypes differ, however, in morphology; one (near Ankazobe, Madagascar) has laminal lobulate isidia, as mentioned specifically by des Abbayes in the original description, while the other (Manjakatompo, Madagascar) has coarse sorediate isidia along the margins. This latter specimen appears to be identical with P. diacidula Hale, a South African species. Parmelia dolosa, then, is a valid species, and I am selecting the Ankazobe specimen as the lectotype. All three species invol- ved, P. diacidula, P, dolosa, and P. paulensis, are quite closely related and still rather poorly circumscribed because so few col- lections are available. A summary of the species follows. PARMELIA DIACIDULA Hale, 1965, p. 287. Type collection: Bosch- fontein Forest, Lions River, Natal, South Africa, Almborn 8679 (LD, holotype; US, isotype). Distribution: South Africa, Madagascar. Chemistry: Atranorin, gyrophoric acid, and a fatty acid, probably protolichesterinic acid. Diagnostic characters: cilia, marginal sorediate isidia. Specimens examined: MADAGASCAR: Manjakatompo, Centre Moyen, Benoist 569 (LD, US), des Abbayes 30/7/1956 (REN, US, syntype of P. dolosa). Specimens from South Africa listed in Hale (1965). ny 138 Pele LAO KORG, bea Vol. 22, no. 3 PARMELIA DOLOSA Des Abbayes, 1961, p. 115. Type collection: near Ankazobe, Ambohitantely Forest, Centre Medien, Madagas- car, des Abbayes 21/8/1956 (REN, lectotype; US, isotype). Distribution: Madagascar. Chemistry: Atranorin, gyrophoric acid, and a fatty acid, probably protolichesterinic acid. Diagnostic characters: cilia, mostly laminal irregularly sublobulate isidia. Specimens examined: MADAGASCAR: Manjakatompo, Benoist 1091 (EDs US) PARMELIA PAULENSIS Zahlbr. 1909, p. 175. Type collection: near Taipas, Mt. Jaragu4, Sad Paulo, Brazil, Schiffner (W, holo- type). Distribution: Brazil. Chemistry: Atranorin, norlobaridone, and "neoloxodic acid" (Kurokawa, 1969). Diagnostic characters: cilia, marginal sorediate isidia. Specimens examined: Since the two specimens cited in Hale (1965), one from Madagascar and one from Réunion, are apparently incorrectly determined (there has been no opportunity to re-exa- mine these), P. paulensis is represented only by the type collec- tion. Literature Cited des Abbayes, H. 1961. Lichens Récoltés a Madagascar et a la Ré- union (Mission H. des Abbayes, 1956). Mém. Inst. Sci. Mada- gascar, ser. B, 10:81-121. Hale, M. E. 1965. A monograph of Parmelia subgenus Amphigymnia. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 36:193-358. Kurokawa, S. 1969. On the occurrence of norlobaridone in Par- meliae. Journ. Hattori Bot. Lab. No. 32:205-215. Zahlbruckner, A. 1909. Lichenes (Flechten) in Ergebn. der Botan. Expedition der Kais. Akad. der Wissensch. nach Sudbrasilien im Jahre 1901. Denkschr. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, Math.-Naturw. Ki GOS 307 —2 110, A NEW FORM OF ROBINIA FROM VERMONT Fred W,. Oswald ROBINIA PSEUDO#ACACIA f, OSWALDIAE Oswald, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei recedit lee guminibus calicibusque (sub anthese) pedicellisque (sub fructi) puniceoepurpureis et foliolis subtus petiolisque persistente pubescentibus, This form differs from the typical form of the species in having legumes Pomegranatespurple, Indian Lake, and/or Deep Hellebore Red, Calyxes of flowers in spring, and pedicels at fruiting stage, also of the same colors. Undersides of the leaves’ pubescent throughout entire season, especially on the veins and lower portions, and upon the petioles, Colors matched according to COLOR STANDARDS AND NOMENCLATURE, by Robert Ridgway. This new form was collected by the author on September 5, 1971, from the south floodbank of the Roaring Branch, approximately 1000 feet upstream from the Molly Stark Trail (Vt. Route 9) bridge, and is dee posited in the herbarium of Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark, This tree is named in honor of Eileen Wolde Oswald, cosediscoverer with the author. Varieties thus far described of Robinia pseudoe acacia are as follows: urpurea Schneid. »» young leaves purple aurea Kirchn, »=# leaves yellow coluteoides Neum. ~e leaflets smaller, oblongs obovate, rounded at apex, cuneate at base; very floriferous amorphifolia Link »= leaflets narrow, oblong microphylla Loud, =» leaflets small and narrow myrtifolia (K. Koch) Schneid. =~ leaflets 11+#19, oval or broadly oval, leel.5 cm. long, rounds ed or slightly emarginate at apex crispa P,. DC. se leaflets with undulate and curled margins linearis Kirchn. ee leaflets linear; of spreading slender habit dissecta Mottet ss leaflets linear or broader and dissected; of compact habit with short branches unifoliola Talou ee leaves with only one large 139 10 PSH Y TO. L0G eA Vol. 22, no. 3 leaflet, occasionally 2e#7 erecta Rehd, =x of columnar habit; leaves with one or a few large leaflets dependens Rehd. se#of pendulous habit; leaves with One or a few large leaflets inermis P. DC. ## branches unarmed umbraculifera P. DC. ss branches forming a dense subglobose head, unarmed; rarely flowering; usually grafted high as an avenue tree and formal plantings rehderii Kirchn. sa low subglobose form, usually grown on its own roots bessoniana Kirchn. »= similar to umbraculifera but with slenderer branches forming a less dense head of more ovoid outline tortuosa P, DC. == a slowegrowing form with short twisted branches, sometimes pendulous at the tips rozynskyana Spaeth =s= leaves 25e840 cm. long, pendulous; leaflets 15-821, oblong, 3686 cm. long; racemes long; flowers large pendula Loud. == with somewhat pendulous branches ulriciana Hartwig ses with slenderer more decidedly pendulous branches pyramidalis Pepin «= a columnar form with unarmed erect branches stricta Link == a pyramidal form with ascending branches semperflorens Carr. es» flowering during the whole summer decaisneana Carr. e~ flowers light rosescolor rectissima Raber. = with erect branches PARMELIA AFFLUENS, A NEW SPECIES OF LICHEN IN SUBGENUS AMPHIGYMNIA WITH A YELLOW MEDULLA Mason E. Hale, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 PARMELIA AFFLUENS Hale, sp. nov. Thallus ut in P. araucariarum Zahlbr. sed medulla P+, materiis chemicis affluentibus continentibus differt. Holotype: Peru: Tingo Maria, San Martin, H. Allard 20700, 19 February 1960 (US; isotypes in TNS, UPS). Additional specimens examined. Peru: Haciendo Exito, Churu- bamba, Huanuco, Mexia 8249a (F, US); near Elena Propria, Tingo Maria, Morrow 9605 (US); Tingo Maria, Allard 21893, 22524 (US). Brazil: Manaus-Amazonas: Taruma, Xavier & Chagas 622, Punta Negra, Xavier s.n., Rio Salimoes, Xavier 615, 624 (US). India: Lasee, Hi- malayas, Griffith (BM). This species has broad, marginally sorediate, eciliate lobes and a pale yellow medulla, externally indistinguishable from P. araucariarum Zahlbr. (see Hale, 1965). I had not been able to re- solve the chemistry with the crystal tests available when I pre- pared the monograph, but thin-layer chromatography has now clari- fied it. The type of P. araucariarum contains atranorin, a fatty acid (apparently protolichesterinic acid), and one or more uniden- tified yellow pigments that form a high streak on TLC plates. One is probably entothein. The medulla reacts P-. All other’ speci- mens that I have been able to re-examine, however, are P+ red in the medulla and have highly distinctive chromatographic profiles. this population is the basis of the new species. The best resolution is obtained in hexane-ether-formic acid (9:4:1), visualizing with H2S04 and heating. Beginning from the top down the following eight spots are easily distinguished at the R¢ points listed (solvent front at 10 cm): 1. atranorin (.75); 2. unknown no. 1, a large gray spot (.65); 3. unknown no. 2, a deep salmon spot (.45); 4. unknown no. 3, a small weak yellowish spot (.35); 5. unknown 4, a second yellowish spot (.24); 6. unknown 5, a brown spot (.20); 7. unknown 6, a deep orange-brown spot (.17), just below unknown no. 6; and 8, protocetraric acid (.08) (P+ red) with a dark streak below this to the point of origin. Resolution 12 PHY TOLOG IA Vol. 22, no. 3 is less satisfactory in benzene-dioxane-acetic acid with little correspondence between the spots seen with hexane: atranorin at .70, a light orange-brown spot at .50, a gray spot (= unknown no. 2?) at .43, streaks and a large streaked brown area at .18-.22, and finally protocetraric acid (.06). The main pigment is not the same as that in P. araucariarum, falling much lower on the plates. There is minor chemical variation among the specimens tested. Mexia 8249a, Morrow 9605, Xavier s.n., and Xavier 622 are identi- cal with the holotype chemistry described above. Allard 22524 lacks unknowns no. 3 and 5 but has a large yellow-brown spotat 5 EO). A specimen from the Himalayas, tentatively identified as P. affluens, lacks this extra spot as well as nos. 3 and 5. This species was co-chromatogrammed with various known substances (physodalic acid, norlobaridone, stictic and norstictic acids, P. quintaria unknowns (Hale, 1971), salazinic acid, alectoronic acid, P. livida group substances, etc.) but none matched. Parmelia affluens is known so far from Peru and Brazil, usu- ally at mid or lower elevations. It would superficially be iden- tified as a small specimen of P. cristifera Tayl. or even P. dila- tata Vainio. The yellow medulla is, of course, the outstanding diagnostic character and a positive Pt test would differentiate it from P. araucariarum, which was described from Sao Paulo. Literature Cited Hale, M. E. 1965. A monograph of Parmelia subgenus Amphigymnia. Contr.) UieS. Nat. Herb../ 36: 193-358 . 1971. Studies on Parmelia subgenus Xanthoparmelia (Lichenes) in South Africa. Bot. Notiser 124:343-354. _ STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LXII. A NEW GENUS, NEOHINTONIA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The single species described here as a new genus is closely related to the genera Mexianthus and Koanophyllon. The new genus Neohintonia, is the same as Mexianthus in having heads in spherical clusters with one flower per head, but the latter genus is distinct by the broad scalelike pappus, the achene constricted above, the carpopodium undifferentiated and the anther appendage reduced to two small lobes. Neohintonia is more closely related to Koanophyllon which has the same type of achene but which has more flowers per head and has a grove up the middle of the inner surface of the anther appendage. Neohintonia is similar in habit to the related South American genus, Sphaereupatorium (0. Hoffmann) Kuntze ex B.L.Robinson but the latter genus has more flowers per head and a paleaceous receptacle. One rather distinctive feature of Neohintonia is the occurence of capitate glands along the stylar appendages. Such glands have not been noticed in the related genera. Neohintonia R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae scandentes pauce ramosae. Caules teretes. Folia opposita vel ex parte alterna distincte petiolata, laminis ovatis subglabris margine serrulatis. Inflorescentiae laxe paniculatae, ramis axillaribus fasiculos sphaericos capitulorum gerentibus. Involucri squamae imbricatae 4-5 oblongae 2-seriatae ad apicem pauce hirsutae; receptacula parva glabra. Flores 1 (raro 2) in capitulo; corollae tubulares 5-lobatae, cellulis interioribus angustis parietibus sinuosis, lobis aequilateraliter triangularibus vel latioribus laevibus extus glanduliferis intus glabris; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore angusta, cell- ulis inferioribus quadratis inornatis, cellulis exothecialibus subquadratis vel latioribus, appendicibus antherarum breviter ephippioformibus; styli inferne non incrassati glabri, appendi- cibus late clavatis laevibus intus glanduliferis; achaenia prismatica 5-costata setifera parce glandulifera; carpopodia distincta brevia obturaculiformia, cellulis parvis subquadratis, parietibus parum incrassatis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis ca. 25 scabris tenuibuis, cellulis apicalibus acutis. Species typica: Eupatorium monanthum Schultz-Bip. The genus is monotypic. 1h3 hy seN TEC NE UL ON IG) (0) (eg age Vol. 22, no. 3 Neohintonia monantha (Schultz-Bip.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium monanthum Schultz-Bip., Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald 299. 1856. Mexico. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LXIII. A NEW GENUS, KYRSTENIOPSIS R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Careful examination of the genera of the Eupatorieae of Mexico shows a single species, Eupatorium nelsonii, with numerous distinctive features and which we place here in a new genus, Kyrsteniopsis. The species is Critonioid in basic features although the habit is similar to some species of Ageratina (Kyrstenia). It is after this resemblance to Ageratina that we have choosen to name the plant. The Mexican genera with which Kyrsteniopsis should be compared are Koanophyllon, Chromolaena subgenus Osmiella, Peter- avenia, Dyscritogyne and Steviopsis. Kyrsteniopsis is distinct from Koanophyllon by the broader partly deciduous involucral bracts, by the longer ungrooved anther appendage, by the style branches not enlarged at the tip and the thicker layers of epidermal cells the ribs of the achene. The last feature is particularly marked because of the prominently sclerotized bases of the setae that are embedded in the epidermis. Kyrsteniopsis differs from all genera of the Koanophyllon complex by the smooth margins of the corolla lobes with rather elongate cells. In Koanophyllon, the margins of the corolla lobes always have some short cells which are partially projecting. Kyrsteniopsis differs from Chromolaena subgenus Osmiella by the more spreading partially persistent phyllaries, the rounded or tapering carp- opodium with larger rounded cells, the cordate leaf bases, and the numerous short-capitate glands over the entire outer surface of the corollas. Steviopsis is distinct from Kyrsteniopsis by its whorled leaves, its slender phyllaries and its corolla without glands. Peteravenia also lacks glands on the corolla but in addition has distinctive pappus setae which are slender at the base and broad at the tips. Dyscritogyne has few or no glands on the corolla, no distinct carpopodium, many gland-tipped setae on the achene and much more massive floral parts. Attempts to relate the genus, Kyrsteniopsis to any particular member of the previous series have failed, but there seems to be least relationship to Koanophyllon and Steviopsis. Both B.L.Robinson (1900) in his original description and a recent collection from near Tehuacan, R.M.King 2329 indicate the flowers are yellowish. Such a coloration would be very unusual for the Eupatorieae and attempts should be made to check this in the field. The specimens we have seen show very short anther filaments 145 146 PHY TOLOG ZS Vol. 22, no. 3 below the collars and though variable the longest are still slightly shorter than the shortest in any related genus. One speciemen, King 2329 has an unsclerotized portion in the middle of the collars and has more small cells above the carpopodiun, but there are no other obvious differences. Kyrsteniopsis R.M.King and H.Robinson, genus novum Aster- acearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae suffrutescentes erectae parce ramosae. Caules teretes inferne glabriusculi. Folia opposita distincte petiolata, laminis ovatis vel deltoideis parce hirsutis glanduliferis basi cordatis ad apicem acuminatis margine serrulatis vel integris. Inflorescentiae laxe paniculatae; pedicelli plerumque breves hirsuti. Involucri squamae subimbri- catae 20-25 valde inaequilongae ca. 4-seriatae extus subglabrae interiores oblongae obtusae; receptacula leniter convexa glabra. Flores 10-16 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares 5-lobatae extus glanduliferae intus glabrae, cellulis oblongis vel linearibus parietibus interioribus sinuosis, lobis aequilater-— aliter triangularibus vel leviter longioribus ubique laevibus; filamenta antherarum in parte inferiore perbrevia in parte superiore angusta, cellulis inferne quadratis, parietibus inornatis, cellulis exothecialibus subquadratis, appendicibus antherarum oblongis vel ovatis; styli inferne non nodulosi glabri, appendicibus late linearibus sublaevibus; achaenia prismatica 5-lobata, costis valde setiferis interdum glandiferis; carpopodia distincta, cellulis superioribus non scleroideis cuneatis, cellulis inferioribus quadratis vel ovalibus 3-5- seriatis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis ca. 30 contiguis scabris ad apicem non dilatatis,cellulis apicalibus acutis. Species typica: Eupatorium nelsonii B.L.Robinson The genus is monotypic. Kyrsteniopsis nelsonii (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium nelsonii B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 35: 337. 1900. Mexico. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant - 20502 to the senior author. Reference Robinson, B.L. 1926. IV. New Phanerogams, chiefly Gamopetalae, from Mexico and Central America. 35: 323-342. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LXIV. THE GENUS, KOANOPHYLLON. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The genus Koanophyllon was described over one hundred and sixty years ago in a publication of very limited distribution. This name was overlooked by us in our listing of the Eupatorian genera (King & Robinson, 1969). As yet we have not seen a copy of the original publication but we have seen a partial trans- lation by Koster in 1816 and a reprinted version with changed pagination dated 1895. It is the Koster translation which is cited in the Index Kewensis, although the 1810 publication seems perfectly valid. The type species, Koanophyllon tinctoria was described as a dye plant with the common name, Anil de Pernambuco. This is apparently the same plant called Eupatorium tinctorum by Pohl in manuscript which Baker (1876) and Oliver (1892) identified as Eupatorium laeve DC. The genus typified by Koanophyllon tinctoria is Critonioid in its general features being particularly distinctive in its usually short often somewhat reflexed anther appendage with a distinct medium groove running up the inner surface. The anther appendage in some species becomes divided almost into two seperate parts and the central portion sometimes seems like a seperate lobe overlapped by the two lateral portions. Even in K. simillimum of Paraguay, where the anther appendage is almost as long as wide, the medium groove is apparent and the apex is slightly but distinctly notched. We include in this treatment of the genus only those species having such grooved anther appendages. Genera that we relate to but exclude from Koanophyllon are Eupatoriastrum which has a short grooved appendage but has a head with 150-300 flowers and with pales, Neohintonia with a short saddle-shaped appendage and usually one flower per head, Mexianthus with one flower per head and a pappus of broad scales, and Sphaereupatorium with a short unnotched appendage and heads usually paleaous in dense spherical clusters. There are a few related species in South America that have longer ungrooved anther appendages and there is a large complex in the West Indies which have a short ungrooved appendage. These latter groups, especially the West Indian, show numerous complications which are not yet resolved. Relationships of Koanophyllon on a broad- er scope include Critonia which differs by its lack of glands on the leaves and corollas and the presence of lactifers in the 147 148 PHY TO i0:G.t & Vol. 22, noe 3 areoles of the leaves. Chromolaena differs most prominently by the clasping phyllaries which dehisce instead of spreading as the plant ages. We are not establishing subgeneric concepts in Koanophyllon but certain distinctive elements are evident. One group consist- ing of K. pittieri and K. hylonomum has leaves that are larger and not evidently trinervate at the base, phyllaries shorter and broader and tending to dehisce and anther sacs which are usually pointed at the base. The single species K. albicaule is distinct in the broad base of the achene with a larger round- er carpopodium. Unlike others of the genus, the separation of the veins in the base of the achene in K. albicaule takes place in the area of the carpopodium instead of higher. Almost all the species of Koanophyllon have a well developed paniculate inflore- sence with paniculately or spicately organized branches. The one species, K. albicaule, differs here also in the corymbose branches and it thus resembles in habit such groups as Chromo- laena, Ageratina, and the West Indian complex related to Koanophyllon. There is one striking set of variations in Koanophyllon that does not represent anything of subgeneric potential. The common species, K. solidaginoides, has a rather standard Eupatorian pappus of many slender setae. A species of extremely close relationship is notable for its complete lack of pappus, and this has been described previously as Piqueria standleyii. There is yet a third species in this complex which has been noted in collections by many workers who have sometimes called it a Trichocoronis but who have usually declined to give any name. This species with a series of many close set very short setae is named as new in this paper. The genus Koanophyllon with its typical element in Paraguay and Brazil extends northward along the eastern slopes of the Andes and has most of its species in Central America and Mexico. Some species extend northward into the Southwestern United States and one species, K. solidaginoides, is widely distributed in both Central and South America and is known from the Galapagos. A few observed differences in pollen should be noted. One group of species, K. solidaginoides, K. standleyii, and K. ravenii seem to have longer spines on their pollen than are seen in the rest of the genus, while K. palmeri and K. solidag- inifolium have only low papillae. Also, pollen matching what we have called Type II in the genus Stevia (King & Robinson, 1968) has been observed in K.coulteri. Koanophyllon Arruda da Camara, Discurso sobre utilidade da instituicao de jardins nas principaes provincias do Brazil, aidiceneis ot elo. Plants shrubs or small trees or with long arching branches, 1971 King & Robinson, The genus Koanophyllon 149 with few to many branches. Stems terete. Leaves opposite with short distinct petioles, lamina broadly lanceolate to elliptical with base acute truncate or cordate, surface with few or no short hairs and with glands numerous to very sparce, without lactifers in the areoles. Inflorescence laxly paniculate with spreading branches paniculate to spicate. Involucral bracts 7-16 eximbricate to subimbricate, unequal to subequal, spreading with age, in two species innermost short and deciduous at maturity. Receptacle glabrous, plain to slightly convex. Flowers 6 to ca. 20 per head, corollas tubular, 5-lobed, cells of tube narrow with rather sinuous walls, lobes as wide as long or wider and appearing very thin, smooth on both inner and outer surfaces, margins of lobes with numerous short irregularly projecting cells, backs of lobes with numerous short capitate glands and sometimes with a few short hairs, without stomates. Anther collar elongate usually with numerous quadrate cells below, sometimes with annular thickenings but usually inornate, base of collar unsclerotized in K. albicaule; exothecial cells subquadrate to wider than long; anther appendages wider than long sometimes very short, apical margin slightly to strongly recurved, longitudinal- ly grooved on the middle of the inner surface and distinctly notched apically. Style base unenlarged and glabrous; stylar appendage distinctly enlarged apically and smooth at tip, with- out glands. Achenes prismatic with 5 costae, costae and upper part of lateral surfaces setiferous; few or no glands; carpopodia short and distinct usually narrowed below, with small subquadrate cells in many series, walls only slightly thickened; pappus long setose, short setose or lacking, setae scabrous, apical cells acute. Chromosome number determined as X = 10 aor on K. albi- caule, reported as Eupatorium cf. ligustrinum DC. (Turner Ellison and King, 1961). ; Type species: Koanophyllon tinctoria Arruda da Camara Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following 21 species. ; Koanophyllon albicaulis (Schultz-Bip. ex Klatt) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium albicaule Schultz-Bip. ex Klatt, Leopoldina 20: 89. 1884. Mexico. Koanophyllon celtidifolia (Lam.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium celtidifolium Lam., Encyc. 2: 406. 1788. Colombia, Ecuador, Guatemala? Jamaica, Lesser Antilles, Peru, Venezeula. Koanophyllon coulteri (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Hupatorium coulteri B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 477. 1901. Guatemala. 150 Pi WT Ov brOnGeE A Vol. 22, no. 3 Koanophyllon flexilis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson,comb. nov. Eupatorium flexile B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 55: 14. 1919. Peru. Koanophyllon hondurensis (B.L.Robinson in Standley) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium hondurense B.L.Robinson in Standley, Journ. Arnold Arb. 11: 44. 1930. Honduras. Koanophyllon huantae (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium huantae B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 104: 16. 1934. Peru. Koanophyllon hylonoma (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson. comb. nov. Eupatorium hylonomum B.L.Robinson, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 250. 190h. Costa Rica, Mexico, Panama? Koanophyllon hypomalaca (B.L.Robinson ex Donn. Smith) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium hypomalacum B.L.Robinson ex Donn. Smith, Bot. Gaz. 35: 4. 1903. Guatemala. Koanophyllon a (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium longifolium B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 480. 1901. Mexico. Koanophyllon mimica (Standl. & Steyerm.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Hupatorium mimicum Standl. & Steyerm., Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Chicago, Bot. Ser. 23: 186. 1944. Guatemala. Koanophyllon palmeri (Gray) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium palmeri Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 21: 383. 1886. Mexico. Koanophyllon pittieri (Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium pittieri Klatt, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 31: 192. 1892(1893). Costa Rica, Mexico, Panama. Koanophyllon plicata (Urban) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. areata plicatum Urban, Symb. Antill. 5: 523. 1908. Martinique. Koanophyllon pseuoperfoliata (Schultz-Bip. ex Klatt) R.M. King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium pseudoperfoliatum Schultz- Bip ex Klatt, Leopoldina 20: 75. 1884. Mexico. Koanophyllon ravenii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Herba vel frutex. Folia opposita, petiolata: lamina usque ad 7 cm. longa, usque 4.5 cm. lata, ovata, basi subcordata, margine crenata, apice acuminata; inflorescentia spiciformi- paniculata usque ad 7.5 cm. longa; capitula ca. 6 m. alta; 1971 King & Robinson, The genus Koanophyllon 151 involucri squamae bi-triseriatae ca. 14; flores ca. 123; corolla glandulosa, pauce hirsuta; pappus breviter mltisetosus. MEXICO: Chiapas: El Chorreadero 5.6 miles east of Chiapa de Corzo along Mexican Highway 190. Municipio of Chiapa de Corzo. Elevation 2500 feet. 18 October 1965. Plant 4 feet tall. D.E. Breedlove & Peter H. Raven 13472 (Holotype MICH !). Paratypes: MEXICO: Chiapas: Gradual heavily wooded slope 17 kilometers north of Tuxtla Gutiérrez along road to El Sumidero. Municipio of Tuxtla Gutiérrez. Elevation 4000 feet. 30 October 1965. Flowers white. Plant 2 feet tall. D.E.Breedlove 14005 (MICH !). El Chorreadero 5.6 miles east of Chiapa de Corzo along Mexican Highway 190. Municipio of Chiapa de Corzo. Eleva- tion . 2h October 1966. Flowers white, shrub 5 feet tall. Robert M. Laughlin 2603 (MICH !). Encafiada Chacona Aguacata. Encafiada Chacona Aguacata (northeast of Tuxtla Gutiérrez). October 1, 1950. Faustino Miranda 6688 (MEXU, US). Koanophyllon simillima (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Hupatorium simillimum B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 77: 38. 1926. Argentina, Paraguary. Koanophyllon solidaginifolia (Gray) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium solidaginifolium Gray, Smiths. Contr. Knowl. 3(5): 87. 1852. Arizona, New Mexico, Texas, Northern Mexico. Koanophyllon solidaginoides(H.B.K.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium solidaginoides H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 4: 126. 1818. Ed. Folio. Brazil, British Honduras, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Honduras, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Salvador, Venezuela. Koanophyllon standleyi (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Piqueria standleyi B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 104: 4. 1934. Salvador. Koanophyllon stipulifera (Rusby) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. ean stipuliferum Rusby, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 4: 210. 1895. Argentina, Bolivia. Koanophyllon tinctoria Arruda da Camara, Discurso sobre utilidade da instituigao de jardins nas principaes provincias do Brazil, - - - p. 38? 1810. Brazil. References Baker, J.G. 1876. Eupatoriaceae. Compositae. in Martius Flora Brasiliensis 6(2):. 352. 152 Petey eT sO. LsOsGe ek Vol. 22, no. 3 King, R.M. & H.Robinson. 1968. Studies in the Compositae- Eupatorieae, VII. Observations on the microstructure of Stevia. Sida 3(4): 257-269. & 1969. Studies in the Compositae-Eupatorieae, XI. Typification of genera. Sida 3(5): 329-342. Koster, Henry. 1816. Travels in Brazil. London. 501 pages. Oliver, D. 1892. CCLV. Paraguay Indigo. Kew Bulletin of Misc. Information. 1892: 179. Turner, B.L., W.L.Ellison & R.M.King. 1961. Chromosome numbers in the Compositae IV. North American species, with phyletic interpretations. Amer. Journ. Bot. 48: 216-226. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB- 20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LVIII. A NEW GENUS, TAMAULIPA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. In our studies of the Eupatorieae, the species named here as a new genus has long been recognized as distinctive. We have delayed dealing with this genus primarily to gain better insight into relationships. The problem is one of parallelisms reaching even the microscopic level. Briefly stated, Tamaulipa has the technical charactersof the Critonioid series of genera but is apparently related to the Gyptoid series. One of the basic problems in the subdivisions that we recognize in the Eupatorieae is the possibly artifical nature of the Critonioid series. It is these plants that are disting- uished by their lack of specialization of all parts. The style bases and appendages are plain, the corolla lobes are smooth on both surfaces, the anther appendages and collars are not distinctive and the achenes including the carpopodia are not remarkable in any way. It is the Critonioid series that has been most difficult to resolve into its component parts and it is here that parallelism can be most difficult to recognize. We continue to recognize the Critonioids as a group primarily because of very real evidence of relationship within the group. Tamaulipa would seem to be one of the few genera having Critonioid characters that is not closely related. Evidence of the true relationship of Tamaulipa is available from two sources. The first source is a critical survey of the Critonioid genera in which the closest resemblance is found in a group of Andean species including what is presently called Eupatorium salvia Colla with its broad rimlike carpopodium and especially Eupatorium lamifolium H.B.K. with its conical receptacle. Aside from a critical difference in phyllaries mentioned below, there are reasons for doubting any real relation- ship between these and Tamaulipa. There is a great geographical gap between the ranges of Tamaulipa and the Andean species and Tamaulipa is in dry areas at low elevations quite unlike anything in the Andes. There is no indication of any intermed- iate forms between these extremes. By following more standard approaches to the study of the Eupatorieae, the true relationship of Tamaulipa is evident. The phyllaries are of the eximbricate type seen in the genus Conoclinium which occurs in the same geographical region. The receptacle is usually conical as in Conoclinium. Even more indicative is the pedicel which is enlarged above as in 153 15h PrHsY POUL .0cG 1k Vol. 22, no. 3 Conoclinium, and which is hollow as in C. greggii. Tamaulipa is related to Conoclinium but differs by its smooth corolla lobes and style branches, by the pointed apical cells on the pappus setae and by the broader base of the achene with a more distinctive carpopodium. It is precisely these papillae of the corolla lobes and style branches and the blunt tips on the pappus setae that mark Conoclinium as a Gyptoid genus. Botanists may take comfort in the fact that traditional methods could have arrived at this answer with little difficulty. We believe, however, that it is important to be certain of such results. Tamaulipa R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum Gace Plantae frutescentes vel suffrutescentes erectae parce ramosae. Caules teretes leniter striati inferne glabriusculi. Folia opposita distincte petiolata, laminis deltoideis adaxialiter parce hirsutis abaxialiter densius hirsutis et glanduliferis margine subserrulatis vel dentatis. Inflorescentiae corymbosae; pedicelli hirsuti superne latiores interne cavi. Involucri squamae eximbricatae 30-35 parce pubescentes ca. 2-3-seriatae interiores subaequilongae exteriores irregulares; receptacula conica vel convexa glabra. Flores 40-70 in capitulo; corollae anguste tubulares 5-lobatae extus inferne glabrae intus glabrae, cellulis oblongis vel linearibus parietibus sinuosis, lobis aequilateraliter triangularibus crassiusculis extus glanduliferis intus laevibus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore angusta, cellulis elongatis basilaribus quadratis, parietibus annulate ornatis, cellulis exothecialibus subquadratis, appendicibus antherarum oblongis vel ovatis; styli inferne non nodulosi glabri, appendicibus late linearibus vix papillosis; achaenia prismatica ca. 6-costata setifera; carpopodia aliquantum indistincta, cellulis parvis quadratis 3-4-seriatis in annulis angustis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis ca. 35 scabris gracilibus, cellulis apicalibus acutis vel subacutis. Species typica: Eupatorium azureum A.P.Decandolle Chromosome number determined as X = 10 (Turner & Flyr, 1966). The genus is monotypic. Tamaulipa azurea (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium azureum A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 168. 1836. Texas, Northeast Mexico. Reference Turner, B.L. & David Flyr 1966. Chromosome numbers in the 1971 King & Robinson, A new genus, Tamaulipa 155 Compositae. X. North American species. Amer. Jour. Bot. 53: 24- 33. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant -GB- 20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERCAEAE). LIX. A NEW GENUS, STEVIOPSIS. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 In Steviopsis we have an example of a single localized extremely distinctive species. Recognition of such genera presents no problem, and we establish the concept now as part of our attempt to complete the generic reorganization of the Mexican Eupatorieae. Actual relationships of the genus remain in question though some possibilities can be discussed. Steviopsis is thoroughly distinct in its narrow whorled leaves, long pedunculate heads with eximbricate phyllaries and corolla lobes longer than wide and non-glandular. The achene is also rather distinctive, being densely setose with a poorly developed carpopodium. The species was originally named as a Stevia and vegetatively resembles some of the species of that genus. Stevia differs from Steviopsis by the papillose inner surfaces of the corolla lobes, the hairs inside the corolla, the distinctive obovate anther appendages and the five flowers per head. In basic characters, Steviopsis is Critonioid. The corolla lobes are smooth on both surfaces, the style base has neither enlargement nor hairs and the stylar appendages are only slightly mamillose. The genus Tamaulipa has similar eximbricate phyllaries but differs in all the other distinctive features given above. The very broad flat style branches, the glabrous corollas and the restriction to the Mexican highlands have caused us to associate this genus with Dyscritogyne, but that genus has imbricated multiseriate phyllaries, more pro- minent anther collars with many short quadrate cells, and opposite to subopposite leaves. It is useless to seek relatives among the larger genera such as Koanophylon with its broad glandular corolla lobes, or Critonia with its imbricate stramineous phyllaries, Steviopsis R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae herbaceae erectae raro ramosae. Caules teretes leniter striati inferne glabriusculi. Folia verticill- ata breviter petiolata, laminis anguste lanceolatis breviter pubescentibus nonglanduliferis serrulatis. Inflorescentiae laxe paniculatae; pedicelli saepe breves. Involucre squamae eximbricatae 20-30 parce pubescentes ca. 2-3-seriatae interiores subaequilongae exteriores irregulares; receptacula leniter 156 1971 King & Robinson, A new genus, Steviopsis 157 convexa glabra. Flores 15-20 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares 5-lobatae extus et intus glabrae, cellulis oblongis vel linearibus parietibus exterioribus sinuosis, lobis aliquantum elongatis laevibus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore brevia, cellulis plerumque elongatis inferne quadratis, parietibus annulate vel intricate ornatis, cellulis exothecial- ibus subquadratis vel brevioribus, appendicibus antherarum oblongis; styli inferne non nodulosi glabri, appendicibus sensim taeniatis sublaevibus; achaenia prismatica 4-5-costata dense setifera et glandulifera; carpopodia indistincta, cellulis quadratis multiseriatis non scleroticis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis 25-30 scabris ad apicem rigidis non dilatatis, cellulis apicalibus acutis. Species typica: Stevia rapunculoides A.P.Decandolle The genus is monotypic. Steviopsis rapunculoides (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Stevia rapunculoides A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 12). 1836. Eupatorium dasycarpum A.Gray ex S. Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. 22: 420. 1887. Mexico. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB~20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LX. A NEW GENUS, DYSCRITOGYNE. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The genus Dyscritogyne named here as new, provides another opportunity to test Eupatorian characters at the species level in comparison to the genus level. The genus contains two species which are unquestionably distinct, with a macroscopic difference in leaf shape and microscopic differences in corolla pubescence. The geographical ranges of the species seem to be close but not overlapping. Still, the two species are strikingly alike in their slender erect stems, short-petiolate leaves, multiseriate imbricate phyllaries, densely glandular achenes, glabrous corolla lobes, anther collars with very numerous short quadrate cells and style branches very broadly strap-shaped. It is clear that the differences between the two species are of a totally different order than those used here to distinguish the genus. The genus Dyscritogyne would fall in the large complex we call Critonioid and is perhaps close to the genus Steviopsis of the same general region. The latter genus does have similar glabrous corolla lobes and broad style branches, but has eximbricate phyllaries and whorled leaves. The imbricate phyllaries and the scattered hairs inside the corolla of one species suggest a far more remote relationship to the so called Eupatorium niveum of the Andes. The latter species and its close relatives are distinct by the glands on their corolla lobes and by their highly developed carpopodia. The genus is rather distinctive by its broad style branches but is even more distinct in the thickness of the base of the style. In some cases the stylar base shows very slight papillosity unlike anything seen in other genera. The generic name is inspired by these distinctive features of the styles along with the remarkably glandular achenes. Dyscritogyne R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asterace- arum (Eupatorieae). Plantae herbaceae erectae raro ramosae. Caules teretes leniter striati glabri. Folia opposita vel alterna breviter petiolata, laminis ovatis minute glanduliferis basi rotundatis vel truncatis ad apicem acutis margine sub- serrulatis. Inflorescentiae laxe paniculatae interdum corymb- osae; pedicelli longi graciles. Involucri squamae subimbricatae ca. 35-0 glabrae valde inaequilongae ca. 4-6-seriatae basilares perbreves; receptacula plana vel leniter convexa glabra. Flores 11-16 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares 5-lobatae 158 1971 King & Robinson, ‘A new genus, Dyscritogyne 159 extus glabrae intus glabrae vel pauce hirsutae, cellulis oblong- is parietibus exterioribus sinuosis, lobis aequilateraliter triangularibus extus et intus laevibus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore incrassata, cellulis plerumque quadratis vel brevioribus, parietibus intricate ornatis, cellulis exothecial- ibus subquadratis vel brevioribus, appendicibus antherarum oblongis vel ovatis; styli incrassati inferne non nodulosi glabri vel pauce papillosi, appendicibus taeniatis sublaevibus; achaenia prismatica 4-5-costata valde glanduloso-setifera; carpopodia nulla; pappus setiformis uniseriatus vel biseriatus, setis ca. 35-L0 rigidis scabris ad apicem non vel leniter dilatatis, cellulis apicalibus acutis. Species typica: Eupatorium adenospermum Schultz-Bip. Key to species of Dyscritogyne 1. Leaves narrowly ovate to lanceolate, often alternate; corollas with scattered hairs inside. D. adenosperma 1. Leaves broadly ovate, opposite; corollas glabrous inside. D. dryophila Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following two species. Dyscritogyne adenosperma (Schultz-Bip.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium adenospermum Schultz-Bip. Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald 299. 1854. Mexico. Dyscritogyne dryophila (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. EKupatorium dryophylum B.L.Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. 36: 478. 1901. Mexico. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB- 20502 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LXI. ADDITIONS TO THE HEBECLINIUM COMPLEX WITH BARTLETTINA, A NEW GENERIC NAME. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Dr. G.F.J.Pabst, Director of the Herbarium Bradeanum in Rio de Janiro, Brazil has brought to our attention that our genus Neobartlettia is a later homonym of Neobartlettia Schlechter in the Orchidaceae. The earlier name is clearly listed in Index Kewensis and we are unable to explain the over- sight. We wish here to establish a new name for the genus of Asteraceae and to make certain additions to the related genera, Hebeclinium and Guayania. In selecting our new name, we are again seeking to honor H.H.Bartlett. Bartlettina R.M.King & H.Robinson, nom. nov. for Neobartiettia R.M.King & H.Robinson, Phytologia 21: 294-297. 1971. non. Neobartlettia Schlechter. Type species: Eupatorium tuerckheimii Klatt. Bartlettina brevipetiolata (Schultz-Bip. ex Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Hebeclinium brevipetiolatum Schultz- Bip. ex Klatt, Leopoldina 20: 90. 1884. Bartlettina constipatiflora (Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium constipatiflorum Klatt, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien 9: 355. 1894. Bartlettina ehrenbergii (Hemsl.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium ehrenbergii Hemsl., Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 23 9k. NESL. Bartlettinahastifera (Standl. & Steyerm.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium hastiferum Standl. & Steyerm. Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 22: 303. 1940. Bartlettina hemisphaerica (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Hupatorium hemisphaericum A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 158. 1836. We have seen material of this species from Copenhagen distributed by Lund which is apparently typical. This seems to be the same as the more recently named Eupatorium mexiae B.L.Robinson listed in our previous treatment. 160 1971 King & Robinson, The Hebeclinium Complex 161 Bartlettina hylobia (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium hylobium B.L.Robinson, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 249. 1904. Bartlettina karwinskiana (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Hupatorium karwinskianum A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 163. 1836. Bartlettina luxii (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium luxii B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 480. 1901. Bartlettina maxonii (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium maxonii B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 5h: Za cel DLS. Bartlettina oresbia (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium oresbium B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 358033 (0900.8 Bartlettina oresbioides (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium oresbioides B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Ah: 618. 1909. Bartlettina paezense (Hieron. ) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. upatorium paezense Hieron., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 57k. 1901. Bartlettina pansamalensis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Hupatorium pansamalense B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 482. 1901. ee comb. nov. Eupatorium pinabetense B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 482. 1901. Bartlettina pinabetensis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, W Bartlettina platyphylla (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium platyphyllum B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 35: 339. 1900. Bartlettina prionophylla (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, —— Oe comb. nov. Eupatorium prionophyllum B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 484. 1901. Bartlettina ruae (Standl.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. upatorium ruae Standl., Ceiba 1: 49. 1950. Bartlettina sordida (Less.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium sordidum Less., Linnaea 4: 403. 1831. 162 P Hak Te. L50-Get A Vol. 22, no. 3 Bartlettina tuerckheimii (Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium tuerckheimii Klatt, Leopoldina 20: 95. 1884. An additional species has been found belonging to the genus Hebeclinium. The species is the most southern of the localized members of the genus. Hebeclinium hylophorbum (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Kupatorium hylophorbum B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 10): 16. 1934. Peru. An additional species of Guayania shows distinctive features including the dwarfed rosette forming habit and a corolla without hairs on the backs of the lobes. Guayania bulbosa (Aristeguieta) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium bulbosum Aristeguieta, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 367. 1957. Venezeula. Reference King R.M. & H.Robinson 1971. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XXXVI. A new genus, Neobartlettia. Phytologia 21: 294-297. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 to the senior author. NOVITATES ANTILLANAE. V (1) Alain H. Liogier The New York Botanical Garden MISCELLANEOUS NEW SPECIES FROM THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. Three years of field work in the Dominican Republic have accumulated a large number of collections, which are been worked upon as time permits; the new species here described form a continuation of the previously published paper by the author: Novitates Antillanae. IV. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Garden 21 (2): IO7=-157. 1971. As Exploration continues in Hispa- niola, one gets to realize that the flora of the island is one of the richest in the Caribbean, chiefly if we consider the species density in the various islands. Oddly enough, Hispaniola was the first place in the West Indies to be visited by botanists, and nevertheless there are still many places awaiting exploration; it is still easy to collect rare plants within a relatively short radius from the main cities in the Dominican Republic. LONCHOCARPUS ELLIPTICUS Alain, sp. nov. Frutex gracilis 1-2 m altus, pauciramosus, novelli tere- ti dense ferrugineo-furfuracei, vetustiores grisei lenti- cellosi; stipulae oblongae, 1 mm longae; folia simplicia elliptica vel obovato-elliptica, 2.5=5 cm longa, 1-5-3 cm lata, apice obtusa vel rotundata, basi rotundata vel obtusa nervo medio supra prominulo subtus prominente, lateralibus utroque latere 5-8, supra in sulco prominulis, subtus promi- nentibus, ad marginem antrorse curvatis, margine integra, supra in statu juvenili dense brunneo-pilosa, mox tenuiter pilosula, bullata, subtus dense pallide brunneo-pilosa, ner- vis fuscatis coriacea. Inflorescentiae cum pedunculo us- que 5 cm longae, dense rufo-pilosulae, bracteae lanceolatae 2 mm longae, pedicelli primarii 1.5-2 mm longi, prophylla ovata vel deltoidea, 2 mm longa; flores subsessiles, calyx campanulatus mm longus, dentibus depressis 0.2 mm altis; corolla violacea, vexillum 1 cm longum explanatum 8 mm latum, apice rotundatum vel leviter emarginatum, basi abrupte in unguiculum 0.5 mm longum contractum, ad centrum (1) Research supported by funds from the National Scien- ce Foundation under Grant GB-17515. 163 16) PHYTO LOGE A Vol. 22, no. 3 viridis; alae carina connatae oblongae 8 mm longae, apice ro- tundatae, 2.5 mm latae, ungue 2.5 mm longo; carinae petala basi libera ad medium connata, ad apicem breviter libera, apice ratundata, ungue 2 mm longo; stamen vexillare basi ipsa liberum caeterum cum aliis connatum, omnia in parte 1/h-1/5 superiore libera, antherae ovatae unifermes 0.8 mm longae, ovarium lineare 8 mm lengum brevissime et dense pilesum, sty- lus ineurvwus glaber, stigma leviter capitatum; legumen nen visum. Type. On limestone rocks, near the bottom ef a gerge, Heye de Pelempite, Baoruco Mts., Pedernales, 3-8 July 1971 Alain Liogier 18133 (holotype, NY; isotypes, US, GH, P, IJ); 6 Nov 1969, + Tiogier 16727, sterile (NY). This species stands out in the genus for its 1-foliolate leaves; it resembles somewhat L. neurepay tue Urb., in which the leaves are 5-9-foliolate, the leaflets are glabrescent above, the inflorescence is larger and branched, densely ferrugineo-pubescent, the wings of the corolla are free from the carina. “here is another eacily ta of 1-foliolate Loneho- carpus, L. ponophy aus Urb., from “nse a Chaud, Barahona, which has linear-lanceolate leaves, acute at the apex; the leaves are glabrescent, with the midnerve impressed above. Lonechocarpus ee ae Urb., known heretofore from the type collection in Haiti se a Pitre), has since been collected in the Cabo Rojo area, Pedernales (“lain Liogier 13739, 16633), the only know locality in the “ominican Repu- blie; it is conspicuous because of its lanceolate, glabres- cent leaflets 4-8 mm wide. Our specimen has 1-3-foliolate leaves. Add to the original description: Legumen lineare 1.5- cm longum 6 mm latum, obscure brunneo- rubrum, apice rotundatum, breviter et sparse pilosulun. BERNARDIA FRUTICULOSA Alain, sp. nov. Fruticulus decumbens ca. 0 cm altus, monoecus, ramuli te- retes pilosuli, vetustiores grisei plabrescentes; stipulae lineari-subulatae, ca. 1 mm longae, pilosulae; folia: petio- lus 1-2 mm longus, pilosulus, lamina elliptica vel oblongo- elliptica, basi et apice rotundata vel obtusa, vel apice versus sensim angustata, 2-2.6 em longa, 1-1.3 cm lata, nervo medio supra impresso subtus prominente, lateralibus utroque latere 3- supra leviter impressis subtus prominulis, venis supra nullis subtus paucis tenuibus, supra glabra vel pilts simplicibus sparsissimis obsita, in sicco 1971 Liogier, Novitates Antillanae 165 griseo-viridia, subtus ad nervos et venis parcissime pilis stellatis suffulta, pallidiora, margine breviter dentata. Inflorescentiae masculae globosae in axillis superioribus pedunculi usque mm longi, pilis simplicibus pubescentes, bracteae 1-3, late ovatae vel triangulares, 1.5 mm longae et latae, acutae, flores in quaque bractea 1-3, pedicelli usque 1.5 mm longi, rubri; sepala ) viridia in aestivatione valva- ta libera ovato-elliptica acuta, 1.5 mm longa dorso pilis simplicibus obsita l-nervia, petala nulla; disci glandulae nullae, stamina libera, in aestivatione glomerulum globosum formantia, filamenta linearia 0.5 mm longa, antherae subqua- dratae lateraliter dehiscentes, squamulae inter filamentos minutissimae oblongae pro staminodiis estimandae, ovarii ru- dimentum nullum. Inflorescentiae femineae axillares pauci- florae, bracteae ovatae, ca. 1.5 mm longae pilosae; sepala 3 late ovata, 1.5 mm longa et lata, extus pilosa, petala nulla, discus basi senalis adnatus superne liber, basim ova- rium cingens lobulis inaequalibus; ovarium globosum obtuse trigonum, dense pilosum; styli multiramosi 2-2.5 mm longi; capsula non visa. Type. Deen gorge among limestone rocks mixed with bau- xite, Aceitillar-Cayo, Sierra del Baoruco, Pedernales, alt 1,300 m, 9 Feb 1969, Alain Liogier 13693 (holotype, NY; iso- types, US, GH, IJ, P). I have seen nothing alike in this genus; the small lea- ves, the short globose pistillate inflorescence, the decum- bent habit are good distinguishing eharacters; all other spe- cies have larger leaves, and usually larger inflorescence}; the other endemic species in Hispaniola, B. tenuifolia Ub. has leaves 2-6 cm long, the parts are provided with 2-bran- ched or simple hairs, the scales in the staminate flowers are at the center, the pistillate flowers have -5 sepals. THOUINIDIUM INAEQUILATERUM Alain, sp. nove Arbor parva gracilis usque ad 8 m alta vel frutex; rami brunnei vel griseo-brunnei, sparse lenticellosi, ramuli tere- tes patente pilosuli brunnei; folia pari-pinnata, 1-3-juga rachis com petiolo usque 5 cm longa pilosula; foliola oppo- sita 1 mm longe petiolata, ovata vel ovato-orbiculata, valde inaequilatera 2.5-5 cm longa, 2-3.8 cm lata, apice rotundata vel emarginata, basi rotundata usque subcordata, latere pro- ximo breviora, margine integerrima plana, chartacea, nervis lateralibus utroque latere 3-5, vel obsoletis, venis dense reticulatis, supra nitidis subtus opaca, glabra. Paniculae densiflorae usque 10 cm longae, adpresse pilosulae, pilis antrorsis; bracteae ovato-oblongae, 1 mm longae, pedicelli usque 2 mm longi. Flores fragantes, sepala 5, oblonga vel oblongoselliptica, imbricata, exteriora breviora, 2 mm longa 166 PEE eT Onl O.Gaiek Vol. 22, no. 3 interiora 3 mm longa, omnia apice rotundata extus pilosula brunnea margine pallidiora intus glabra; petala 5 alba, basi ungue angusto 2 mm longo munita, limbo suborbiculari 3 mm diam, utroque latere adpresse antrorse pilosa, intus supra unguem squama semiorbiculari dense pilosa munita, discus annu- laris crenatus; stamina 8, filamenta 1-1.5 mm longa antrorse pilosa, antherae sagittatae 1 mm longaes; ovarium trilobula- tum viride 3 mm longum apice sparse pilosulum, stylus colum- naris apice paullo dilatato 1.5 mm longo. Fructus loculi 1.5 em longi 1 cm lati alae 1.5=-2 cm lJongae, 1 cm latae, re- ticulatae nitidae margine dorsali recto ventrali undulato, apice rotundatae vel attenuatae. Type. On dogtooth limestone rocks, near sea level, Cabo Rojo, Pedernales, 3-7 July 1971, Alain Liogier 1811) (holo- type, NY; isotypes, US, GH, P, IJ). This tree is very common around Cabo Rojo and on the dog- tooth limestone between Cabo Rojo and Oviedo, growing at al- titudes from sea level to about 200 me The white flowers are really beautiful, fragrant and visited by bees. This species is related to T. pinnatum (Turp.) Radlk.; the main differences are as follows: a. Leaflets obovate-oblong, the midrib central, subacute to attenuate at base; petals about 3 mm long with a claw nearly as wide as the blade, sepals oblong. T. pinnatum. ao Leaflets ovate to ovate-orbiculate, the midrib conspi- cuously off-center, the distal half wider; petals 5 mm long, the claw narrow; sepals rounded. T. inaequilaterum. CISSUS RUBRINERVIA Alain, sp. nov. Scandens ramosa, usque 8 m longa, rami striati vetus- tiores tuberculati, ramuli praesertim ad nodos pilosuli, stipulae orbiculares 3- mm diam, folia alterna petiolo 3.5- 5.5 cm longo in sicco striato, apice piloso, foliola 3, la- teralia 3-5, terminale 5-6 mm longe petiolulatum, terminale rhombeum vel oblanceolatum, 6-12 cm longum, 3-5.5 cm latum, anice breve acuminatum basi longe angustatum, basalia obli- que obovata, apice rotundata vel obtusa, basi angustata ).5- 6 em longa, 2.5-l1 cm lata, omnia supra nervo medio in sulco prominulo, lateralibus obsoletis vel utroque latere 3-l le- viter prominulis, subtus prominentibus, in vivo rubris, mar- gine dentibus subulatis brunneis 1 mm longis suffulta, supra glabra opaca, subtus ad nervos pilosula, venis nullis membra- nacea. Inflorescentiae axillares laxiflorae cum pedunculo usque 1h cm longae pedunculi et pedice 11i 2) mm longi, ca- lyx depressus, margine integer, undulatus, 2 mm diam, discus bene evulutus, h-crenatus, petala flavescentia 3 mm jonga, triangularia, cycullata apice inflexa, filamenta 0.7 mm lon- 1971 Liogier, Novitates Antillanae 167 ga antherae ovatae, stylus 1 mm longus; bacca (in paratypo A. Liogier 16207) obovata 6 mm longa, stylo persistente coro- nata. Type. In woods at the base of a cliff, limestone outcrops, Carlos Diaz, Cordillera Sevtantrional, 19 Sep 1968, Alain Liogier 12722 (holotype, NY; isotypes, US, GH, P., IJ); in thickets at the hase of a cliff, Sierra de Yaroa, limestone crest facing the Yaroa valley, Puerto Plata prov., alt 800- 850 m, 2 Oct 1969, Alain Liogier 16207 (NY, US, GH, P, IJ). This plant is peculiar by its red nerves on the underside of the leaves; its red inflorescence with creamy petals is similar to many other species in this genus. In the Antilles we have three similar species, C. tuberculata Jacq., C. mi- crocarpa Vahl, and ©, rhombifolia Vahl. Cy tuberculata has smaller leaves, its flowers are smaller and red, the stipules are triangular and much smaller; _. microcarpa has acuminate leaflets, smaller flowers and shorter inflorescence; C. rhombi- folia has more ovate leaflets, all are also acuminate, the flowers are also much smaller and the stipules are oblong. OSSAEA GRACILIS Alain, sp. nov. Frutex 1.5 m altus, rami hornotini teretes pilis brevibus brunneo-furfuracei vetustiores brunnei glabrescentes; folia petiolis parium subaequilongis 2-2.5 mm longis teretibus indu- mento ramorum praeditis suffulta, anguste ovato-lanceolata, 1.3- 2.8 cm longa, -8 mm lata, apice versus sensim acuminata apice ipso rotundata, basi obtusa vel rotundata, e basi trinervia nervo medio supra impresso subtus prominulo lateralibus supra vix impressis subtus leviter prominulis, nervis lateralibus supra obsoletis subtus utroque latere 8412, tenuibus, venis subtus laxe reticulatis supra pilis brevissimis sparse strigo- Sa, subtus ad nervos brunneo-furfuracea multo pallidiora, mar- gine integra ciliata, membranacea. Flores axillares solitarii, pedunculi usque 3 mm longi, bracteae oblongae vel ovatae, usque 0.7 mm longae, obtusae, pedicelli filiformes 8-11 mm longi, in- dumento ramulorum, 1-1.5 mm sub calyce bracteolis 2 linear-ob- longis 0.6 mm longis muniti; calycis tubus obovatus griseo-fur- furaceus, 2.7 mm longus, lobi )} lineares 0.8 mm longi; petala rubra vel rosea, triangularia, acuta, 1.8 mm longa, basi 1 mm lata; filamenta 1 mm longa, antherae 1 mm longae, connectivo infra loculos non producto, stylus 3 mm longus, stigma convexum stylo parum crassior. Typee Common in underbrush, in cloud forest, Monteada Nueva, "Cana Brava", alt. 1,300 m, Barahona Mts., 15 Jun 1968, Alain Liogier 11622 (holotype, NY; isotypes, US, GH, P, IJ); 29 Feb 1305" Alain Liogier 14249 (NY, GH, US, P, ris This shrub at first sight reminds the collector of some spe- 168 PLHSY TlOnk O.Gelh Voi, ‘22, noses cies of Clidemia, particularly C. insularis Domin (Cc. capilla- ris Griseb., not D.Don) and Cc. fuertesii Cogn.; the petal shape clearly belongs to Ossaea; the unique size and shape of the leaves, the capillary pedicels, the solitary flowers distin- guish this species from all other Ossaea species in Hispaniola. Considering the closeness of the two genera, Ossaea and Cli- demia, I have come to question the usefulness of keeping them apart on the basis of the petal shape only, which is rounded in Ciidemia and acute to acuminate in Ossaea. Though unable to find any other differences, the separation of two genera by the petal shape only seems to be a consistent character in several well-defined genera, as can be gathered from the literature on the subject. CYNANCHUM PARVIFIORUM (R, pr.) Alain, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 90: 191. 1963 ° This species heretofore known from Puerto Rico and the Le- sser “ntilles has been collected by the author in several pla- ces in the Dominican Republic: Copey, Montecristi, Alain Lio- gier 16387; Piedra Gorda, Santiago, A. Liogier 12665, 1353]; Jaiqui Picado, Santiago, A. Liogier I521h; Oviedo to Los Sala- dos, A. Liogier 16992. The Hispaniolan specimens have smaller leaves, but the other characteristics completely agree with the description and with the specimens available; the most imoortant character is the stipitate gynostegium. CYNANCHUM PENICTLLATUM (Griseb.) Alain, Mem. “oc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 22: 118. 1955. This species was until now considered as an endemic to Cuba; the specimens collected by me in the ~ominican Republic show the same characters with slight variations in the location of the barbs inside the corolla lobes, these in the Cuban speci- mens are at the very tip of the petals on the inner side, while in the,,Dominican Republic specivens they are slightly below the tip. his species seems to grow always on serpentine soil. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Barrancon, Bonao, Alain Liogier 14870, 15177 Loma del Puerto, Jarabacoa, A. Lavagtre 592; A. Liogier 12)3h, 15728; Sierra Prieta, Villa Teta t A. Lavastre 1982, 1333; La Manaclita, La Vega, A. Liogier 15824; [a Leonor, Moncion, A. Liogier 13256. i ar as a MATELEA SYLVICOLA Alain, sp. nove Scandens 1.5 m alta, rami teretes striati sparse pilosi; fo- lia petiolis 8-10 mm longis, lamina oblongo-lanceolata, 7.5-9.5 em longa, 1.2-1.5 cm lata, apice longe acuminata, basi rotunda- 1971 Liogier, Novitates Antillanae 169 ta nervo medio supra impresso ad basim glandulas 2 oblongas brunneas obsito, subtvs applanato vel prominulo, lateralibus nullis vel utroque latere 10-15, membranacea glabra margine integra; inflorescentiae sessiles 1-3-florae, pedicelli 1-2 em longi minute pilosuli, basi bracteas 1-2 lineares usque 2.5 mm longas gerentes; sepala ovato-acuminata, 5 mm longa ad ba- sim 2 mm lata, glabra; corolla rotacea 1.5-2 em diam, viridis, ad centrum brunnea, usque ad medium gamopetala, lobi semi-ellip- tici 7 mm longi basi 5-7 mm lati utrinque glabri, utrunque prae- sertim supra in fundo flavescente brunneo-reticulati membranacei corona exterior valde evoluta cynuliformis 0.8 mm alta in lobis 5 oblongis 1 mm longis preducta, interior laciniis filiformibus 1 mm longis reducta; pollinia reniformia O.l| mm longa flavida, brachii breves, glandula brunnea ©C.1 mm longa. Type. In wet ravine, in forest, Cienaga de la nde tas Cons- tanza, alt 1,600-1,700 m, 15-16 Oct 1968, Alain Liogier 13029 (holotype, NY; isotype, US); in woods, Cabezada de la Cienaga de la Yulata, Constanza, alt 1650 m, 16 Oct 1968, Alain Liogier 13069 (NY, US). Fe oe This species reminds M. annulata Alain, but this last species has lanceolate-spbulate senats 1 om long, the corolla lobes are ovate, 7-3 mm long, the corolla is ring-shaped, crenate at the rim, without appendages. The leaves are shorter (-5 cm long) and not long-acuminate. M. oblongata (Griseb.) Woods. has simi- lar leaves, but the flowers are much smaller and of different shape, always campanulate, never rotate. MATELEA VIRIDIVENIA Alain, so. nov. Volubilis usque 1.5 m longa; rami teretes pilosi, non stria- ti, ramuli dense retrorso-patenti-pilosi; folia 2-l mm longe pe- tiolata, oblonga vel obovato-oblonga, 8-11 mm longa, 2-.5 mm lata, apicre rotundata breviter apiculata, basi angustata, nervo medio supra leviter impresso, subtus prominulo, lateralibus nullis, supra et subtus breve patenti-pilosa, membranacea, viri- dia. Flores plerumque solitarii axillares, pedicelli 3-) mm longi breviter pilosi, bracteae lineares 0.8 mm longae, sepala Lineari-svbulata 3 mm longa basi 0.8 mm lata, extus pilosa; co- rolla albescens lineis viridibus reticulata, rotata 12 mm diam, lobis 5 late triangularibus apice acutis 2 mm longis } mm latis infra pilosis extus pilosis membranaceis; gynostegium sessile leviter 5-angulare, 5 mm diam, coronae lobi basi liberi oblongi 2mm longi, gynostegio longioris pollinia ovalia 0.3 mm longa, brachiis subnullis, glandula triangulari-sagittata brunnea. Type. Common in thickets in open place on dry dogtooth limestone along seashore, Cabo Rojo, Pedernales, ) Nov. 1969, Alain Liogier 16637 (holotype, NY; isotypes, US, GH, P, IJ); about 5 miles E of Cabo Rojo, 8 Feb 1969, Alain Liogier 13620 170 PORE EsOrL OG l 7k Vol. "22 no0."3 fruiting specimen (NY); in thickets, km 92 from Bani to Azua, alt 80 m, 3 Nov 1969, Alain Liogier 16598 (NY, US, GH, P); on limestone, los “uanitos, 7 miles E of Cabo Rojo, Pedernales, 13 Nov 1969, Alain Liogier 16961b (NY, US, GH, P, IJ). A. Liogier 13620 and 16961b are fruiting specimens; the des- crintion of the follicle is as follows: Folliculi (juvenili) oblongo-lineares, apice longe acumina- ti, h.5=-5 cm longi, basi 10-12 mm lati, subglabri, tuberculis carnosis obtecti; semina non visa. This species falls in the relationship of M. alainii Woods., which can be distinguished by its suborbicular leaves, its ova- te acute calyx lobes, the green corolla without reticulation, the corolla lobes hyaline on the margin, much narrower and ova- te-lanceolate; the pollinia are pyriform and the follicles are only 3 cm long, the corona lobes are oblong in M. viridivenia, while in M. alainii they are much reduced. je SOLANUM COELOCALYX Alain, sp. nov. Arbor inermis, ca. 12 m alta, rami dense griseo-stellato- furfuracei, ramuli dense albido-stellato-furfuracei; folia petiolis 1.5-3 em longis supra canaliculatis suffulta, lamina anguste elliptico-oblonga, basi inaequilatera auriculata vel rotundata et leviter excisa, apice acuta vel breviter acuminata 12-18 cm longa, 4-6 cm lata, nervo medio et lateralibus (utro- que latere 6-10) supra impressis subtus prominentibus, laterali- bus ad marginem anastomosantibus, venis laxe reticulato-conjunc- tis, supra obscure viridia sparse pilis stellatis obsita, subtus albo-grisea dense pilis stellaribus breve stipitatis obtecta, margine plana integra membranacea. Inflorescentiae plerumque axillares corymbosae, cum pedunculo };-5 mn longo 10 mm longae dense griseo-pilosae; pedicelli usque 3 mm longi, calyx in ala- bastra -5 mm longum clausum, praeter lineas 5 longitudinales stellato-pilosum, ad anthesim irregulariter, saepe in lobulos 2 adaperiens, corolla rotacea, violacea, 2.5-3 cm diam, extus stellato-pilosa, intus glabra, lobi 5 ovati 1 om longi; sta- mina 5, filamenta vix 1 mm longa, antherae lineari-lanceolatae 6-6.5 mm longae a basim angustatae; stylus 3 mm longus, basi versus stellato-pilosus, ad apicem glaber. Fructus ignotus. Type. In a ravine, El Montazo, from Constanza to Valle Nuevo, remnants of cloud forest, alt 1,200-1)00 m, 12 “pr 1969, Alain Liogier & E.J. Marcano 14716 (holotype, NY; isoty- pes, US, Gi, P,; IJ). The most distinguishing feature of this new taxon is the calyx that does not open into 5 lobes as it does in the other species, but snlits open irregularly, sometimes forming two lobes, one wider, with three sections, the other one narrower with only two sections, at other times the upper part detaching 1971 Liogier, Novitates Antillanae Hig All itself irregularly like a lid with a jagged rim. This feature seems to be unique in the genus. It appears that the five lo- bes are well marked, suggested by the 5 glabrous lines on the closed calyx. The absence of fruiting specimens does not allow a complete diagnosis. The presence of a tree in this genus in the West Indies is a rare case; another tree-like plant, S. plumieri Dun., has slightly lobed leaves, the flowers are sessile on the trunk; this last species is known from Plumier's drawing only, and has not been collected by modern botanists. TABEBUIA CRISPIFIORA Alain, sp. nov. Frutex usque 1.25 m altus, ramuli glabri verrucosi, vetus- tiores grisei cortice striati; folia petiolis usque 1 cm lon- gis supra applanatis verruccsis glabris brunneis suffulta; fo- liola 3-4, petiolulis superioribus }-6 mm inferioribus 1-3 mm longis, ovato-oblonga, vel obovata, basi angustato-cuneata, acuta vel obtusa, lateralia saepe inaequilatera apice rotundata ad obtusa vel breviter cuspidata, terminalia usque 7 cm longa, et 3.5 cm lata, lateralia 2.5-6 cm longa, 1.2-3.) cm lata, ner- vo medio supr@ impresso subtus bene prominente, lateralibus utroque latere 3-5, supra obsoletis vel leviter impressis sub- tus prominulis venis subtus obsoletis, margine plana vel levi- ter recurva, utrinque glabra, supra sub lente sparse punctata, subtus pallidiora nigro-punctata et lepidota, coriacea. Inflo- rescentiae terminales pauciflorae, pedunculo 5-6 mm longo, co- rymbosae, nigro-lepidotae, bracteae lineares 5-6 mm longae; pe- dunculi secundarii 2, semel vel bis furcati, pedicelli usque 2.5 cm longi, bracteolas 2 lineares 2-2.5 mm longas gerentes, alabastra ovata, breviter apiculata, clausa 12 mm longa; calyx cylindraceus 1.5 cm longus ad apicem 8 mm latus, nigro-lepido- tus 6-7-costatus, lobi 4, late triangulari 3-5 mm longi; coro- lla 3.2 em longa, rubro-testacea, tubo 2.8 em longo, cylindra- ceo, ad apicem ampliatum, lobi semiorbiculari antice rotundati 0.5 em longi irregulariter plicati; stamina mm supra basim corollae ab annulo piloso abeuntia; filamenta breviora 13 m , longiora 16 mm longa, antherarum loculi 3 mm longi; ovarium lineare 7 mm longum, dense lepidotum, stylus 2 cm longus, gla- ber, stigmata suborbicularia; fructus non visus. Type. On limestone cliff, Cueva de Boucan Calice, E of Aceitillar, Sierra de Baorucc, alt 1,100 m, Pedernales, 13 Feb 1969, Alain Liogier 138) (holotype, NY; isotypes, US, GH, IJ, P); on the rim of a gorge, on limestone mixed with bavxite, Aceitillar-Cayo, deep gorge among pine forest, Sierra de Baoru- co, Pedernales, alt 1,300 m, 9 Feb 1969, Alain Liogier 13667 (NY); 22 Feb 1969, Alain Liogier 1096 (NY, US, G cr Among the many species of Tabebuia, the nearest seems to be T. domingensis (Urb.) Britt.; this latter has lepidote bran- ches, the leaflets are rovnded or suboblique at the apex, the 172 PIPE AROlG OTGer/k Vol. 22, no. 3 corolla is longer (up to 6 cm long); both have a ring of hairs at the level of the stamen attachment inside the corolla. This species has punctate leaves, the punctuation produced by the presence of dark scales which look like small glands in the leaf tissue. “his is particularly visible in the young leaves; the inflorescence shows the same peculiarity. The specimens from Aceitillar-Cayo have somewhat shorter leaves and some reticulation on the lower face. TESEBUIA OPHIOLITHICA Alain, sp. nov. Frutex gracilis vel arbor parva, 6-7 m altus; rami erecto - paténti, ramuli quadranguli cortice griseo glabri; novelli den- se brunneo-lepidoti; folia petiolis usque 1.5 cm longis, supra applanatis glabris, foliola 3-5, petiolulis 3 apicalibus 10-12 mm, basalibus 1 mm longis, omnibus supra canaliculatis, oblon- go-obovata vel elliptico-obovata, superiora 12-168 cm longa, 5- 8 em lata, inferiora minora .5-12 cm longa, 2.5 em lata apice rotundata obtusa vel acuta, basi rotundata leviter excisa, ner- ve medio supra impresso, subtus prominente, lateraliodus utroqie latere 7-11, supra impressis subtus prominulis, venis supra ob- soletis vel in foliis vetustioribus laxe reticulatis subtus pa- tente reticulatis, margine recurva, coriacea glaberrima in si- cco pallide brunnea. Inflorescentiae compactae, racemosae, multiflorae, in ayice ramorum, pars basali ramorum e cicatri- cibus florum delapsorum nodosa, apice multiflora; alabastra ova- ta, clausa, apiculata, 8 mm longa, bracteae filiformes, ad ba- sim pedunculorum 2, 6 mm longae sparse brunneo-lepidotae; pedi- celli filiformes usque 2.5 cm longi; calycis tubus campanulatus sparse lepidotus, 7 mm longus, limbo bilabiato, labio superiore integro, mm longo, acuto, inferiore 3-lobato, lobis 2 mm lon- gis; corolla rosea 5.5 em longa, tubus campanulatus ca. 3 a@m longus, apice 13 mm latus, limbus in statu compresso ).5 cm la- to, 2.5 cm longo, lobi rotundati 1 cm longi, glabra, margine ciliata, stamina 5-6 mm supra basim corollae ab annulo piloso abeuntia, filamenta 8 et 12 mm longa, antherarum loculi oblongi 2 mm longi; ovarium ovato-lineare, dense lepidotum 3.5 mm lon- gum, 4-angulare, longitudinaliter striatum, stylus 2 cm longus, glaber, stigmata suborbicularia. Fructus ignotus. Type. In thickets at the base of a cliff, serpentine hills about miles E of Gaspar Hernandez, alt 50 m, 28 Sep 1969 Alain Liogier 16148 (holotype, NY; isotypes, US, GH, IJ, P), I refer to this same species specimens from Arroyo Frances Puerto Plata, growing also on serpentine, Ekman 1335 and A. Liogier 16136, with smaller leaves, but with the same crowded inflorescence, long linear bracts, filiform peduncles. Though we do not know the flowers of T. conferta Urb., this seems to be the nearest relative to this new species. The longer petioles and petiolules, the shorter and wider leaflets with scales on both faces distinguish these two plants. 1971 Liogier, Novitates Antillanae 173 Tabebuia haemantha (Bert.) DC. has a paniculate inflorescen- ce, the calyx is much longer, the corolla is bright red or crimson, the petioles and petiolules are longer. GESNERIA FILISEPALA Alain, sp. nove Frutex gracilis 3 m altus, rami pauci, superne cicatricibus p etiolorum delapsorum tuberculatis notati, ramuli griseo-pube- ruli vel pulverulenti, ad apicem dense foliosi; folia petiolis h-5 mm longis supra leviter canaliculatis basi incrassatis suf- fulta, lamina obovato-oblonga, basi angustata not in petiolum protracta, apice acuta vel obtusa, raro subtruncata, 2.5-3.5 cm longa, 9-17 mm lata, nervo medio supra per totam longitudinem impresso, subtus prominente, lateralibus supra obsoletis subtus utroque latere 3-) ad marginem arcuatis, venis supra obsoletis vel reticulatis, subtus reticulatis margine recurva, ad apicem crasse dentata vel subintegra, supra nitida, subtus opaca pallidiora. Inflorescentiae axillares 2-pluri-florae, puberu- lae, pedunculo 2-3 mm longo, bracteae filiformes, 10-12 mm lon- gae, pedicelli per paria ordinati, 9-12 mm longi, pulverulenti, ad basim bracteolas binas rotundatas gerentes, calycis tubus semiglobosus, 5 mm longus, lobi subulato-filiformi, usque 15 mm longi; corolla rubra, in statu juvenili 1) mm longa, lobi 2 mm longi semiorbiculati stamina 1 cm longa, antherae orbicula- res ad orem corollae sitae, per paria connatae, stylus juveni- lis 5 mm longus, pilosulus, stigma capitatum; capsula globosa vel oblonga, 6-8 mm longa, 5-6 mm lata, 5-costata, nervis alte- ris obsoletis, calycis lobi 8-15 mm longi, filiformi-subulati. Type. On limestone rocks in thickets, Hoyo de Pelempito, Bacruco Mts., Pedernales, alt 1,000 m, 3-8 July 1971, Alain Liogier 18132 (holotype, NY; isotypes, US, GH). The long filiform bracts and calyx-lobes distinguish this plant from G. mornincola Urb. & Ekm., which has 1-flowered in- florescences, short bractlets above the middle of the peduncle, shorter corolla and calyx lobes. There are some similarities with G. aspera Urb., whose leaves are scabrous and calyx-lobes shorter. GESNERIA SAXATILIS Alain, spe nove Frutex usque 1.25 m altus, ramuli teretes, resina aurea ob- siti, rami vetustiores griseo-rubri, cortice striato; folia pe- tiolis l1-) mm longis supra applanatis vel leviter sulcatis suf- fulta, obovata, cuneata vel elliptico-obovata, 1-2.3 cm longa, 6-10 mm lata, basi acutissima cuneata, apice ambitu obtusa vel subtruncata, margine ad apicem plus minus dentata, caetera in- tegra, nervo medio supra per totam longitudinem impresso, sub- tus valde prominente, lateralibus supra ohsoletis subtus utro- que latere 3-) prominulis ad marginem conjunctis, venis non vel vix manifestis; laminacoriacea. Pedunculi axillares 1- 174 Peer r-o"'L OG FA Vol. 22, no. 3 flori, cum pedicelli 1 cm longi, infra medium bracteolas duas lineares ) mm longas gerentes; calycis tubus turbinatus ) mm longus, lobi 5 lineari-subulati, intus canaliculati 7 mm longi corolla rubra 13 rm longa, extrinsecus glabra, tubus cylindra- ceus 3 mm latus, lobi vix semiorbiculares 1 mm longi integri; stamina 12 mm longa antherae quadratae, os corollae attingen- tes per paria cohaerentes; stylus 10-12 mm longus, glaber, stig- ma capitatum apice bilobum; capsula obovato-turbinata 5 mm lon- ga apice mm lata valde 5-costata nervis alternis nullis, caly- cis lobi 9 mm longi, subulati. Type. Trail between Pedernales and Aceitillar (Aceitial), alt 4,200 ft, Aug 8-22, 1946, R.A. & E. S. Howard 8120 (holoty- pe, NY; isotypes, GH, US); Aceitillar, Pedernales, March 23, 1967, Marcano 5261; deep gorge in limestone mixed with bauxite, Aceitillar-Cayo, Sierra de Baoruco, Pedernales, alt 1,300 m, 9 Feb 1969, Alain Liogier 13672. These specimens have been named and distributed under the name G. mornincola Urb. & Ekm. “his last species is different in many aspects: the leaves are ovate-elliptic to oblong, the margins entire or obsoletely crenulate above, more or less reticulate; the bractlets are located at the middle of the pe- duncle or above, and only 1.5 mm long; the calyx lobes are only 4-6 mm long and the corolla is 17 mm long, with the exserted stamens and style; the capsule has faint alternate nerves, and the calyx lobes are much shorter. Few species of Gesneria with included anthers grow in His- p aniola: G. aspera Urb., G. parvifolia Alain and G, pulveru- lenta Alain. G. aspera is distinguished immediately by its scabrous leaves, and short calyx lobes; G. parvifolia has pilo- se leaves and the inflorestence is 1-3-flowered, the anthers are not paired; G. pulverulenta has a shorter corolla and cap- sule, and the vegetative parts are pulverulent, the corolla is oblique at the apex. BEITRAG ZU SCIADOCLADUS MENZIESII (HOOK.) LINDBERG, EIN ENDEMISCHES MOOS NEUSEELANDS Hans H@raann Sciadocladus ist eine sehr kleine Gattung der Familie Hypoden- » die ebenfalls auf nur vier Gattungen beschr&nkt ist. Die Familie ist im indoasiatischen Gebiet und auf den pazsifischen In- seln beheigatet; Sciadocladus aber nur auf Neuseeland, Neuguinea und Neukaledonien. Sciadocladus unterscheidet sich von den noch zu obiger Familie geh§renden Gattungen durch eine glatte Kapsel (The smooth capsule at once distinguishes - - - from others of the fami- ly. Sainsbury, p. 317). Bei dem starken Wechsel der klimatischen und landschaftlichen Bedingungen auf der Inselgruppe “Neuseeland” gibt es ffir Moose recht gtinstige Standorte. Es kommen Hochgebirgs- lagen mit Gletschern und anderseits Fjorde und Tieflandsgebiete mit niederschlagsreichen Nothofagus- und Baumfarnw&ldern vor. Der Boden baut sich auf aus Urgestein oder Kalk und auch ausgedehnte Lavafelder sind vorhanden (ie cece Pe 371). Es sind also die besten Bedingungen ffir Moose gegeben. Die insul%re Bedingung und die Iso- lierung besteht schon seit langer Zeit, so dass Endemismen in grosser Zahl vorhanden sind. Auch die beiden auf Neuseeland lebenden Scia- docladus-Arten gehBren dazu. Es sind dies S. kerrii und S. menziesii. Beide sind steril nicht mit Sicherheit su unterscheiden. wenn je- doch die Sporophyten sur Verffigung stehen, ist ein Zweifel ausge- schlossen. Bei S. kerrii erreicht die Seta 1.5 - 3.5 cm. lMnge und die Kapsel 2.0 - 2.5 MMe mae Die entsprechenden Masse sind bei S. men- giesii viel grésser. So werden ffir die Seta 5 = 7 cm. und ftr die Kapsel 4 = 7 mm. angegegeben. COCKAYNE beschreibt die Moosvegeta- tion der Stiinsel und fthrt unter den wichtigsten Arten auch S. menziesii an. Da von dieser wichtigen, endemischen Art keine ‘in die anatomischen Einzelheiten eingehende Monographie vorliegt, fihit sich der verfasser veranlasst, dies in einer kleinen Studie, so- weit es das vorliegende Material sulusst, nachzuholene Im J&nner 1969 botanisierte das Forscherehepaar Drs. DEGENER auf Neuseeland und achtete dabei auch auf die Moose und Flechten. Unter der Sammelausbeute war auch eine reichlich fruchtende Probe von S. menziesii, welche das Material ftir vorliegende Arbeit lieferte. Die Moosprobe tragt die Etikette No. 31,857 und lautets "Minihaha Track near Fox Glacier, South Island, Dense forest. Jan. 12, 1969." Habitus: S. menziesii ist eine robuste, gl&nzende Pflanze. Von einem kriechenden, rhizomartigen und dicht braunfilzigen, primiren Stamm erhebdt sich ein fast schwarzer Sekund&rstamm. Dieser ist bis gu einer Lange von 5 = 10 cm. ohne Seitensweige und spfrlich mit Schuppenbl&ttern bedeckt. Am terminalen Ende befindet sich ein Quirl von 4 - 8 gefiederten, dicht bebl&tterten Rsten. Dadurch wird der Habitus baumchenartig und erinnert an eine Miniaturpalme. Der 175 176 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 22, no. 3 astlose Stamm ist ohne Rhizsoidens nur an seiner Basis ist bis zu: einer H6he von etwa 2 cm. ein dichter Ballen glatter, purpurroter Wurselhaare. Bei vielen Exemplaren setzt sich der Sekund&rstamn noch ca. 2 cm. weiter fort und tragt abermals einen Quirl beblit- terter Aste. Nur bei wenigen Exemplaren ist nach diesem zweiten Wir- tel eine nochmalige Fertsetzung des Sekund&rstammes von wiederum 2 cre ISnge, der mit einem dritten Quirl bebl&tterter Aste abschliesst. Fortpflansung: Die Art ist zweih¥usig. Es konnten aber nur die Perichitien der Archegonien untersucht werden. M&nnliche Exemplare mit Pergonien fehlten. Die Perch&tien sitzen an einem Quirlast, knapp neben der Ansatgstelle an dem Sekund&rstamm und enthalten je 5 - 7 krchegonien. Meist entwickeln sich aber nur 1 = 2 gu eine ) fertigen Sporophyten. Die Archegonien haben eine Lange von 0.83’ mm. Davon entfallen auf die Eiselle 0.17mm., auf den langen Hals 0.63 mm. und der Rest auf einen kurzen Stiel. Eingebettet sind die Arche- gonien gwischen zahlreichen, fadenf6rmigen Paraphysen. Diese sind im Durchschnitt 17 mu dick und 100 mu lang. Nur sehr veretnselnte sind Iinger oder kfirzer. Als Minimum wurden 80 au gemessen und als Maxi- mum 350 mue Stamm: Uber den anatomischen Aufbau des Stammes geben uns Quer- und Langsschnitt Auskunft. Der Umrigs ist ffinfkantig, nflhert sich aber sehr der Kreisform. Der Durchmesser betr&gt 1.0 - 1-2 mm. Die dunkle, purpurrote Rinde (nach STRASSBURGER “Epiderais" genannt) ist 1-2schichtig. Die einzelnen runden, im lAngsschnitt langgestreck- ten Zellen haben einen Durchmesser von 10 mu. Ihre Wande sind 3.5 mu dick, so dass ffir das Lumen nur 3 mau bleiben. An die Rinde schliesst sich das orangefarbene Grundgewebe aus parenchymatischen Zellen an. Der Sbergang vom Rindengewebe wird durch allahlich weitlumiger werdende Zellen vermittelt. Erst nach 8 = 10 zellrei- hen ist die bleibende Grésse mit einem Durchmesser von 20 = 22 mu er= reicht. Auch im Grundgewebe sind die Wande mit 3.5 mu relativ dick. Ihr Lumen betr&@gt daher 13 - 15 mu. Im Zentrum ist ein grosser, rundlicher, weisslichgelber Zentralstrang mit 90 - 100 mu durchmes- ser. Die einzelnen Zellen sind polygonal mit einer lichten Weite von 6 = 8 mu und sehr zarten W&nden von h6chstens 0-5 mu Dicke. Im Langsschnitt sind sie langgestreckt, denn sie dienen zur Wasserlei- tung. Der gesamte Zentrumstrang ist von einer Schutgscheide kleiner, ovaler Zellen des Grundgewebes umgeben. Deren Lumina sind 6 X 10 au, wobei die Lagsachse gegen das Zentrum gerichtet ist. Bl&tter: Bei den Bl&ttern mfissen wir vier Formen unterscheiden: Die Bl&tter der Haupt&ste, die wir Stammbl&tter nennen wollen; die Astbltter der Fiederfste; die Perich&tialbla&tter; und die Schuppen= bl&tter des astlosen Sekundrstammes. Stamm- und Astblitter unter- scheiden sich nur durch verschiedene Grésse. £hnlich gebaut sind auch 1) Diese und die folgenden Massangaben sind das Mittel aus zahlrei- chen Messungen. 1971 Hormann, Ein endemisches Moos oA a die Schuppenblatter. Sehr verschieden sind jedoch die Peri- chatialblatter. Die Stammblatter sind breit oval-herzf8rmig, im Mittel 2.4 mm. lang und 1.4 mm. breit. Langs der Rippe sind einige schwache Langsfalten. Der Spitzenteil ist grob gesagt. Der restliche Rand ist bis zur Basis durch vorsprin- gende Zellecken fein gezahnelt; er ist flach, wie ein Quer- schnitt zeigt. Zwei - drei Zellreihen der Insertion sind rot- braun gefdrbt. Die Rippe ist im Blattmittelteil nur 23 - 24 mu breit; sie endet knapp vor der Blattspitze und ist in der Oberen H4lfte gesdgt; an der Insertion ist sie etwa 40 mu breit; dort ist die sonst hellgelbe Rippe eine kurze Strecke aufwarts orangefarben. Die Beschreibung des Stammblattes gilt auch ffir das Astblatt, nur sind dort die Masse kleiner. Die Schuppenblatter sind etwas gr8sser, 2.6 mm. lang und 2.0 breit. Der Blattrand ist auch im Spitzenteil nur gezdhnelt und die ebenfalls vor der Blattspitze endende Rippe ist viel schwicher. Die Lamina ist hautig und chlorophyllfrei und 6 - 7 Zellreihen oberhalb der Insertion sind rotbraun gef&rbt. Sehr selten wurden auch Schuppenblatter von halber GrSsse mit kurzer Haarspitze angetroffen. Die inneren Perich&tialblatter erreichen 4.5 mm. Lange und enden mit langer Haarspitze. Die- se nimmt vom Blatt 1.6 mm. ein. Die rotbraune F&arbung der Ba- sis erstreckt sich fast bis zur Blattmitte; sie reicht bei den untersuchten Blattern 2.0 mm. hoch. Der Blattrand ist ganzran- dig und flach. Eine Rippe fehlt oder ist zuweilen nur schwach angedeutet. Beiderseits von der Mittellinie sind tiefe Langs- falten. Im Querschnitt sind ab und zu Doppelzellen einge- streut. Blattzellen: Die Blattzellen sind im allgemeinen eng linear und schwach wurmf8rmig gebogen. Bei den einzelnen Blattarten ergeben sich jedoch geringffigige Unterschiede. Die Querw&nde sind fast immer sehr schief, selten ist eine Zelle mit fast geraden Querwdnden eingestreut. Die Zellen sind im Mittelfeld der Stamm- and Astbldtter 42 - 45 mu lang. (Nach Angaben der Literatur 60 - 100 mu; SAINSBURY p. 317) und 5 m breit. Die Wanddicke betragt 1.5 mu und ist ohne Perforation. Die ein- zelligen Zahne des Blattrandes ragen im Spitzenteil 50 mu vor. Die Insertion ist einschichtig. Dort sind die Zellen 40 - 46 mu lang und 10 m breit. Die Wanddicke betr&gt 3.0 mu und ist stark perforiert. Differenzierte Blattflfigelzellen fehlen. Es steht dies im Widerspruch zu SAINSBURY, der von den Basiszel- len schreibt: "forming a distinct group at the angles." Es dtiirfte sich bei dieser Angabe aber um einen Irrtum handeln, da auch in der Abb. von S. kerrii, deren Blatter sich ja von S._menziesii nicht unterscheiden, bei ENGLER-PRANTL Blatt- fltigelzellen fehlen (10. Bd. Fig. 383 C). Alle Zellen mit Aus- nahme der Insertionzellen sind durch erh8hte Zellecken der Querwande schwach papill&8s. Flir die Zellen der Schuppenbl4t- 178 P BY sTsOr LOG, tk Vol. 22, no. 3 ter gilt die gleiche Beschreibung, nur waren sie meist 70 - 80 mu lang und ohne Papillen. Die Zellen der Perich&tialblat- ter nehmen eine Sonderstellung ein. Sie sind zwar auch in Spitzen- und Mittelteil des Blattes langgestreckt-lineal mit schiefen Querwanden, aber ihre Lange betragt 100 - 140 m bei nur 3 mu Breite. Die Zellw&nde sind stark perforiert und etwa 3 mu dick. Die Insertion ist ebenfalls einschichtig. Drei - vier Zellreihen oberhalb betragt die durchschnittliche Zell- breite 14 mu. Absonderlich sind im unterem Basisteil die Zell- wande: Sie sind nur 1.5 mu dick und ohne Perforation! Seta: Die Seta ist tief purpurrot und wird gegen die Kap- sel etwas heller. Aus einem verdickten Fuss erhebt sich ein 60 - 75 mm. langer und nur 0.2 mm. dicker Stiel. In einem Perichatium stehen 1 - 2 Seten. Unter 52 Exemplaren wurde aber auch dieses einmal mit vier Seten festgestellt. Auch die Anzahl der Perich&atien auf einer Pflanze ist gering. SAINS- BURY bentitzt sogar diese geringe Setenzahl bei einer Pflanze in seinem Schltissel als Trennungsmerkmal von S. kerrii. Bei ENGLER=PRANTL ist im 10. Bd. auf Seite 435 ein Exemplar von S. kerrii dargestellt; es hat 20 Perich&tien und 22 Seten. Eine solche Uberfflle wird bei S. menziesii auch nicht ann&hernd erreicht. Im Querschnitt ist unsere Seta rundlich und wir k68n- nen wie beim Sekund&rstamm Rinde, Grundgewebe und Zentral- strang unterscheiden. Der purpurrote Ring des Rindengewebes ist ca 20 mu dick und umfasst drei Zellreihen. Die einzelnen runden, im Langsschnitt langgestreckten Zellen haben einen Lumendurchmesser von 2 - 3 mu und eine Wanddicke von 3 - 4 m. An die Rinde schliesst sich das gelblichhyaline Grundgewebe aus gr8sseren, isodiametrischen Zellen an. Der Lumendurchmes- ser betragt 10 mu und die relativ dicke Wand misst 2 - 2.5 mu. Im Zentrum ist der unregelmAssig rundliche Zentralstrang. Er ist recht gut ausgebildet, denn in ihm erfolgt die Leitung der Nahrstoffe, da ja der Sporophyt fast ausschliesslich vom Gametophten versorgt wird. Er ist hyalin und hat einen Durch- messer von 17 mu. Seine einzelnen Zellen sind Eckigpolygonal mit einem Lumendurchmesser von 2 = 43 m und sehr zarten W4n- den. Kapsel: Das terminale Ende der aufrechten Seta ist mehr oder weniger hakig gebogen, so dass die Lage der Kapsel hori- zontal bis h&ngend ist. Sie ist meist zylindrisch, doch kom- men auch haufig solche mit deutlicher Einschnfrung bei Beginn des oberen Drittels vor. Dadurch entsteht der Eindruck eines langgestreckten Kruges. Ihre Lange betragt im Mittel 7.6 m. bei einer gr8ssten Breite von 1.4 mm. Die Hauptfarbe ist le- derbraun, die konische, 1.2 mm. lange Apophyse ist rotbraun und den Mund umschliesst ein schmaler, schwarzbrauner Strei- fen. Die Kapseloberflache, das sogenannte Epithecium, ist i971 Hormann, Ein endemisches Moos 179 sehr derbhAautig und die Apophyse besonders hart. Dies drfckt sich sehr deutlich im Zellnetz der beiden aus. Die Wand der Kapselmitte hat dickwandige, rectanguldre Zellen. Die Quer- winde sind gerade oder nur wenig schief. Die Breite des Iu- mens betragt 35 m, die Lange 80 m. Gr&8ssere oder kleinere Zellen sind sp&rlich. Als Minimum der Lange wurden 52 m ge- messen und als Maximum 112 mu. Die Wandbreite betragt ffir Langs- und Querwande 8 mu. Eine Perforation ist nicht vor- handen. Abweichend sind die Zellen des Kapselmundes. Zu- oberst ist eine 30 mu breite Reihe gelbbrauner Zellen. Dar~ unter befindet sich ein Kranz schwarzbrauner Zellen. Alle diese sind fast quadratisch oder zumindest isodiametrisch. Ihr Durchmesser betra€gt nur 15 - 20 m. Darunter befinden sich die lederbraunen Zellen, die anfangs ebenfalls klein sind, aber rasch an Gr8sse zunehmen und so den Ubergang zu den Zellen der Kapselmitte herstellen. Im Basisteil werden die Zellen bei gleicher Wanddicke sehr eng; die Lumina sind dort h8chstens 3 m breit. Dadurch ist die Apophyse sehr kompakt und hart. Die Langsw&nde sind zuweilen wurmf8rmig verbogen und die Querw&nde merklich dinner. Die Lange der Zellen in der Apophyse erreicht 70 mu, aber es sind oft be- trachtlich kleinere, linsenf8rmige eingeschoben. Hier sind auch einige ellipsenf8rmige bis fast kreisrunde Spalt8ffnung- en vorhanden. Sie sind phaneropor mit einem Durchmesser von 33 —- 37 mu und oft fiber die Kapseloberflache etwas erhS&ht. Am besten sind sie bei polarisiertem Licht zu beobachten. Peristom: Das Peristom setzt sich zusammen aus dem RZusse= ren und Inneren Peristom. Das Zussere besteht aus 16 schmal- en, gleichseitigen Dreiecken von 0.90 mm. Lange und einer Ba- sisbreite von 0.24 mm. Diese sogenannten Peristomzahnchen sind bis zu einer H&8he von 0.64 mm. rotbraun gefarbt; der restliche Spitzenteil ist chromgelb umd wird gegen das Ende fast hyalin. Der Ubergang von der dunkleren zur helleren Far bung erfolgt nur wenig vermittelt und ist auf 1 - 2 Querfeld- er beschrankt. Die Z&hnchen sind durch Querbalken (Lamellen) in 40 - 50 Querfelder geteilt. Deren H&8he betrdgt in mittle- ren Zahnchenteil 15 m; sie ist in BasisnaZhe geringer und nimmt gegen die Spitze auf ungefa&hr 20 m zu. Die Zahnchen stehen knapp nebeneinander oder sind an der Basis 1 - 3 Feld- er hoch miteinander verwachsen. Jeder Zahn hat auf der Vorder- seite eine Zick-Zack-Mittellinie, die auch dadurch auffallt, dass ihre nachste Umgebung im Dunkelbraunen Bereich gelbbraun gefarbt ist. Der Saum ist bis weit in den Spitzenteil hinauf verfolgbar. Im braunen Zahnteil ist er sattgelb und wird ge- gen die Spitze hyalin. Jedes Querfeld ist im rotbraunen Zahn- teil fein quer gestrichelt, wobei auf 10 m 11 - 12 seichte Querriefen entfallen. In letzten und vorletzten Querfeld vor dem gelben Zahnteil 18sen Sich diese Querstriche in einzelne 180 P.ELY ToOs LO, Gi & Vol. 22, no. 3 Papillen auf, die aber noch genau in je einer Querlinie liegen. Diese Reihen werden im ndchsten Feld schief und gehen dann in unregelmassig verstreute Papillen tiber. Das Innere Peristom be- steht aus Grundhaut, Fortsdtzen und Zilien. Die sattgalbe Grundhaut ist 0.48 mm. hoch und aus zahlreichen Platten zu- sammengesetzt. Aus ihr erheben sich zwischen je 2 Zahnchen des Ausseren Peristoms die gelben, gekielten Fortsdtze. Die H8he des gesammten Inneren Peristoms betragt 0.835 mm. und ist daher etwas kleiner als jene der Zahnchen. Jeder Fortsatz ist gespalten und spdter meist klaffend. Zwischen je zwei Forts&t- zen sind drei, seltener vier, hyaline, knotige Zilien von gleicher Lange wie diese. Auch dies unterscheidet S. menziesii von S. kerrii, wo die Zilien nur die halbe H8he der Forts4tze erreichen en (ENGLER-PRANTL, Bd; 10, Fie. -363 ¢): Sporen: Die chromgelben Sporen sind kugelf8rmig mit einem Durchmesser von 17 - 18 m. Die derbe Exine weist eine grubige Oberflache auf. Deckel und Haube: Die vorliegenden Exemplare hatten alle schon Deckel und Haube abgeworfen. Daher k&8nnen nur dfirftige Angaben an Hand der Literatur gemacht werden. Der Deckel ist konisch und zum Unterschied von S. kerrii ohne Schnabel. Die kappenf8rmige Haube ist sehr klein und bedeckt nur den Deckel. Literatur: 1. Cockayne, L.; New Zealand's Plants and their Story. 1910. 2. Dixon, H.N.; Studies in the Bryology of New Zealand. Part I-VI, Wellington 1913-29. 3. Engler-Prantl; Die nattiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien. 10 & ll. Bd. Musci. Berlin 1925. (Nachdruck) 4. Herzog, Th.; Geographie der Moose. Jena 1926. 5. Sainsbury, G.O.K.; A Handbook of the New Zealand Mosses. Dunedin 1955. 6. Verdoorn, Fr.; Manual of Bryology. Amsterdam 1967. 1971 Hormann, Ein endemisches lkioos 181 ABBILDUNGEN Abb. 4 - 20: handzeichnungen. Abb. 21 - 25: Photos, mit der Reichert Remica III hergestellt, die durch Beihilfe der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien angeschafft werden konnte. (Detaillierte Erkldrungen aller Abb. im Text.) 1. Stammblatt. 2. Schuppenblatt des Sekundarstammes. 3. Blattrand im Spitzenteil des Stammblattes. (Vergr8sserung von "a" der Abb. 1). 4. Blattrand im Spitzenteil des Schuppenblattes. (Vergr&ss- erung von "b" der Abb. 2.) 5. Zellen im Mittelteil des Stammblattes. 6. Querschnitt durch ein Stammblatt im Mittelteil. 7. Querschnitt durch die Zellen des Stammblattes. (Ver- gr8sserung von "c" der Abb. 6) 8. Querschnitt durch eine Blattrippe. (Vergr&8sserung von "d" der Abb. 6.) 9. Querschnitt durch den Sekund&rstamm. (Ubersicht.) 10. Querschnitt durch den Zentralstrang des Sekund4rstammes. 11. Inneres Perich&tialblatt. 12. Blatt aus der Mitte des Perichdtiums. 13. Zellnetz ander Basis eines Perichdtialblattes. (Ver- er8sserung von "g" der Abb. 11.) 14. Zellnetz in der Mitte eines Perichdtialblattes. (Ver- grésserung von "f" der Abb. 11.) 15. Haarspitze eines Perichdtialblattes. (Vergr&8sserung von "e" der Abb. 11.) 16. Kapsel. 17. Zellen des Epitheziums, Kapselmitte. (Vergr8sserung von "h" der Abb. 16.) Um das Bild f&bersichtlicher zu ge- stalten, wurde auf die Darstellung der Wandbreite ver- zichtet. 18. Zellen der Apophyse mit Stoma. 19. Habitusbild der fruchtenden Pflanze. 20. Peristomzahn und Inneres Peristom. 21. Struktur eines Peristomzahnes in Basisteil. 22. Struktur eines Peristomzahnes im Spitzenteil. 23. "Plattenférmige" Struktur im Basisteil der Fortsdtze des I. Peristoms. 24. Querschnitt durch die Zellen eines Perichdtialblattes. 25. Querschnitt durch den Fuss der Seta (Ausschnitt.) 26. Querschnitt durch den Mittelteil der Seta. (Ausschnitt.) 27. Spore. Anschrift des Verfassers: Hans HSrmann, a 3903 Echsenbach, NiederSsterr. Vol. 22, no. 3 PAW ‘TO eOsGai & 182 od od 7) oO od N g @ 2 1) = | ue) o i oO ° uo} oO cal (3) n gesdglen Rippe 183 Hormann, Ein endemisches Moos 1971 Menziesii Sciadocladus VoL. 22, no.3 Fatiy TAOMLGONGeT tA 18), enziesii r h DC eh ravdeonc! ah ard, Wes 5 wat = i} <= f G7 fy, pA Z WO TS BS fa = SS EL OM) oaks Af Za SSE 1971 Hormann, Ein endemisches Moos 185 Sciadocladus Menziesii BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "COMMON WILD FLOWERS OF MINNESOTA", illustrations by Wilma Monser- ud, text by Gerald B. Ownbey, x & 331 pp., illus., University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, Minnesota 5554. 1971. $9.75. About 300 of this state's 1800 kinds of flowering plants are very accurately and naturally drawn by this experienced botanical artist and are given simple descriptions and habitat notes by this recognized botany professor who has had much field experience in his state. This work will serve well for adjacent areas also. Nature lovers, teachers, and beginning students should get much joy and information from this attractive and useful book. The language used is simple and direct. A glossary and an index with both common and scientific names are appended. "ANNUAL REVIEW OF ECOLOGY AND SYSTEMATICS", Volume I, edited by Richard F. Johnston, Peter W. Frank & Charles D. Michener, xi & 06 pp., illus., Annual Reviews Inc., Palo Alto, Cali- fornia 94306. 1970. $10.00. For the christening of this new journal the well recognized editors and the also well known editorial committee reasoned that "ecological work proceeds from a systematic baseline and any in- formed systematic work is also ecologic". Some of the papers follow the "latest information" style ex- pected in annual reviews; fewer consist of a reorientation of biological ideas and facts. The fourteen papers cover a wide range of materials effectively. The papers that had the most fascination for me were Stebbins! "Adaptive Radiation and Repro- ductive Characteristics in Angiosperms, 1: Pollination Mechan- isms", Harper, Lovell & Moore's "The Shapes and Sizes of Seeds", Clemens' "Mesozoic Mammalian Evolution", Brown & Orian's "Spacing Patterns in Mobile Animals", Brock's "High Temperature Systems" and Culberson's "Chemosystematics and Ecology of Lichen-forming Fungi", The print is neat but small. Some split infinitives appear in some of the papers. On p. 351 teleological is misspelled. Each paper has its own bibliography and at the back of the book there is a general author index and a subject index. "CONTROL OF INSECT BEHAVIOR BY NATURAL PRODUCTS" edited by David L. Wood, Robert M. Silverstein & Minoru Nakajima, x & 35 pp., illus., Academic Press, London WIX 6BA & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1970. $11.00. This book consists of the revised papers that were presented before three seminars on new biochemical approaches to pest con- 186 1971 Moldenke, Book reviews 187 trol held in Honolulu in 1968 and cosponsored by the National Science Foundation and the Japan Society for the Promotion of Science. Since many of the natural products (attractants, repel- lants, stimulants, deterrents, arrestants) are plant in origin, much in this work will interest botanists as well as biochemists, animal behaviorists, ecologists and entomologists. Each paper has its own bibliography, but there is no general index. The printing is photo-offset of neat typing, but on p. 183 the genus and species names and authority are misspelled for Clerodendrum trichotomum Thunb. "PLANT DISEASE HANDBOOK" by Cynthia Westcott, revised third edition, xiv & 83 pp., illus. Van Nostrand Reinhold Conm- pany, New York, N. Y. 10001. 1971. $19.75. The dustjacket of this book evaluates it correctly when it states: "An indispensable guide to the diagnosis and control of 2100 plant diseases affecting trees, grasses, shrubs, flowers {obviously not composed by the learned author!] and vegetables grown in the continental U. S." The author's preface to this new edition states that "This re- vision.....retains the same general format, interpolating new in- formation where necessary. The chemicals have been updated, with a list of sources; a few taxonomic changes have been made; and a few new host plants have been added. Many recently reported diseases have been included and previously known diseases have been listed on new hosts." The work is fully and well illustrated with the author's drawings and photographs. On p. 99 "Clerodendrin" appears as the spelling for Clerodendrum thomsonae. There is a fine se- lected bibliography, a helpful glossary, anda list of land grant institutions as sources of help. Now we have to push over the earlier editions on the book- shelves of so many people and places to make room for this very excellent new one. "BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES - A Guide to the Bibliographic Mater- ials Applicable to Botany" by Lloyd H. Swift, xxxvii & 804 pp., Burgess Publishing Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55415. (1970) 1971. $28.50. This guide, done in photo-offset printing from the author's neatly typed manuscript, is "planned primarily for beginning graduate students in botany, but it should be useful to all classes of users of botanical literature". It is divided into five parts: 1. General bibliography with very helpful instruc- tions on the Dewey Decimal, Library of Congress, and other systems of library classification; 2. Background bibliographic literature for botany, especially mathematic, physicochemical and general life scientific; 3. Botanical bibliographic literature that is taxonomic, ecological and physiological; . Bibliographic literature of applied areas of plant study as in agriculture and 188 PH ¥T:0.L OGel A Vol. 22, no. 3 horticulture; and 5. bibliographic literature of areas auxiliary to botany. The author deserves a vote of thanks from each of the many students and workers whose horizons will be broadened or whose time will be saved because of his prodigious efforts. "NATURE STUDY FOR CONSERVATION - A Handbook for Environmental Education" by John W. Brainerd, xiii & 352 pp., illus., The Macmillan Company, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1971. $.95 paperback. The very real worth of this book is indicated by its being sponsored by the American Nature Study Society and by its having the foreword written by Roger Tory Peterson before ever taking into account the author's many years of field and teaching ex-— perience. "This book is designed to help people to study nature so that they can take better care of the environment; to give them knowledge and joy in the process; to enable them to look at a bit of the land and plan for its greatest use and beauty; to ponder the role of the sun, rock, climate, water, soil, vegeta- tion, and animal life and the interplay of these envirormental factors; to make the world a better place in which the human ani- mal can live, with pride in his handiwork and his headwork." The first part of the book deals with concepts of conserva- tion, ecology and outdoor education; the second part deals with such techniques as environmental analysis, observation of natural resources, recording data, identification, collection and experi- mentation; and the third part deals with protecting land and wise use of campus space. Bibliographies are well chosen for each chapter. The writing style is enthusiastic and conversational. The many illustrations are effective adjuncts to the text. The print is clean except for Vaccinium misspelled on p. 306. Despite the use of the terms herbivore and phytophagous the author in- troduced the term "plantivores" for general vegetable feeders. This book is so constituted that it has a better chance than most to reach our young people in the schools and colleges with its important message. "EVERGLADES" by Patricia Caulfield, 143 pp., illus., Sierra Club, San Francisco, California 910), New York, N. Y. 10019, and Washington, D.C. 20002. 1970. $25.00. This book is an oversized exquisite beauty that appeals most convincingly, as its predecessors do, for the protection of our scenic and ecological resources. The price is seasonably con- sidering the format. As in the case of its previous publidations, so perhaps with this one, the Sierra Club has smaller, paper—bound, but still beautifully impressive, editions at pittance prices. The impelling photographs by the author are accompanied by short effective text selections from the writings of Peter Matthies- sen. There is also a descriptive essay by John Mitchell declaring 1971 Moldenke, Book reviews 189 that "There is no other wilderness like it in this country, nothing like it on this planet. That is why it must be saved, the part that is left" -- the sawgrass prairies making a "sea of grass" part of the year, the hammocks with West Indian hardwood trees started from seeds in migratory bird droppings, the bay- heads, the willowheads, the cypressheads about ponds, the higher slash pinelands with saw palmettos often at their feet, the Spanish moss-festooned Big Cypress Swamp, and the mangroves at the southern water's edge, all with their array of animal life. At the end of the book "Notes on the Photographs" give brief descriptions and scientific identifications of the plates and "Acknowledgments" list the assistance of a most impressive list of conservationists and other concerned scientists. "SYMBIOSIS" by William Trager, ix & 100 pp., illus., Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Cincinnati, Toronto, London, Melbourne, & New York 10001. 1970. $3.50 paperback. This is one of the Selected Topics in Modern Biology series and is far superior to the average run of the money-making paper- backs that are little more than chopped up textbook sections. The author's well-fulfilled aims are "to acquaint the beginning stu- dent of biology with the prevalence of the phenomenon of symbio- sis.....to show how symbiosis may be studied and how such studies lead to better understanding of fundamental problems in biology", and to realize that the "survival of the fittest" also encompasses this mutual cooperation. This book gives in such clearcut inter- esting language details of many more of these symbiotic relation- ships than are dealt with in standard biology texts that it will be an excellent supplement for beginning students in college level biology, for alert high school students in biology, and for the interested general reader. "THE RUST FUNGI OF CEREALS, GRASSES AND BAMBOOS" by George Baker Cummins, xv & 570 pp., illus., Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg & New York 10010. 1971. $19.50. This fine illustrated descriptive manual of the Uredinales on the Gramineae presents 19 species in 7 genera on a worldwide ba- sis. About 90 percent are illustrated in uniform magnification by line drawings of uredinospores and teliospores of type materi- al. The keys are intelligently constructed first as to host gen- era of grasses and secondly as to morphology. There are citations for types, synonymy, geographical ranges and first proved life cycles after inoculation. There are indexes for fungal names, grass host names, and for other aecial host names. This valuable book has been reproduced very neatly by offset printing. ADDITIONAL MATERIALS TOWARD A MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS CALLICARPA. XXT Harold N. Moldenke CALLICARPA L. Emended synonymy: Cellicarpa Hansford, Sydowia Ann, Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 685, sphalm. 1961. Sphondylococcum Schau. ex Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 1059, in syn. 1966. Additional & emended bibliography: [Retz.], Nom. Bot. 35 & 282. 1772; W. Jones, Asiat. Research. 2: 255-256. 1799; Gaertn., Mey., & Scherb., Fl. Wettst. 2: 43. 1800; Wall., Numer. List 87. 1831; Voigt Hort. Suburb. Calc. 6h, 67, & 473. 1845; Speg., Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 12: 1. 1881; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. 712, 71), & 715. 1899; E. D. Merr., Philip. Bur. Govt. Lab. Bull. 29: 47—-8 & 58. 1905; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 471 & 80. 1906; Syd., Ann. Mycol. 10: 80. 1912; Syd., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 6: 1926. 1913; Syd., Ann. Mycol. 15: 195. 1917; Hubert, Verb. Utl. Mat. Med. 65. 1921; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 63: Suppl. 80. 1925; Stevens, Ann, Mycol. Berlin 25: 68. 1927; Stevens & Rold., Philip. Journ. Sci. 56: 53. 1935; Tharp, Veg. Tex. 67. 1939; Yamamoto, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 31: 15 & 226. 1913; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 471 & 480. 1941; Lam & Meeuse in Holthuis & Lam, Blumea 5: 235. 192; Anon., Blumea 5: 767. 195; Wyman, Shrubs & Vines Am, Gard. 113--11) & 15. 1956; Hansford, Sydowia 10: 47 & 51. 1957; Viertel, Trees Shrubs & Vines nos. 550 & 551. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 471 & 480. 1959; Hansford, Sy- dowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 685, 686, 688, 689, 691, 692, & 695. 1961; C. E. Lewis in Florists Publ. Co., New Pronounc. Dict. Pl. Names 13. 196); R. E. & C. R. Harrison, Trees & Shrubs 39, pl. 93. 1965; J. & L. Bush-Brown, Am. Gard. Book, ed. 4, 269. 1965; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict, Flow, Pl., ed. 7, 29, 51, 166, 177, 179, 576, 590, 913, 975, 1059, 1062, 1129, & 1176. 1966; Uniyal & Issar, Journ. Res. Indian Med. (15: 8385. 1969; Coats, Pl. Hunters 101 & 271. 1969; J. V. Watkins, Fla. Landsc. Pl. 308, 362, & dust- jacket. 1969; DuMond, Catanea 35: 212 & 213. 1970; Furia, Biol. Abstr. 51: 11432. 1970; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. 15A: 421. 1970; Mc Gourty [editor], 1200 Trees [Plants & Gard. 26 (2):] 55. 1970; Gib- son, Fieldiana Bot. 2) (9): 179 & 182-183, fig. 3h. 1970; Molden- ke, Biol. Abstr. 52: 5925 & 5926. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 52 (11): B.A.S.IC. 5.35 (1971), 52 (13): BeAS.I.C. S.33 (1971), and 52 (15): B.A.S.I.C. S.34. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5, Cumul. Gen, Ind. sub Callicarpa (1971), 6 (6): iv & F.11032 (1971), and 7 (7): iii & title 12973. 1971; Farnsworth, Lynn Ind. 7: 228. 1971; Westcott, Pl. Disease Handb., ed. 3, 511. 1971; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 52: 8221. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 50h, 506, 508, & 512 (1971) and 22: 7--28 & 131-136. 1971; Nishino & al., Tetrahe- dron Lett. 1971 (19): 421--42h. 1971. It should be noted that the "Callicarpe" Roxb. ex W. Griff., 190 1971 Moldenke, Monograph of Callicarpa 191 Notul. Pl. Asiat. h: 173 (185), illustrated in his Icones pl. Lh7 (1854), appears to be a Geunsia since it has 5 stamens. It would seem that the genus Rodschiedia Dennst. is much better placed as a synonym of Croton L., in the Euphorbiaceae, than as a synonym of Callicarpa, as pointed out by me in a previous install- ment of these notes. Crevost & Pételot (193) describe an unidentified species of Callicarpa as "Plante herbacée de 60 cm 41m, assez fréquente au Tonkin et vendue en sex chez les herboristes. Les feuilles ser- vent a4 préparer une décoction contre la jaunisse qui survient chez les femmes aprés l'accouchement. Cette décoction passe pour favoriser la miction." They record the vernacular name "corm chay" for the plant but note that "Ne point confondre cette plante avec Sambucus Javanica, des Caprifoliacées, que l'on désigne sous la méme appellation vernaculaire." Westcott (1971) records the following fungi as attacking mem- bers of this genus [probably mostly Cc. americana]: black mildew (Meliola cookeana) in Florida and Louisiana and leaf-spot (Cerco- spora callicarpae) from South Carolina to Texas, as well as the worm, burrowing nematode (Radopholus similis) in Florida. CALLICARPA ACULEOLATA Schau. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. 15 A: 21. 1970; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 52: 5925. 19713; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 487 (1971) and 22: 1). 1971. CALLICARPA ACUMINATA H.B.K. Additional bibliography: Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2) (9): 182— 183, fig. 34. 1970; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr, 52: 8221. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 52 (15): B.A.S.I.C. S.3h. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: bk, 466, 467, & 500 (1971) and 22: 22, 1971. Additional illustrations: Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2) (9): 183, fig. 34. 1970. Ortiz describes this plant as having a stem 15 cm. in diameter. The vernacular names, "cenciento", "fruta de chacha", and "xpucyim", have been recorded for it. I have re-examined the University of Michigan specimen of J. Rzedowski 10689a and still feel that it is best identified as C. pringlei Briq., even though other specimens distributed under this same number have been cited as C,. acuminata by me. The Andersons found the plant in fruit in March, Additional citations: MEXICO: Jalisco: Anderson & Anderson 6041 (Mi). Tamaulipas: Sharp 50-5011 (N). GUATEMALA: El Petén: Ortiz 1319 (N). «tae CALLICARPA ACUTIDENS Schau. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 89 (1971) and 21: 452. 1971. 192 Pal YrT.O L.0vwG LA Vol. 22, no. 3 CALLICARPA AMERICANA L. Additional bibliography: [Retz.], Nom. Bot. 35. 1772; W. Jones, Asiat. Research. : 256. 1799; Speg., Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 12: 1. 1881; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. 712 & 71). 1899; Tharp, Veg. Tex. 67. 1939; Wyman, Shrubs & Vines Am. Gard. 15. 1956; Hansford, Sydowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 695. 1961; J. V. Watkins, Fl. Landsc. Pl. 308, 362, & dust-jacket. 1969; Coats, Pl. Hunters 271. 1969; DuMond, Castanea 35: 212 & 213. 1970; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 52: 5925. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: th, 452, 65, & 466. 1971. Additional illustrations: J, V. Watkins, Fla. Landsc. Pl. 303 [in color] & dust-jacket [in color]. 1969. Jones (1799) refers to this species as "American callicarpus". Crevost & Pételot (1934) record a "Callicarpa americana, Lin.", with the vernacular name of "nang nang" in Indochina, saying "Plante arbustive importée de 1'Amérique du Sud, signalée par Loureiro en Cochinchine; arbrisseau d'ornament dont les feuilles passent, dans son pays d'origine, pour 6tre dépuratives." It is very probable that C. candicans (Burm. f.) Hochr. is the plant being referred to here, since that is the one Loureiro apparently had in mind. Tharp (1939) reports that in Texas C, americana is to be found in longleaf pine, coastal prairie, Edwards Plateau, oak—-hickory, and pine-oak regions. DuMond (1970) describes it as common in the coastal plain area but uncommon in the piedmont. He observed it in the upper altitudinal limits of the Southeast Blue Ridge Es— carpment. Hansford (1961) asserts that the fungus, Meliola cookeana Speg., is based on Ravenel 8); from Florida as type. Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Carteret Co.: Blomquist 17031 (Mi). “Ck. apt CALLICARPA AMERICA